GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928— ’29 VOLUME V BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VOLUME \ LONDON : PRINTED BY" ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY B. Quaritch, Ltd., 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, London, W. 1 ; The Sales Offices of H.M. Stationery Office, York House, Kingsway, London, W.C. 2 ; 13a, Castle Street, Edinburgh, 2;. 39, King Street, Manchester, 2 ; 1, St. Andrew’s Crescent, Cardiff and at The British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7 1935-1950 Made and Printed in Great Britain. Adlard & Son, Ltd., Bartholomew Press, Dorking, Surrey. CONTENTS No. 1. ON THE ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LIT HOT RY A VALENTIANA. By H. Graham CANNON. Pp. 1-17 ; 2 pis., 7 text-figs. [Issued 23rd November, 1935.] 2. ALCYONARIA (STOLONIFERA, ALCYONACEA, TELESTACEA AND GORGONACEA). By Mrs. L. M. I. Macfadyen. Pp. 19-71 ; 5 pis., 11 text-figs. [Issued 22nd February, 1936.] 3. C’OPEPODA. By G. P. Farran. Pp. 73-142 ; 30 text-figs. [Issued 27th June, 1936.] 4. MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA. By W. M. Tattersall. Pp. 143-176 ; 14 text-figs. [Issued 24th October, 1936.] 5. CERIANTHARIA AND ZOANTHARIA. By 0. Carlgren. Pp. 177-207 ; 1 pi., 34 text-figs. [Issued 27th November, 1937.] 6. MOLLUSCA, Part I. By T. Iredale. Pp. 209-425 ; 7 pis. [Issued 25th February, 1939.] 7. ACTINIARIA AND CORALLIMORPHARIA. By 0. Carlgren. Pp. 427-457 ; 28 text-figs. [Issued 10th March, 1950.] 8. CHAETOGNATHA. By S. T. Burfield. Pp. 459-473 ; 6 text-figs. [Issued 28th January, 1950.] BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEEAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION |f 1928-29 SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VOLUME V. No. 1 ON THE ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA VALENT1ANA BY H. GRAHAM CANNON, Sc.D., F.R.S. Beyer Professor of Zoology in the Victoria University of Manchester WITH SEVEN TEXT-FIGURES AND TWO PLATES LONDON : PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY B. Quaritch, Ltd., 11 Grafton Stkekt, New Bond Street, London, W.l; Dci.au & Co., Ltd., 2 Statscxd Street, London, W. 1; Ox/ojjd University Press, Warwick Square, London, E.C.4 AND AT The British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7 1935 [All rights reserved ] Price Two Shillings and Sixpence Tinted 23rd November, 1935' Made and 'printed m Qrtal Britain. ■ ■ ■ :-iv5» wity-HS'S if {' f'M OX THE BOCK- BOEING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA YALENTIANA BY H. GRAHAM CANNON, Sc.D., F.E.S., Beyer Professor of Zoology in the Victoria University of Manchester. WITH SEVEN TEXT-FIGURES AND TWO PLATES. The original description of the genus LUhotrya was published by Sowerby in 1822. Since then eight species have been described. Of these L. rhodiopus, Darwin, is uncertain. Of the remaining seven, Seymour-Sewell (1926, p. 271 and p. 326), from a study of L. Text-fig. 1. — (a) Original figure of LUhotrya truncata (— Anatifa truncata) ; (b) Darwin’s figure of LUhotrya truncata ; (c) and (d) Gravel's figures of LUhotrya valentiana. The outlines of these copies have been reprodi ced from the originals photographically. nicoharica, Reinhardt, has recently grouped together five as £: representatives of a single widely-distributed and somewhat variable species ”. If he is correct, these forms must all be described as L. dorsalis. The two remaining species are L. valentiana and L. truncata. The former was described by Gray in 1825 as Conchotrya valentiana, and the latter by Quoy et Gaimard in 1834 as Anatifa truncata. Gray’s genus and species are defined as follows (1825, p. 102) : “ Shelly plates, five ; two pair ventral, and one plate dorsal ; peduncle — — ? Lives in holes in shells.” v. 1. 1 2 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION C. valentiana : “ Shelly plates, thick, transversely lamellated. Inhabits Red Sea in the valves of Ostrea Cucullata, Born ; Lord Valentia Quoy et Gaimard (1834, vol. iii, p. 636) describe their species thus: “Anatifa, snbcylindrica, breviter pediculata, lutescens ; valvis crassis, rectis sequalibus, postice truncatis, transversis striatim ; pedunculo granulato.” No further account of these two forms was published until Darwin wrote his mono- graph on Cirripedes in 1851. Now it is obvious from the original diagnoses quoted above that at this time it was highly probable that the name A. truncata was synonymous with C. valentiana, and yet Darwin, who gave a full account of these two supposed species, made a sharp distinction between them. For his study* he had the original specimens of C. valentiana, but not those of A. truncata. However, a good figure had been published of the latter (Text-fig. la and Quoy et Gaimard, pi. 93, figs. 12-15). Now what Darwin figured under the name Lithotrya valentiana is, of course, correct, in the sense that the figures were drawn from the type-specimens, but also it is obvious that these figures depict a form closely similar to the figure of A. truncata. On the other hand, what he figures as Lithotrya truncata (Text-fig. 16) is quite different from the original figure, and it is a mystery why Darwin made this decision. He lays great stress on the shape of the valves in describing the difference between the two forms, and yet the valves of his L. truncata are quite different from those shown in the original plate. They are not truncated in any way — they are all perfect, while in the original description it specifically states “ valvis crassis . . . postice truncatis ”. If, therefore, the shape of the valves was to be used as a diagnostic feature, Darwin had no right to name his specimen L. truncata. He should have made it the type of a new species, and at the same time he should have established the synonymy of the two forms and done away with the name A. truncata. The matter is further complicated by the fact that Darwin did not publish a complete figure of the undisturbed valves of L. valentiana except for a vertical view of the capitulum. This was left to Gravel, who, in 1902, published two figures under this name, one of which closely resembles the original picture of Quoy and Gaimard of A. truncata, while the other is quite different and similar to Darwin’s L. truncata (Text-fig. 1, c and d). Darwin distinguishes the two species almost entirely on the differences between the shapes of the valves, and of these, it is the terga that he stresses most. He states (1851, p. 372), referring to L. valentiana, “ The valves . . . generally resemble those of L. truncata ; scarcely any appreciable difference can be detected in the scuta ”. It cannot be maintained, however, that his figures support this statement. It is obvious, by com- paring Plate VIII, fig. 5a, which is an inner view of the terga and scuta of L. valentiana, with Plate IX, fig. lb' , b and c, which represent the same parts of L. truncata, that the scuta and terga are markedly different. Of the latter he states (p. 372) that there is “ a fold or indentation . . . : this fold, . . . descends below the roughened knob at the upper angle of the carinal margin, which is not the case with the slight fold in the same place in L. truncata ”, and this was the main, and probably the only, difference that he saw between the two species. Now I have been able to examine the two original specimens of L. valentiana on which Darwin worked, and while his description of the tergum * Darwin’s material is still in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History). Dr. I. Gordon in a letter states : “ The two small dried specimens of L. valentiana described by Darwin are still in our collection, mounted on a small wooden block ; there is also a single specimen of L. truncata labelled by Darwin. The L. valentiana material must be Gray’s original types (‘ Annals of Philosophy ’, 1825 (2), x, p. 102), since, on the back of the block, is Gray’s signature under the name ‘ Conchotrya valentiana .’ ” ROCK-BORING BARXACLE, LITHOTRYA VALENTIANA— CANNON 3 applies to the larger specimen, it is not possible with any certainty to distinguish the limits of the fold to which he refers in the smaller. Moreover, even in the larger specimen the fold is certainly not as pronounced as drawn by Sowerby and figured by Darwin (1851, pi. viii. fig. 5a). In addition to this the shape of the terga in the two specimens differs to such an extent that it is difficult to imagine how Darwin could have based a specific difference on such a variable structure. The only other point that I can find in Darwin’s description that may have influenced him is that he states that the inner internal crest of the carina of L. valentiana is square " instead of round, as in L. truncata ” (p. 372). Unfortunately, again the figures do not support this. In both cases they show a squarish crest rounded off at the edges. Thus the position in which Darwin left matters in 1851 is. I submit, that (1) he described a new form as Lithotrya truncata when there was no evidence that it agreed with the original Anatifa truncata of Quoy and Gaimard. and (2) he described specific differences between his new L. truncata and the original Conchotrya valentiana, Gray, for the existence of which there was no real evidence. The next authority to study these two species was Gravel (1902). He described a new specific difference in the complete absence of the lateral plates in L. valentiana. Darwin, referring to this species, stated (p. 851, p. 373), “ Latera lost; no doubt they were rudimentary ”, while in L. truncata he stated that they were rudimentary (p. 369), and were represented by mere stiles (likes strings of beads), and are even less in width than the rostrum ” (p. 335). Gravel, however, is much more emphatic. He states (1902, p. 250). “ Malgre sa ressemblance avec L. truncata , il faut faire de L. valentiana une espece differente, car un caractere essentiel les distingue ; c’est que dans la premiere il existe des plaques laterales, rudimentaires il est vrai, tandis qu’elles sont absentes dans la seconde ”, and further, “ Dans les deux echantillons examines par Darwin, il n’y avait pas de plaques laterales et, etant donne le mauvais etat de conservation dans lequel ils se trouvaient, l'illustre naturaliste avait pense que si elles n’existaient pas, c’est qu’elles avaient peut-etre disparu. Il n’en est rien. “ Si elles n'existent pas, c’est qu’il n’y en a pas. Je les ai vainement recherchees et cependant, mes echantillons etaient en excellent etat ”. Now despite the fact that Darwin described these lateral plates as styliform in L. truncata, that is, latera quite unlike those of any other barnacle, and that Gravel uses their presence and absence to distinguish two species, no one, as far as I can see, has ever figured them. Unfortunately Gravel describes the mouth-parts of specimens which he identifies as L. valentiana and states that the mandibles are asymmetrical. Certainly his figures (pi. xii, figs. 28 and 29) show a marked difference between the right and left mandible. Now he only had two specimens (p. 250), and it is not certain that he dissected both. Apart from this, since the original specimen of L. valentiana consisted of shells only and contained neither mouth-parts nor even body, he must have based his identification primarily on the valves ; and, as I have already stated, one of his figures closely resembles Darwin s figure of L. valentiana, and hence the original picture of A. truncata, while the other is much more like Darwin’s picture of L. truncata. I cannot see, therefore, that Gravel made out a case for the identification of his specimens as L. valentiana. In any case, he makes little reference to this asymmetry of the mandibles and stresses the absence of latera (p. 250). Nilsson-Cantell (1921, p. 216), on the other hand, does not place much value on the 4 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION absence of latera as a specific difference. He states, “ Dieser Unterschied scheint mir weniger wesentlich, da es auch oft bei Exemplaren von L. truncata schwer ist, die Lateralia zufinden”, and includes in his diagnosis of L. truncata (1921, p. 213), “ Lateralia konnen mitunter fehlen Yet he also is prepared to accept the two species truncata and valentiana. He apparently used the mouth-parts for the identification of his specimen, for, referring to a new subspecies of L. truncata, he states (p. 217), “ Auch kann ich die Tiere aus mehreren Griinden nicht zu L. valentiana rechnen, welche Art hinsichtlich der Mundteile abweicht . . . But here, again, there is a difficulty. For his comparison he must have accepted the only description of the mouth-parts of L. valentiana — that of Gruvel, which I have just mentioned — but his own description of the mandibles of L. truncata is quite different from the only previous description — that of Darwin (1851, p. 370). Darwin states that the mandibles have “ eight pectinations between the first and second main teeth and three between the second and third teeth, . . . ”. Nilsson- Cantell merely states (1921, p. 214), “ Zwischen Zahn 1 und 2 ungefahr doppelt so viele kleine Zahne, als zwischen Zahn 2 und 3 ” — and then figures a mandible with 14 pectinations in the first gap, instead of Darwin’s 8, and 6 in the second instead of 3. Again I cannot see what real evidence Nilsson-Canted was using when he decided that the form was L. truncata according either to Darwin or to the original account. The position, therefore, as I see it at present, is that Darwin (1851), by not referring to the original figure of A. truncata, overlooked the fact that this form had previously been described as C. valentiana. Gruvel (1902) then described the absence of latera and the asymmetry of the mandibles in L. valentiana, when he had no evidence that his specimens belonged to this species rather than to Darwin’s L. truncata. And finally, Nilsson-Cantell (1921) described the specific characters of the mandible of a form which he names L. truncata when this description disagrees with that of Darwin. The Great Barrier Reef Collection consists of 30 complete specimens ad collected in the Boulder Zone of Low Isles Reef. In general shape they show every gradation, from forms which closely resemble the original specimens of C. valentiana and the original figure of A. truncata (Plate I, fig. 1), to those which are similar to the form described by Darwin as L. truncata (Plate I, fig. 2, and Text-fig. 2). As regards the “ latera ”, these may be present or absent, and in two specimens, while the “ lateral plate ” is present on one side, it is absent on the other (Plate I, figs. 3 and 4). On these characters alone, therefore, there seems no reason why these specimens should not ad be described as Lithotrya valentiana. SIZE AND AGE. The measurements of specimens Nos. 1-26 are given in Table I. As Seymour Sewed (1926, p. 273) points out with regard to his collection of L. nicobarica, the total length of the animal from the tip of the capitulum to the opposite end of the peduncle is of little significance owing to the varying state of contraction of the stalk. In addition, in L. valentiana the extreme variation in the degree to which the valves may be worn down makes this measurement useless for comparison. Thus one, specimen 3 (Plate I, fig. 2, and Text- fig. 2), has almost complete valves, while in another, specimen 7 (Plate I, fig. 5), the greater part of the valves has been worn away. Using the width of the capitulum, that is, between carina and rostrum, the measure- ments group themselves roughly about a mean of 7-5 mm.,, with maximum numbers ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA VALENTIANA— CANNON 5 Specimen number. Length (mm.). Width at base of capitulum (mm.). Scutum (mm.). Carina (mm.). 1 . 20-5 . 8-0 . 10-0 . 50 90 2 220 7-5 10-5 . 6-0 8-5 o J 100 4-5 5-5 3-0 4 . 150 . 8-5 . 110 . 4-0 5 18-0 . 90 . 100 . 6-0 6 . 220 . 9-5 . 110 . 4-0 7 15 0 . 8-5 . 8-0 . 3-0 60 8 . 230 . 90 . 110 . 6-0 9 . 250 . 80 . 110 . 7-0 10 . 200 7-5 9-5 4-5 11 . 200 70 . 100 . 40 12 . 17-5 . 9-0 . 8-0 . 3-0 13 . 19-0 . 7-5 . 8-0 . 6-0 14 . 20-0 . 8-0 9-0 . 4-0 15 . 12-0f . 7-0 9-0 . 4-5 16 . 17-0f . 7-0 6-0 . 4-0 7-0 17 . 18-0 . 8-0 7-0 . 5-0 18 . 22-0 . 10-5 . 12-0 . 7-5 19 . 18-0 . 9-5 . 10-0 . 4-0 20 . 17-0 . 7-0 9-0 . 4-5 21 . 14-0 . 7-0 . 10-0 . 4-0 22 . 130 . 7-5 8-0 . 2-0 23 . 16-0 . 8-0 9-0 . 4-0 24 . 15 5 . 8-0 . 10-0 . 4-0 25 . 12-0 . 7-0 7-0 . 2-5 26 . 130 . 6-0 . 8-0 . 5-0 Table I. Latera.* - Remarks. Left. Right. 56 3 Eroded more on one side than — 2 the other. Lateral on one side only. — — Latera absent. Typical L. 3 3 6 4 truncata according to Darwin. 6(3)52 (1)9(2)32 . On left side apical style is not _ the longest. Very much overgrown. Latera, — — if any, obscured. Latera absent. 6 3732 257 34 — — 6 Latera on one side only. 2 — Latera on one side only. Left side typical Anatifa truncata, Quoy et Gaimard. Latera absent. 222 222 — 33 2 — 23 4 22 4 — 23 62 222243 552 Apical styles curve inwards at 223 222 tips between carina and terga 55 52 — 35 3 — 31 12 Apical styles not the longest. 224 2632 — 2 22 — - 2 3 — 2 4 — * Each figure represents the number of swellings in a lateral style. The figure in block type denotes the apical style ; the others, those on either side. Where the figure is enclosed in brackets, this indicates that the style was obviously broken short. | Shrivelled before fixation. at 7-0 and 8-0 mm. Although only 26 specimens were available for measurement, and this was made to an approximate accuracy of 0-5 mm., the results are the same as those obtained by Sewell for L. nicobarica (Table II). Sewell, however, deduces from his measurements that the individuals show a grouping with four year-stages. His first-year group consists of 2 individuals with minimum size 3 mm. ; second-year, 8, with minimum size 5-0 mm. ; third-year, 39, with minimum size 6-5 ; and the fourth-year, 10, with minimum size 10-0 mm. Now his smallest specimen, from the point of view of collecting, was relatively large, so that there is no reason to assume that they were much more difficult to find than the larger. Also as he states (1926, p. 272), the animals occurred in groups in the rocks which were presumably broken open and carefully searched. It is to be deduced, 6 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Table II. — Shoiving Measurements of 60 Individuals of Lithotrya nicobarica and. 26 Individuals of L. valentiana. LITHOTRYA NICOBARICA. • • • • • lO LITHOTRYA VALENTIANA. tnm. 1 2 3 4 therefore, that the collection represented fairly all sizes of individual present in the rock. Further, Lithotrya has no asexual method of reproduction. Under these conditions surely the first-year group must be larger than that of succeeding years — or rather, since we know nothing about the relative intensity of spawning in the years immediately preceding 1925, when the specimens were collected, we must assume this to have been approximately the same year by year, and hence the second and later year-groups must represent those that survive from preceding years. In other words, the first-year group must be the largest. Sewell’s figures for L. nicobarica and those now published for L. valentiana suggest merely that the two species grow to a size of at least 7 mm. diameter between the spawning time and the time when they were collected — 10th April, L. nicobarica , and 31st May, L. valentiana. In both series there are individuals considerably larger than the average, and in the case of L. nicobarica they form a separated group. Since they are smaller in number than the main group, it is safe to deduce that they may represent a second year, or even an older group. Also in both series there are small specimens separated considerably from the main group. In L. valentiana the one small specimen, No. 3, is by far the most perfect in the collection. It is possible that these small individuals, few in number, represent the products of a second subsidiary spawning period. SHAPE OF VALVES. It is not possible to publish illustrations of all the specimens of the collection, but it is clear, from the photographs and text-figures, that they vary markedly. Specimen 3 (Text-fig. 2 ; Plate I, fig. 2) corresponds closely to the form figured by Darwin as L. truncata, while specimen 11 (Plate I, figs. 1 and 6c) agrees with the original figure of L ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA VALENTLAN A— CANNON 7 truncate and with the type-specimen of L. valentiana. In fact, it is possible in this small collection to copy any of the published figures of either species, and also to produce a complete series of intermediate forms. Darwin, as I have pointed out (p. 2), used the shape of the individual valves as a specific criterion. In L. valentiana, in considering this point, it is clear that the apical margins cannot be used for comparison, for they are worn down to varying degrees. Thus, m Specimen 3 only the tips of the scuta were slightly worn away, while Specimen 1 1 had its valves so ground down as to appear as a transverse section in apical view (Plate I, fig. 6c*). Specimen 7 (Plate I, fig. 5, and Text-fig. 3) was worn away to an even greater Text-fig. 2. — L. valentiana. Capitulum of Specimen 3 viewed from right side. Carina to right. X 16. extent, and, further, as in several other specimens, it had been ground down unevenly, so that the valves of one side were definitely shorter than their fellows. Also, and in the majority of specimens, the apical surface was covered with a growth of sessile organisms which, in itself, made it difficult to see their actual margins. The basal margins of the valves, on the other hand, should be unaffected by erosion. In Plate I, fig. 7a, b, c, are shown photographs of the inner view of the isolated valves of three specimens chosen at random from the collection. The isolated scuta, to the right of the figure, show marked differences. The ridge near the tergal margin which fits into the groove on the outer surface of the tergum (compare Plate I, fig. 66, c) is massive in c and slender in b. The basal angle of the scuta also differs, but as the plates are curved * In Darwin’s monograph (1851, pi. viii, fig. 56) there is a drawing by George Sowerby of the capitulum of L. valentiana — the type-specimen — seen vertically from above. From a study of the original specimen it is obvious that the scuta have been figured relatively too large and the terga too small. A correct drawing would correspond closely with Plate I, fig. 6c. 8 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION the photographs do not demonstrate this conclusively. Actually the angle of the scutum in c is more obtuse than that in either a or b. It is the terga, however, that vary most, and as I have previously pointed out (p. 2) it was on the inner shape of the terga that Darwin based his distinctions between L. truncata and L. valentiana. The markedly different shape of the tergum shown in c from that in a can be seen from the isolated terga. But for comparison the best photographs are those to the left of the figure showing terga and scuta joined together in their natural position. From these it can be seen that, while in a the lower scutal margin of the tergum slopes continuously upwards away from the peduncle, in c it bends at an angle so as to run almost horizontally, while b shows an intermediate type. Text-fig. 3. — L. valentiana. Capitulum of Specimen 7 viewed from left side. Carina to left. The tube growing on the right tergum is that of a Vermetus-like Gastropod, x 11. The carinae of the three specimens also show a graded series. The inner ridges on the carina a show the outline of a truncated cone, while those of c have the appearance of an inverted W. In only one specimen (No. 7) was the rostrum complete (Plate I, fig. 5) ; in all the others it was broken off near the base. It shows growth ridges laterally, corresponding to the ridges on the outer 'surface of the other valves, but as this specimen was so very much eroded, it was not possible to see whether the number of ridges on the rostrum agreed with that on the other valves. Six ridges can be counted and six at least on the other valves, but it is uncertain how many had been rubbed off the latter. THE LATERA. In all the species of Lithotrya, with the exception of L. valentiana and the form described by Darwin as L. truncata, the latera are well-marked plates and consist of one pair only. Darwin states (1851, p. 333), “ I presume that they are homologous with the carinal latera in Scalpellum ”. They “are remarkable from being placed over the carinal ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA YALEXTLAXA— CANNON 9 half of the terga. in an oblique position, parallel to the lower carinal margin of the terga ” (1851. p. 335). The eapitulum thus consists, when the latera are present, of eight plates, and these are sharply separated from the peduncle. The line of demarcation is marked by a zone of scales, which diminish in size towards the base of the peduncle. Towards the eapitulum they are arranged in rows following the basal margins of the capitular plates, but as they diminish towards the base, so their arrangement becomes irregular (Text-figs. 2, 3 and 4). It can be stated, therefore, that the eapitulum is separated from the peduncle by a definite row of scales in the form of a girdle. Text-fig. 4. — Lithotrya dorsalis. From a specimen in the Manchester Museum. Viewed from right side. Carina to right. X 8. This girdle does not run in a smooth curve round the peduncle from rostrum to carina ; on either side it is bent upwards towards the tip of the eapitulum, in two places forming angles. One of these is relatively small, and projects slightly between the base of the scutum and tergum. The other is much more marked, and projects between the carina and tergum (Text-fig. 3). But in L. dorsalis (Text-fig. 4), which can be taken as a species bearing typical latera, these plates overlie the carinal side of the terga, so that it can equally be stated that the girdle projects as an angle in between carina and latera. The important point is that there is no angle projecting between the lateral plate and the scutal part of the tergum. Thus, if the girdle were removed as a complete ring, then cut through near the rostrum and mounted flat, it would show four marked angles along its capitular margins. Two of these would be large and near the middle of the preparation, and would represent the carino-tergal angles, while on either side they would be flanked by the smaller tergo-scutal angles, v. 1. 2 10 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Now in four specimens of L. valentiana I have removed this girdle (Plate II, figs. 8a, b). To do this I place a very fine scalpel down the outer face of the scutum near the rostrum and underneath the girdle scales ; then make an incision through the girdle at this point, and by lifting up one of the cut edges and using the scalpel it is possible to strip off the girdle complete. In each case, when the supposed latera were present, they came off with the girdle — they formed, in fact, the apical scales of the carino-tergal angle. This fact alone suggests that in L. valentiana the real lateral plates are absent, and what have been taken as latera are simply modified scales of the girdle, which should be referred to as sublateral scales. There is further strong evidence to support this view. In L. dorsalis (Text-fig. 4) the latera take no part in the formation of the girdle of scales, and are merely a pair of plates in the primary capitular series — carina, latera, terga, scuta and rostrum — which form a massive and compact capitulum quite distinct from the girdle. These plates, as in all other Cirripedes, are joined together very strongly by muscles or ligaments. In removing the girdle from L. valentiana it comes away quite easily until the rostrum is reached. For the sake of convenience it is best to attempt to remove this and mount it with the rest of the girdle, but because it is part of the capitular series and not of the girdle, it is attached very firmly to the scuta and is difficult to remove. It would be expected, therefore, that if the supposed latera were in fact the real latera, they, too, would be firmly attached to the adjacent plates — the carina and terga — and would be difficult to remove with the adjacent girdle scales. Actually they come away just as easily as the remainder of the girdle. A more important point is the number of these supposed latera. Darwin in his description of the genus Lithotrya refers to one pair only (1851, p. 335), and in his descrip- tion of the form which he diagnosed as L. truncata again he only refers to one “ rudi- mentary ” pair (1851, p. 369). In all the forms which Sewell has shown should be referred to as L. dorsalis (see p. 1), the single pair of latera are similar in pattern to the terga, which they overlie. The only difference lies in their small size and their shape. They are roughly triangular plates, with their bases coincident with the bases of the terga. Now in L. valentiana Darwin states (referring to his L. truncata) (1851, p. 369), that the latera are “ rather smaller than the rostrum ; almost cylindrical, slightly flattened, enlarged at each zone of growth, with one or two sharp teeth or spines on both faces ; imperfectly calcified; . . . ”. And again (1851, p. 335), “the latera are represented by mere stiles (like strings of beads), . . . ”. Clearly, then, these latera are markedly different from those of L. dorsalis, and, in fact, as I have pointed out (p. 3), are unique as Cirri- pedian capitular plates. In Plate I, fig. 3, is a photograph of specimen No. 10, and this shows very clearly the lateral plate as a “ mere stile ” — “ like a string of beads ”. There can be no doubt therefore that the Great Barrier Beef Collection includes specimens showing the same type of latera as Darwin’s L. truncata. To confirm this I inspected the original specimen and was able to make out the remains of these structures — at least on one side. Unfortunately the specimen has been coated with wax and is mounted on a board. On the exposed surface the lateral plate can be seen, but it has apparently been broken since Darwin examined it, as it is very short. It shows the moniliform swellings, but is too short to describe as a string of beads. In the present collection some specimens show no lateral styles (Plate I, fig. 2). Others, such as specimen No. 10 (Plate I, figs. 3 and 4), show a lateral style on one side only. This fact alone is sufficient to establish the fact that they are not latera, but more ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA YALENTIANA— CANNON 11 interesting is the fact that the majority show a group of such styles always in the typical position at the apex of the carino-tergal angle, but varying in number from one to six (specimen Xo. 18, see Table I). Now if it is assumed that, when only one pair of monili- form lateral styles is present, these are homologous with the lateral plates of L. dorsalis, then this argument fails in those specimens where there are more than one pair. The shape, and more especially the sculpturing on the moniliform swellings of the styles, gives further evidence that they are related to the scales rather than to the plates. Text-fig. 5. — L. valentiana. Left carino-tergal angle of girdle of Specimen 1 . x 34. 12 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Text-fig. 5 shows the left-hand carino-tergal angle of the girdle of specimen 1. There are two styles, of which the longer grows out of the apical scale. Counting the basal scale as the first zone of growth it shows markedly six distinct zones, while its neighbour shows five. The more distal swellings are indistinct. They have obviously been worn away in the same way as the more apical growth-ridges in the capitular plates and, in addition, are overgrown by a mat of algae and polyzoa. However, the first swelling above the base on the longer style shows clearly the same shape and sculpturing as the basal scale itself. Text-fig. 6. — L. valentiana. Capitulum of Specimen 9 showing details of left carino-tergal and tergo-scutal angles. X 12. It has the form of an oblique shelf set at the same angle on the style as the base, and with its margins produced into sharp points in the same manner. The left-hand aspect of Specimen 9 is shown in Text-fig. 6. There are three sub- lateral styles. The apical style shows six or seven swellings, of which the lower three show the sculpturing of the scales ; the adjacent style shows five swellings, all of which, except the apical, show the toothed flange, while the third style shows only two swellings, but these show even more clearly the similarity between the swellings and the girdle scales. All the scales of the peduncle, even the smallest, contain a single minute central canal supposed to contain a nerve (Gravel, 1905, p. 359). The capitular plates, on the other ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA VALEXTIAXA— CANNON 13 hand, are penetrated by many such canals and, further, in sections of the decalcified plates, they appear to be arranged in rows, as if a new row were added at each growth zone. Now in the sublateral styles of Specimen 16 (Plate II, fig. 8c), which bear only two or three swellings, a single canal can be seen running the length of the style. FORMATION OF SUBLATERAL STYLES. Darwin (1851. pp. 61 and 336) has described the act of moulting in the genus Litho- trga. and Sewell (1926. p. 273) has recently published a concise summary of the process. The characteristic feature is that at each moult the cuticular covering of the peduncle is cast off. while that of the capitular plates remains. Immediately after each ecdysis the capitular plates grow downwards towards the peduncle, adding a new zone to their lower margins. A- the animal continues to grow the plates thus become scarred with a series of ridges, each ridge recording a moult. After each moult a new cuticle hardens over the peduncle, but also over the new zone on the capitular plates, and joins on to the old capitular cuticle, so that the whole body is covered with a continuous cuticular covering. Clearly, at each moult this continuous cuticle must split along a line which separates capitulum from peduncle, that i'. along the upper edge of the girdle (Text-fig. 7). The specimens in this collection I consider indicate that the presence or absence of sublateral st) les depends on a slight variation in the course of this split. When the capitular plates add on their new growth it can be said that in so doing they push the girdle downwards to a distance equal to their growth zone. As the new calcareous laminae and cuticular coverings are added on the lower margin of the plate, so, of necessity, must the girdle scales be forced away from the older parts of the capitulum. Now, in those specimens, e. g. No. 3 and No. 10 (left side), where there are no sub- lateral styles, the exuvial split follows accurately the capitular margins of the girdle. In the other specimens I suggest that the split, instead of passing over the capitular side of the sublateral scales at the apex of the carino-tergal angle, passes along their peduncular margins (Text-fig. 7). This would result in these apical scales remaining connected to the capitular plates by the covering of cuticle- — or, more accurately, the cuticular covering of the scales would remain in connection with the cuticle of the capitulum, for the exuvial split concerns the cuticle only and not the underlying tissues. In any scale or plate we can consider the external cuticle, covering the underlying sheet of ectoderm, which may be termed the centre. At ecdysis each scale centre loses its cuticular covering and forms a new one, while each plate-centre retains its cuticle, and forms additional cuticle to cover its new growth. In the case where, as I have suggested, the exuvial split passes along the peduncular margin of the apical girdle scales, the cuticle remains in contact with the capi- tulum, while the centres remain in their normal position in regard to the other scales. Hence, as the new growth is added to the capitular plates, the centres of these apical scales will be pushed away from their cuticle. But all the time, during this process, the scale centres will be secreting their new cuticle, so that at the end of the growth period the old cuticle of the scale will remain in its original position relative to the old cuticle of the capitulum, and at the same time connected by a cuticular connection to the new cuticle of the scale. The growth of the plate centres and of their overlying cuticle is neither continuous nor uniform. Sections show that the new calcareous growth added is not 14 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION homogeneous, but in the form of laminae, and this is reflected into the cuticle. At the beginning of each growth period, and almost to the end, thin uniform laminae of calcareous matter and of chitin are deposited. At the end, however, the massive layer is formed bearing the elaborate sculpturing which makes the edge of the growth zone so con- spicuous. This same process, I suggest, occurs when the cuticle of the apical scales remains Text-fig. 7. — Diagram illustrating suggestion as to formation of moniliform sub-lateral scales in L. valentiana. In the upper left-hand figure the dotted line represents the positions of the exuvial split. When the split passes above the apical scale of the girdle, it leads to the absence of “ lateral ” (top right), and when below, to their presence (bottom right). attached to the capitular cuticle. At first, as the cuticle of the scale is pulled away from its underlying scale-centre, thin uniform laminae of chitin are deposited (Plate II, fig. 8 d), but at the end of the growth-period the thick sculptured layer of chitin is deposited. The result will be that the old cuticular scale will be carried upward in a capitular direction, and at the same time will remain connected with the new sculptured cuticle by a stalk. If this process is repeated at each ecdysis, it will result in a styliform scale bearing ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA VALENTI AX A — GANN ON 15 sculptured swellings at intervals, each swelling representing the cuticular covering of an apical scale that has been dragged away from the peduncle during the growth periods. If my suggestion is correct, then it follows the distance between the moniliform swellings on the sublateral styles should be equal to the distance between the growth- zones on the capitular plates. The photographs and figures show that this is so. A more important result, however, is that the styles should be entirely cuticular. Darwin (1851, pp. 335 and 369) states that they are " imperfectly calcified In Specimens 16 and 13 (Plate II. fig. 9). where there are three sublateral scales, each of a simple, dumb-bell shape, it can be seen, even in the whole specimens, that they consist entirely of a yellow- brown transparent chitin and contain no opaque calcareous centre. In the girdles which I have mounted it can be seen that the lower parts of the styles, which are still clear and not overgrown by polyzoa, etc., consist largely, if not entirely, of chitin. They clear well in enparal, but may retain a dark central mass in the swellings. I believe that these dark zones do not represent calcified matter, but simply internal zones that have not dehydrated and so remain opaque in enparal. The calcareous centres of the peduncular scales become relatively transparent, so that if these opaque zones in the styles represented such centres, they, too, should clear. I consider, therefore, that the so-called latera are really cuticular structures formed by tlir intermittent growth of the cuticle covering sublateral scales, and that this growth parallels the growth of cuticle on the capitular plates. Whether or not such sublateral styles shall occur depends, I have suggested, on whether the exuvial split in the cuticle occurs below or above the scales. There is another factor, however, which determines whether the styles once formed shall remain or be cut off at their base, and that is the sculpturing of the inner surface of the carina. In Specimen 3 (Plate I. fig. 2. Text-fig. 2) the inner margin of the carina can be seen produced into beautiful sculptured ridges projecting in a rostral direction. Each ridge, of course, records the outgrowth at the end of a growth-period. Now, at the apex of the carino-tergal angle the lowest ridge projects over the apical scale like a hood. Clearly, then, in this specimen it would not be possible for a sublateral style to occur. The space which should be occupied by the style is already occupied by the inner carinal ridges. And further, if. as I suggested, the exuvial split did pass underneath the apical scale, so that this was carried upwards during the growth period, then at the end of this period, when the ridge grew out from the inner surface of the carina, it would push against and snap off the growing style at its narrowest part. However, provided the exuvial split occurred in the right place, there is no reason why the scale to the immediate left of the apical scale should not form a style. This, by its upgrowth, would miss the carinal ridges. Although this has not occurred in Specimen 3. there are several specimens in the collection which indicate that this scale and not the apical formed the sublateral style. Thus the single sublateral style which occurs on the right side of Specimen 10 (Plate I, fig. 3) is not an outgrowth of the apical scale, but of the scale next to it on its rostral side. The left side of this same specimen (Plate I, fig. 4) also suggests that here there were originally two styles, one on the apical scale and the other rostral to it, but that these have been broken off by the overhanging carinal ridge. From the photo it can be seen that these are dark and translucent, while the surrounding scales are white and opaque. They are clearly covered with a thicker layer of cuticle than the other peduncular scales. 16 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Specimen 3 is the smallest, and presumably the youngest, in the collection. Its sculptured ridges are more pronounced than in any of the others. This may be a normal variation, but also, I think, it may represent a growth character. As the animals become older so their growth ridges become relatively smaller. If this is so, then in an animal with a tendency to produce sublateral styles, at first, when the carinal ridges are large the apical scale may be unable to form a style, while that rostral to it is free to do so. Later, when the carinal ridges are less marked, the apical scale may find no hindrance in growing into a style. In this case there would be a group of at least two styles, of which the longest would not be the apical, but that rostral to it. This is the condition in specimens 5 and 22 (Table I). Another factor which determines the occurrence of sublateral styles is simply whether or not there is room for them. If the carina and terga are too close together, then the styles, even if formed, cannot persist. This is probably the normal state of affairs in the tergo-scutal angle, where no styles have ever been recorded. In Specimen 13 (Plate II, fig. 9) the apical scale of this angle can be seen as a narrow triangle projecting up into the tergo-scutal junction. It is probable that at exuviation the split passes underneath this narrow apical scale, but no style is formed, simply because the terga and scuta are always very close together. There are two abnormal specimens in the collection which, I think, support my sug- gestion that the position of the exuvial split may vary. In Specimen 15 two cuticular scales were adhering to the capitular cuticle in the lowest groove of the left tergum. Clearly in this case at the last ecdysis the exuvial split had passed round their lower peduncular margins. If they had remained in contact with their underlying centres they would have given rise to styles in this abnormal position. They were, however, only slightly adherent, and came off at once on brushing. In Specimen 8 (Plate II, fig. 10) a large piece of the girdle covering the tergo-scutal angle has become detached from the cuticle on its peduncular side. The growth of the cuticle on the capitular plates corresponding to its upper margin has been inhibited, possibly due to the tubicolous animal which can be seen in this region. The split along its lower side, however, indicates that at the last ecdysis the exuvial split corresponded with it, but in this case the split must have extended to the deeper layers, including the scale centres. CIRRI AND MANDIBLES. The specimens in the collection showed such marked variability in other characters that I did not consider it advisable to dissect more than a few to study the variation in the jointing of the limbs and the pectinations on the mandibles. The results of such a study of four specimens are given in the following table for comparison with Nilsson-Cantell’s figures (1921, p. 214) : Table III. Specimen 1 . Specimen 2, left Specimen 5 . Specimen 16 . Cirri : Number of segments. I. II. III. IV. V A. P. A. P. A. P. A. P. A. 9 10 . 15 17 . 17 20 , . 21 22 . 23 10 9 , . 13 14 . . 16 17 . 20 18 . 20 9 11 , . 17 17 . . 17 18 . 20 21 . 21 7 9 . . 11 16 , . 15 19 . 20 15*. 20 * Incomplete. Caudal Mandible : teeth appendages, between cusps. P. A. P.' Right. Left. 1-2. 2-3. 22 , . 23 23 . 12 10 . 12 7 21 . 20 12*. , 10 10 . 12 7 23 . 21 21 . 9 9 . 16- 6 24 . 21 23 . , 10 10 . 11 6 ROCK-BORING BARNACLE, LITHOTRYA YALENTIANA— CANNON 17 Literature. Darwin, C. 1851. A Monograph on the Sub-Class Cirripedia — The Lepadidae. Pp. xi, 400, 11 pis., London. Gray, J. E. 1825. A Revision of the Genera of C’irripedes . . . with a description of Some New Species. Ann. Philosophy, London, x.s., X, pp. 97-107. Gruvel, A. 1902. Revision des Cirrhipedes. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, ser. 4, IY, pp. 215- 312, pis. 11-14. Nilssox-Caxtell, C. A. 1921. Cirripeden-Studien. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, "VII, pp. 75-390. Quoy, J. R. E., et Gaimard, J. P. 1834. Voyage de l'Astrolabe. Zoologie : III — Mollusques. Paris. Sewell, R. B. Seymour. 1926. A Study of Lithotrya nicobarica Reinhardt. Rec. Indian Mus., Calcutta, XXVIII, pp. 269-330, pis. 14, 15, text-illust. Sowerby, G. B. 1822. Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, Pt. VIII, London. V. 1. 3 DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. Lithotrya valentiana. Fig. ]. — Specimen 11. Typical Anatifa truncata, Quoy et Gaimard. x 14. Fig. 2. — Specimen 3. L. truncata according to Darwin, x 7. Fig. 3. — Specimen 10. Right side — “ latera ” present, x 7. Fig. 4. — Specimen 10. Left side — “ latera ” absent, x 7. Fig. 5. — Specimen 7. Rostral view showing complete rostrum, x 6'5. Fig. 6. — Apical views showing varying degree of erosion of capitular plates (a) specimen 3, ( b ) specimen 8, (c) specimen 11. x 6'5. Fig. 7. — Isolated valves — from left to right — left scutum and tergum, carina, right tergum, right scutum. (a) specimen 5, ( b ) specimen 1 (c) specimen 2. X 6. Brit. Mils. (X at. Hist.). GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION 1928-29. Reports, Yol. V, Xo. 1. PLATE I. Adlard & Son, Ltd., Irnpr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE II. Lithotrya valentiana. Fig. 8. — Girdles, (a) Carino-tergal angles of specimen 14. x 36. ( b ) Left carino-tergal and tergo-scutal angles of specimen 16. X 36. (c) Sub-lateral scales (“ latera ”) of specimen 14. X 100. ( d ) Sub- lateral scales (“ latera ”) of specimen 16. X 100. Fig. 9. — Specimen 13. Showing sub-lateral scale in tergo-scutal angle, and three chitinous sub-lateral scales (“ latera ”) in carino-tergal angle. X 7. Fig. 10. — Specimen 8. Showing indications of abnormal exuvial split. X 5. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29. Brit. Mus. {Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. Y, No. 1. PLATE II. Adlarcl & Son, Ltd., Impr. i \ BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29 SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VOLUME V, No. 2 ALCYONAEIA (STOLONIFERA. ALCYONACEA. TELE ST ACPI A AND GORGONACEA) BT MRS. L. M. I. MACFADYEN, B.SO. (Miss L. M. I. DEAN) WITH ELEVEN TEXT-FIGURES AND FIVE PLATES LONDON PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY B. Qoaritch, Ltd., 11 Grafton Street, New Bond Street, London, W.l; Dulau & Co., Ltd., 2 Stafford Stbkbt, London, W.l; Oxford University Press, Warwick Square, London, E.C.4 and AT The British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7 1936 [All right 8 reserved ] Price Five Shillings ALCYONARIA STOLONIFERA, ALCYONACEA. TELESTACEA AND GORGONACEA) BY Mrs. L. M. I. MACFADYEN, B.Sc. (Miss L. M. I. DEAN) , WITH ELEVEN TEXT-FIGURES AXD FIVE PLATES CONTENTS. PAGE 1. Introduction ............ 19 2. List of Species . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 3. Description of Species .......... 21 4. Deferences .69 5. Index ............. 70 1. INTRODUCTION. Tins paper gives a systematic report on the Stolonifera, Alcyonacea and Telestacea collected on the Great Barrier Reef Expedition, apart from the Alcyonacean family Xeniidae which has already been reported on by Prof. S. J. Hickson. Three Xeniids, omitted from the material given to Prof. Hickson to describe, are, however, added to this report. The Gorgonacea were also described by Prof. Hickson, but I have to add to this paper two further Gorgonaceans. One of these, Solenopodium stechei, as I shall describe later, has had rather a pathetic history, as it was cast out from the Gorgonacea by Prof Hickson, and now is similarly rejected from the Alcyonacea by myself. The two points of view as to the systematic position of this interesting genus are given here by us both. The collection is a fine one and the specimens are, in most cases, beautifully pre- served. Altogether 51 species are described, of which 6 are new. These species are included in 22 genera. Many have been previously reported from the seas of the East Indies and Philippines, the Alcyonarians of which have been described to a considerable extent in recent years, several from Torres Straits and the Western coasts of Australia, and several with a wide distribution, including the Indian Cteean and the Red Sea, with one, the widespread Tubipora musica, from the West Indies. My thanks are due to Dr. Caiman for his kindness in giving me the opportunity of working on this interesting collection, to Capt. Totton for all the facilities for examining types, etc., while I have been working in the British Museum (Natural History), to Prof. Hickson and Prof. Cannon for the loan of certain type-specimens, to Prof. Stephenson for his helpful field-notes, and to Dr. Manton for her very fine field photographs, v. 2. 4 20 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 2. LIST OF SPECIES. Order STOLONIFERA. Family Cornulariidae. Sub -family Clavulariinae. Clavularia inflata, Schenk, var. luzoniana, May. Sarcodictyon herdmcmi (Hickson). P achy clavularia erecta, Roule. Family Tubiporidae. Tubipora musica, L. Order ALCYONACEA. Family Xeniidae. Cespitularia erecta, n. sp. C. simplex, Thomson and Dean. C. wisharti, Hickson. Family Alcyoniidae. Microspicularia [gen. nov.] pachyclados (Klunz.). Alcyonium australe, n. sp. Sinularia conferta (Dana), n. var. gracilis. S. dura (Pratt). S. flexibilis (Q. G.). S. gardineri (Pratt). S. gyrosa (Klunz.). S. leptoclados (Ehrb.). S. lochmodes, Kolonko. S. polydactyla (Ehrb.). S. robusta, n. sp. Sarcophyton digitatum, Moser. S. elegans, Moser. S. glaucum (Q. G.). S. trocheliophorum, Marenz. Lobophytum crassum, Marenz. L. crebriplicatum, Marenz. L. gazellae, Moser. L. liglnti, Moser. L. pauciflorum (Ehrb.). L. pauciflorum var. validum, Marenz. ALCYONAEIA — MACFADYEN 21 Family Xephthyidae. Capnella fungiformis, Kiik. C. imbricata (Q. G.). C. lacertil iensis, n. sp. C. rugosa, Kiik. Lemnalia brcissica (May). L. elegarn (May). Paralemnalia digitiformis, n. sp. P. thyrsoides (Ehrb.). Umbellulifera planoregularis (Burchardt). Nephthya aurantiaca, Verrill. N. graeillima, Thomson and Dean. N. mollis, n. sp. Dendronephthya bicolor (Wright and Studer). D. florida (Esper). D. heterocyathus (Wright and Studer). D. nigrotincta (Ridley). D. spinifera, Holm. Stereonephthya unicolor (Gray). Family Siphonogorgiidae. N ephthyigorgia annectens (Thomson and Simpson). Family Fasciculariidae. Studeriotes semper i (Studer). Order TELESTACEA. Telesio arbor ea, Wright & Studer. T. rubra, Hickson. Order GORGONACEA. Sub-order SCLERAXONIA. Family Briareidae. Solenopodium stechei (Kiikenthal). Iciligorgia orientalis, Ridley. 3. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. Order STOLONIFERA. This order, established by Prof. S. J. Hickson in 1883, has had a chequered history, with a great amount of confusion amongst the genera originally assigned to it by Prof. Hickson. Latterly several of the genera have been moved by various workers in the group to other orders, and some genera have been found to be synonymous, so that the order 22 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION has considerably fewer genera in onr present state of knowledge. There is still, how- ever, considerable doubt as to the natural position of certain genera, and as to the validity of others. There are three genera represented in the Barrier Reef collection which I consider should be placed in the order Stolonifera namely, Sarcodictyon, Clavularia and Pachy- clavularia. Sarcodictyon, according to Kiikenthal, is identical with Evagora, a genus with which, he states, Rhizoxenia is synonymous. I agree with Prof. Hickson (‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’, Pt. I, 1930, p. 210) that the evidence as to Sarcodictyon and Evagora is far from conclusive, and in the meantime I retain the genera as distinct. If Sarcodictyon is to be suppressed, Molander (! Swed. Antarctic Exp.’ II, No. 2, 1929, p. 40) is too general in his statement as the form of spicules, “ kleine Gurtelstabe, gewohnlichte Sechser oder unregel- massige Kalkkorper, und erinnern an die Spicula bei Erythropodium caribaeorum ”. The typical spicule of Sarcodictyon catenata, Forbes, is a rather scale-like roundish spicule with a frayed edge, and the spicules are very densely packed together. The spicules of Evagora rosea, on the other hand, do certainly come near to Erythropodium caribaeorum. Kiikenthal (1916), followed by Molander (1929), assigned the genera Evagora (and Sarcodictyon), Erythropodium and Solenopodium to the gorgonacean family Briareidae, and later Molander (1929) transferred to it the genus P achy clavularia. Sympodium, one of the most discussed genera, is now generally and rightly, I think, recognized as a Xeniid, and Par erythropodium as an Alcyoniid. I agree with Prof. Hickson that Sarcodictyon, Evagora, Erythropodium and Pachy - clavularia should be retained as Stolonifera and not considered as Gorgonacea. To get so far away in those creeping forms from the definition of the Gorgonacea as having well- defined axes seems to me mistaken, unhelpful to systematists and not a very natural system of classification. Prof. Hickson and I have a friendly disagreement, however, over the position of the genus Solenopodium, of which there is one species in this collection. As Prof. Hickson considers that it, too, is a Stoloniferan genus, he did not include it in his report on the Gorgonacea of the Great Barrier Reef Expedition (1932), but left it to be described with the Alcyonacea. I now in turn reject it, and describe it here as a Gorgonacean. It seems to me impossible to separate Briareum and Solenopodium ; the spiculation is almost indistinguishable, and Solenopodium approaches towards the Briareum type of growth. It does not always show a creeping form of growth, but hollow stems grow upwards which are sometimes solid at the tops, forming as it were the beginning of a solid axis. I feel that this genus has definitely crossed the border between the Stolonifera and the Gorgonacea, to the lowest stage of the Scleraxonia. I here quote a note from Prof. Hickson giving his views on the subject : “ The genus Solenopodium is of special interest because it seems to be a perfect connecting link between the two orders of Alcyonaria — the Stolonifera and the Gorgonacea. “ The determination of its correct position in one or other of these two Orders depends on the conception of the principal character which should be used to distinguish them. ' ‘ In former times the character that was universally used to distinguish the Gorgonacea from other Alcyonaria was the presence of a horny or calcareous axial rod. “ If this character is adopted for the diagnosis of the Order then Solenopodium is A LCY OXAK I A — MACFAD YEN 23 not a member of the Gorgonacea because it has no axis, the stems which spring irregularly from the large creeping stolon being hollow. " In more recent times, however. Kiikenthal and his followers have substituted for the presence of an axis the presence of ‘ horn ’ in the skeleton as the character of the group and. although there is no evidence that its basal membrane is really ‘ keratin ’, Solenopodium is placed among the Gorgonacea. •• For many reasons which I have fully discussed in my paper in the 4 Proc. Zool. Soc.’, 1930. Pt. I. pp. 234-241. the presence of a horn-like skeletal substance is not a good diagnostic character. It occurs in some genera, e. g. the Telestidae. which do not belong to Kukenthal’s group Gorgonaria. and it does not occur in others (e. g. the Coralliidae) which do belong to it. "It is true that Solenopodium does show some resemblances to the Gorgonacean genus Brittreum and it may indicate a stage in the evolution of the Gorgonacea from the Stolonifera, but as there are no essential differences in other characters, such as in the canal system or the spicules between this genus and other genera of the Stolonifera, I am of opinion that it should be referred to that Order on the ground that it has no horny or calcareous axis.” The genus Hicksonia , I am now convinced, must lapse as a synonym of Clavularia. As to the genus P achy clavularia I agree with Prof. Hickson and differ from Molander in thinking it a Clavulariid. There is no doubt that it is a form leading towards Solenopodium and Brian '///-. In it on the other hand, its affinities with ( 'lavularia seem to me even greater. I consider the Stolonifera as an order comprising various rather primitive forms which lead to several higher groups — P achy clavularia leading to the Scleraxonians, Clavularia leading to the Telestacea and Anthelia to the Xeniidae. Molander (1929) includes Clavu- la/ria with the Telestids, but that I think is stretching the case too far. Roxas (1933) also has not followed him in this, hut retains both Clavularia and Anthelia in the Stolonifera. Prof. Hickson in his report on the Xeniidae of the Barrier Reef Expedition (1931) emphasizes the necessity of suppressing the genus Anthelia as a synonym of Sympodium , and considers that the species described as Anthelia at the moment are Xeniids. I cannot share the opinion that Anthelia is the same genus as Sympodium ; they seem to me quite distinct, both in spiculation and in form of growth. The spicules of Sympodium are minute discs typical of Xenia species ; species of Anthelia have minute narrow rods as their spiculation. I have examined many species of Anthelia and colonies of Sympodium coeruleum and no Anthelia shows any sign of contraction, while the polyps in Siympodium contract till they are buried in the rather thick basal membrane. As to Anthelia itself being a Xeniid. it certainly shows definite affinities with this family. If the presence of only the dorsal mesenteric filaments is confirmed from species other than the one quoted by Prof. Hickson it will be definitely established as a Xeniid. Family Cornulariidae. Sub-family Clavulariinae. Genus Clavularia , Quoy and Gaimard. Cornulariids with polyps united by a basal stolon or basal membrane containing a network of canals. Polyps may also be united by transverse connecting stolons at a varying height up the polyp wall and a new polyp may grow from such a connecting stolon. 24 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Polyps divided into a basal non-retractile calix and a distal anthocodia, which is retractile into the upper half of the calix. The spicules of the calix are long-warted spindles arranged in vertical rows ; the spicules of the anthocodia are always smaller and smoother, sometimes minute and of quite different form. There is definitely a horny secretion in the calix of some species. Clavularia inflata , Schenck, var. luzoniana, May. Roxas, Philippine Alcyon, Philipp. J. Sci. L, No. 1, 1933, p. 58. Three colonies of this species all show the rare feature shared by this species and C. viridis, namely, the stolons connecting one polyp with the middle of another. We can add nothing further to our previous descriptions — the Great Barrier Reef specimens agree in detail with the type-specimens. The three colonies show polyps in all stages of development and in all stages of expansion ; in all the pinnules of the tentacles are a glistening white owing to the dusting of innumerable minute spicules (rodlets and a few discs) ; the calyx and anthocodia in one colony (Detailed Survey II) are grey-brown with the chevroned spindles of the anthocodia showing up against the brown background ; in another (General Survey, A 71) they are creamy- white, and in another from Maer Island a greenish-grey colour. Prof. Stephenson informs me that the species was very plentiful in some parts of Low Isles, both in the Anchorage and on the seaward slopes ; it sometimes formed extensive continuous carpets. The tentacles during life were purplish or pinkish brown. Localities : Maer Island. Low Isles, General Survey A. 1. Low Isles, Detailed Survey II. Previously recorded from Luzon (Philippines), Ternate, Dutch East Indies. Genus Sarcodictyon, Forbes. Encrusting Cornulariid colonies consisting of narrow stolons, which may form a mesh, with small polyps arising at varying intervals. The polyps are divided into a cone-like calix with hard walls, up to about 2 mm. high, and a distal anthocodia which is soft and is retractile into the calix. The spicules of stolon and calix are usually of flat irregular shape, closely packed together, sometimes with fusion, so that both stolon and calix are hard and inflexible. A horny membrane at the base of the stolon may be present. Sarcodictyon herdmani (Hickson). Hickson, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., 1921, XX, pt. Ill, p. 366 ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1930, p. 210, 1 fig. A slender pink stolon 2-8 mm. long with small conical calices arising at intervals of 2-3 mm. has grown along a slender Antipatharian twig, which also bears a young colony of Nephthya aurantiaca. Prof. Hickson has very kindly sent me for examination his type- specimen of Sarcodictyon herdmani, and after a careful comparison of these two specimens I consider that, though the Barrier Reef specimen differs slightly from the type, it comes so near to it that it should be considered as at least a variety of this species. ALCYOXARIA — MACFADYEX 25 The calices are in most cases low swellings on the stolon, up to 1*7 nun. broad and with a height of 1 mm. or less. One calix. however, has a height of 1*5 nun. The polyps are white, and in one expanded polyp, though the preservation is not good enough to allow of an exact determination of the arrangement of spicules, there can be seen an armature towards the base of the anthoeodia. of slender white spindles, arranged horizontally nearest the calix and longitudinally further up the anthoeodia. Our specimen differs from the type in that, though there is a certain amount of fusion, it is not nearly so extensive as in the Adelaide specimen. Also the irregular type of branched spicule is preponderant in the Barrier Reef form, and the warted spindle type though present, is not so numerous. The same types of spicule are present in both specimens, however, and there does not seem to be sufficient reason to separate the two into different species. There is no cpiestion. as Prof. Hickson has stated already, that this species is quite distinct from S. catenata. Locality' : Station XII. Dredge. Previously recorded from South Australia. j Genus Pachyclavidaria , Roule. Camulaiiids with polyps united basally by stolons or a membrane, which may divide in distinct horizontal lamellae. The polvps consist of a hard-walled tubular calix and a distal soft retractile anthoeodia. The typical spicule is the warted spindle. Paehydamdaria erecta, Roule. Roule, Rev. Suisse Zool. XVI, 1908, p. 165, 3 figs. ; Molander, Swedish Antarctic Expcd. II, No. 2, 1929, p. 24 ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. Xlllrf, 1931, p. 19, 8 figs. • A young colony growing on a stone shows the reddish-violet colour, the folded, thick basal membrane, and the stiff-walled, longitudinally-grooved calices, with an average height of 6 mm., all characteristic of the species. In the majority of the polyps the anthocodial portion is fully retracted, but in two or three polyps it is partially expanded. In one polyp an interesting stage of retraction is shown where the anthoeodia is expanded beyond the calycine portion of the polyp and the mouth is clearly visible, but the ten- tacles, which are individually retractile (see Thomson and Dean, 1931), are still invaginated. A field-note included with the specimen, “ green polyped ”, agrees with Roule’s coloured plate of the type, showing brilliant green anthoeodia and tentacles, above the red-violet calix. In spirit the green colour of the anthoeodia is lost and it is cream-grey in colour. The anthoeodia and tentacles under examination proved to be literally packed with a dense mass of zoochlorellae and no spicules were observed. The spiculation shows large spindles covered with zones of warts and branched, irregular forms. The spicules in the basal membrane are bound together in a horny matrix. The systematic position of the genus Pachyclavularia has already been discussed (see p. 23). Locality : Wishart’s Reef (A. 3). Previously recorded from Amboina, Dutch East Indies. 26 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Family Tubiporidae. Genus Tubipora , Linnaeus. Cornulariids distinctive in having very elongated tubular polyps with complete fusion of spicules to form a solid hard mass. Flat horizontal platforms or laminae connect the close-set polyps, and from these platforms new polyps may arise. Tubipora musica, L. Hickson and Hiles, Willey’s Zool. Results IV, 1900, p. 493. Three dried colonies, two of which are described as from Low Isles, and one preserved in spirit, from the Outer Barrier, Ribbon Reef. All are a deep crimson-red colour, with the partially expanded polyps showing white in the spirit specimen. Two of the dried colonies and the spirit specimen show a close-set type of growth with adjacent polyps nearly touching each other, the whole colony forming a dense rounded mass. The third dried specimen (overgrown in parts by a Polyzoan) is much more open and less compact, with an average distance between adjacent polyps of 4 mm. This is a good example of the extreme variation possible in the form of colonies of Tubipora, in which genus, following Prof. Hickson’s view after examination by him of very numerous specimens in Celebes and from elsewhere, we find only one species, T. musica. Localities : Low Isles, outside Anchorage, 6 fathoms. Outer Barrier, Ribbon Reef, Middle Zones. Previously recorded from Red Sea, Indian Ocean, West Indies, tropical Pacific Ocean, Dutch East Indies. Order ALCYONACEA. Family Xeniidae. Genus Cespitularia, Milne-Edwards. Xeniids with dendritic branching, and no sharply-defined margin to the capitulum, the polyps arising not only on the summit of the branches, but in gradually diminishing numbers down their sides. Colonies typically soft, and with weak or no spiculation. The spicules, if present, are small discs, irregular ovals, or biscuit-shaped. Cespitularia erecta, n. sp. (Plate IV, fig. 7.) Two small colonies from Station XXIII cannot be referred to any of the described species. They differ from C. taeniata, C. coerulea, C. wisharti, C. hypotentaculata and C. quadriserta (the last two recently described by Roxas, 1933) in the presence of spicules ; from C. simplex, C. mollis and C. mantoni in the size and shape of the spicules and in the mode of growth ; from C. multipinnata in the arrangement of pinnules and mode of growth ; and from C. subviridis in the size of polyps and number of pinnules. The largest of the two colonies has a height of 3-5 cm. and a maximum spread of 1'8 cm. A short stem, 9 mm. in maximum diameter, gives rise to 4 short branches and a terminal branch. The longest branch has a length of 1-4 cm. and a diameter of 5 mm. and 3 mm. The stem is only slightly flattened, as are the other branches, which give rise ALCYOXARIA — MAC'FADYEX 27 to 2 or 3 very short twigs. The branches are covered with the short stout polyps, which reach a length of 2 nnn. and with tentacles up to 2-6 mm. long. The pinnules are arranged in a single row of 1 8-20 on each side of the tentacle ; they are longest towards the middle of the tentacle, where they are up to 0-4 mm. in length with a basal breadth of 0T mm. They are finger-like and pointed when expanded. A few rudimentary buds of polyps are to be seen on the stem. The whole tissue of the colony is filled with a dense mass of small spicules. These are either roughly circular, or oval, or with definite corners, so that little polygons or squares are seen. They are smooth and refractive without the surface sculpturing seen in C. simplex, and they are neither nearly as large nor with as smoothly circular outlines as in C. mantoni, and are much more numerous than in the latter species. They attain a diameter of 0-045 mm. The colony is quite firm in texture and stands erect. It is cream white in colour. The smaller, almost circular colony with a height of 2-4 cm. and a maximum diameter of 2-2 cm. has a flat base, almost membranous, from which arise 5 close-set main branches which give off 1 to 4 short branches. It agrees exactly with the first specimen in all other characters. Locality : Station XXIII. Dredge. Cespitularia simplex, Thomson and Dean. Thomson and Dean, Aicyonacea of the Sihoga Exped., Monogr. Xlllrf, 1931, p. 33, 1 fig. A small colony from Station X agrees well both in form of growth and in spiculation with the type of the species. It shows a membranous base (which creeps over two pieces of rock and connects the two mid- way), from which arise the very simple stems, which are either finger-like and unbranched or else very simply branched. In this case 7 of the stems are unbranched and one gives off one small twig 4 mm. long. The longest unbranched stem has a height of about 1-5 cm. and a breadth of 4 mm. Another distinctive feature is the spiculation, which consists of extremely numerous, very minute discs, seen to be finely sculptured under a high magnification and about 0-01 mm. in diameter. The colour is creamy, streaked with extraneous staining of red from some debris. Locality : Station X. Dredge. Previously recorded from Kawassang, Dutch East Indies. Cespitularia wisharti, Hickson. Hickson, The Xeniidae, Sci. Rep. Great Barrier Reef Exped. IV, No. 5, 1931, p. 165, 1 fig. A small yellowish colony, not very well preserved, from Station XXIII shows 6 unbranched or slightly branched stems arising from a ribbon-like base. The polyps are, for the most part, 1-2 mm. long, but 3 to 4 extended ones are 3 mm. long. The tentacles are about 1-8 mm. long, and have a single row of about 15 pinnules on each side of the mid-line. (In the type-specimen in a fully expanded tentacle I found the pinnules stretched into a single row of 18 on each side of the tentacle.) There are no spicules. A very contracted colony from Low Isles is most remarkable in the development of numerous sucker-like outgrowths with oval attaching discs. Some of the branches terminate in a fringe of these or they may grow out from the side of a branch. I have v. 2. 5 28 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION seen the development of a sucker in C. simplex (see “ Siboga ” Exped., 1931, p. 34), but this great development of these attaching outgrowths is extremely unusual. The longest of these outgrowths is strap-like, with a length of 1-4 cm. and a breadth of 1-5 mm. and forming at the extreme tip into two small oval suckers. The polyp tentacles are in the majority of the polyps contracted to a minute length, OT mm. or less, so that with the naked eye the polyp appears like a small tube without tentacles. The pinnules on these minute tentacles are very difficult to detect. In some of the polyps the tentacles are about 1 mm. long with 8-12 pinnules. The length of the polyps themselves is also most variable, but an average one is about 2 mm. long. The form of growth is also curious, as the base grows in a complete circle round a space in the middle. Both the base and the stems which arise from it are flattened, though some of the short upper branches into which the stems divide are quite rounded. The branching is very variable. Some stems arise unbranched from the base, while others may give off up to five short branches, 5 mm. long, which may again fork 5 mm. from the tip. There are no spicules. I have compared this specimen carefully with the type of C. ivisharti, and have no doubt that it is a very contracted specimen of the species, with sucker development owing no doubt to special environmental conditions. The colour is brownish grey. Another difficult specimen, from Station XVI, also with no spicules, does not show any sucker development, but does show the same extreme contraction and apparent reduction of the tentacles in some of the polyps, while in others they are quite well developed up to about 1-5 mm. The polyps, which are not abnormally expanded, are about 2 mm. long, but some of them are extended till they are quite transparent and up to 5 or 6 mm. long and 2 mm. broad when flattened out. Very few of the tentacles, however, show great expansion. The longest were 1-5 mm. long, with a single row of 12 pinnules on each side of the middle line. The branches are more or less circular. The colour is a purplish grey. The colony is spread out over a conglomerate mass of shells, stems and debris. Localities : Station XXIII. Dredge. Station XVI. Dredge. Low Isles, September-October, 1928. Previously described from Great Barrier Reef. Genus Microspicularia, n. gen. In 1931 Sir J. A. Thomson and I emphasized the advisability of separating off from the genus Alcyonium those Alcyonium- like forms (e. g. A. sphaerophora ) which have a very distinctive spiculation (numerous very small double-clubs or dumb-bells, together with very typical minute hour-glass-like or finger-biscuit-like forms), and a form of growth with very flat shallow basal trunk bearing numerous relatively simple and compacted lobes. Unfortunately we made a mistake in trying to refer these to the old genus Lobularia, which I now see is a synonym of Alcyonium. (The original Lobularia species was L. digitata, which of course is an Alcyonium.) The genus Lobularia must go, but there is still the necessity to separate off certain species mistakenly and persistently referred to Alcyonium , and I refer the species concerned to the new genus Microspicularia , so named from the minute size of the spicules, especially in the polyps. In addition to the features ALCYOXARIA— MACFADYEX 29 already mentioned, another distinctive feature which has been ignored by those workers who strung the two genera together in one is the fact that in true Alcyonium spp., e. g. 1- digitatarn. A. palmatum, A. etheridgei. A. brionense, etc., the armature of the retractile polyps consists of long, narrow spindles arranged in 8 points beneath the tentacles. The armature is always in this form if present at all. This type of armature is also found in Metalcyonium species. Now in the Microspicularia species (to be enumerated later), polyp armature consists of a dense, irregularly set mass of extremely minute finger-biscuit- like forms or derivatives of these with absolutely no chevron arrangement, and completely covering tic* whole anthocodia and tentacles of the polyp. I cannot see that this, in con- junction with the consistently shallow, much dobed form of growth and the typical minute- ness of the dumb-bell spicules, together with the presence of biscuit-like forms, is not sufficient evidence to warrant the validity of the genus Microspicidaria. I follow the late Sir J. A. Thomson in thinking that from a genus as cumbrous as Alcyonium and with such varied types as are grouped together by Liittschwager in his Revision of the genus Alcyonium (1915 and 1926), also by Roxas (1933). the separating off of a distinct group of species would be, in addition, of very great help to the systematist. The genus Microspicidaria , then, would include the following six species : M. sphaero- phora (Ehrb.), M. globuliferum (Klz.), .1/. digitulatum (Klz.), M. pachyclados (Klz.), M. brachyclados (Ehrb.), and M . globulifer oides (Thomson and Dean). Alcyonium ceylonicum, Pratt, i- a true Ah-ynuiinn and not a Microspicidaria (see Fhomson and Dean, 1931). Though the spicules resemble the double clubs of a Micro- spicidaria more than any other species of Alcyonium, they are considerably larger and heavier than in the Microspicidarias, and. more important, there are none of the small hour-glass-like spicules. Liittschwager considers this species a synonym of May’s Alcyo- nium ceylonense. I have had the opportunity of examining a specimen from Galle, Ceylon, which agrees very closely with Miss Pratt’s original description of this Ceylon species, and another superficially very similar specimen from the same locality, with siphonozooids extremely minute and difiindt to detect, which is a species of Lobophytum, and which I think may be a specimen of May's Alcyonium ceylonense as the spiculation and growth seem identical. Even if May’s species is a true Alcyonium and not a Lobophytum, as I suspect, I do not agree with Liittschwager that A. ceylonicum is synonymous with A. ceylonense, as the spiculation does not agree — there are none of the clubs described by May, and the tuberculate dumb-bells are about half the size of those in A. ceylonense. A summary of the features of the genus Microspicidaria is as follows : Alcyoniid of stout type of growth, with a very short broad, rather encrusting base and a disc densely set with very numerous small thick, compacted lobes. Spiculation exclusively of very small dumb-bell or double-club spicules and minute hour-glass or finger-biscuit-like forms. Polyp armature consists of a dense, irregularly-set mass of the minute hour-glass spicules. Genotype, Alcyonium pachyclados, Klunz. Microspicularia pachyclados (Klunz.). (Plate III, fig. 2.) Klunzinger, Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, pt. 1, p. 24, 1 fig. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 40; Liittschwager, Arch. Naturgesch. Berlin, LXXX, Abt. A, Heft 10, p. 20. This well-known species is represented in the collection from the Great Barrier Beef by several fine specimens. 30 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION A grey-white colony from Maer Island, with most of the polyps contracted, a few semi-expanded, has diameters of 10-6 X 9 cm. and a maximum height of 6-5 cm., the average height of the basal stock being 2-5 cm. The blunt finger-like lobes are not compressed to such an extent as in a species such as M. sphaerophora. Other smaller specimens from Low Isles have well-expanded polyps. The largest of these colonies has diameters of 6-5 and 4 cm., and a maximum height of 3-8 cm. The spiculation agrees fully with Klunzinger’s description. The maximum size of the large spinose double-spheres measured is 0-1 mm. (Klunzinger quoted 0-096 as the maximum in his specimen, and Thomson and Dean 0-08 mm. in one specimen to 0-1 in another.) A small specimen (Low Isles), with a height of 1-7 cm. and maximum diameters of 2-7 cm. and 3-4 cm., and another, a very similar one (Detailed Survey 1), with a height of 2-3 cm. and diameters of 4-6 cm. and 3 cm., are more grey in colour with brownish tentacles, the texture is rather harder and the lobes are divided up into rather smaller lobes than in the more typical specimens. The spiculation is identical, however, and I could detect no difference in the structure of the tentacles. Another small colony (General Survey, 20th May, 1929) with a height of 2 cm. and diameters of 4-5 cm. and 2-7 cm. is white, with the fully retracted polyps showing as dark spots on the surface. In this, too, the lobes are somewhat harder and smaller than is common in the species. There do not seem to be sufficient grounds, however, for making this a new species. The shape and size of the dumb-bell spicules are identical with those of M. pachyclados. The only difference in the spiculation is in the tentacles, which are very sparsely dotted with a few of the minute finger-biscuit or hour-glass forms instead of being densely covered with them. It is this lack of the dusting of refractive spicules in the polyps which gives the dark-spotted look to the colony. The uneven distribution of those small spicules present on the tentacles, however, leads me to think that there has been some acid or other interference with them — some of the polyps show a complete absence of them, others show one or two at the tip of each pinnule, and others show one or two pinnules quite thickly covered with them. Localities : General Survey of Low Isles. Detailed Survey I of Low Isles. Only localities stated : Maer Island, North-West Reef Flat ; but Prof. Stephenson notes that this species was common in the anchorage and on the seaward slopes at Low Isles, and easily recognized. Very wide previous record from Red Sea, Dutch East Indies, West Australia, etc. Genus Alcyonium, Linnaeus. Alcyoniids whose colonies are either massive, with a stalk and a disc divided into lobes ( Eualcyonium ), or columnar and unbranched ( Metalcyonium ). The polyps are monomorphic, located on outer surface of the colony and completely retractile. The polyp-armature, if present, includes vertical or chevroned rows of spindles. The canal system is very irregular. Alcyonium is easily distinguished from Sinularia by the absence of very large stem spindles and the dense outer layer of clubs found in Sinularia. From Microspicularia it is also easily distinguished by the absence of the small hour-glass-like forms typical of ALCY ONARIA — MACFAD YEN 31 Microspicularia. and by the armature of the polyp, the polyp of Microspicularia being a dense, irregularly-set mass of minute finger-biscuit-like forms. Dumb-bell spicules when present are always larger than the very small Microspicularia spicules. Alcyonium australe, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 4.) A colony from Maer Island. X.W. Beef Flat, adds a new species to the already long list in this genus. It is. however, quite distinctive, approaching nearest in spiculation to A. ceylonicum, Pratt, and A. etheridgei . Thomson and Mackinnon, but distinguished from them by a very different form of growth and by less numerous polyps than in A. ceylonicum, and much smaller and more closely-set polyps than in A. etheridgei. The colony has a broad, flat sterile stem, with an average height of 1*8 cm. At the base membranous extensions of the stem wrap round a piece of madrepore, and at one side for a short distance the stem is 2-3 cm. high. The surface of the stem is unwrinkled, slightly harsh to the Text- fig. 1. — Alcyonium australe, n. sp. Spicules. touch. Its more or less flat surface bears a much-lobed capitulum covered with polyps. Some of the lobes are small, simple, rounded at the tips, from 3 mm. to 1-5 cm. high, and from about 3 mm. to 9 mm. broad. But there are, in addition, flattened broad ridges, which divide in the upper half into secondary lobes, finger-like and rounded at the tips. ( )ne such fold has a height of 2-8 cm., a breadth of 3 cm. and a thickness of about 6 mm. It divides at the top into five finger-like lobes closely adjacent, which increase in length in order from 4 mm. on one outer side to 1-5 cm., the outer one on the other side being slightly broader and shorter (1-2 cm. long). The whole ridge has, indeed, a faint resem- blance to the palm, fingers and thumb of a hand. Some other ridges are also flattened and lobed, but there are other compound lobes which are rounded and give off secondary lobes in a more irregular manner. Most of the lobes and ridges do not grow upright on the stem, but slope markedly to one side, pressing down on each other and making the whole colony flatter and more compact. This flattening is not probably typical, however, and may be due entirely to environmental factors. The polyps are very small, on an average about 10 or 11 to a centimetre. None are fully expanded, but the very short tentacles could be seen to have no spicules, though it was impossible to determine the number or arrangement of pinnules. The apertures in the coenenchyma when the polyp is retracted can be seen quite easily by the naked eye. They have a diameter of about 0-75 mm. 32 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION The colourless spicules are very uniform. They are nearly all tuberculate dumb-bells or derivatives of these, closely resembling both in form and size those of A. ceylonicum. The most common type is (a) dumb-bells with two terminal clusters of compound warts with a quite distinct median waist. Average dimensions are 0T7 x 0T1 mm. ( b ) In some the waist portion is much shorter, merely a slit between the two tuberculate heads, so that an almost spherical type results. Young simpler forms of (a) and ( b ) are there in all stages, (c) In some instead of two terminal clusters of warts there are two definite zones of warts near the ends which actually terminate in a distinct separate cluster of warts. ( d ) More elongated forms of this type, but with the ends more pointed, so that a spindle with two zones of warts results. These are up to 0-2 x 0T mm. in size. ( e ) A few very warty quadriradiate derivatives of the dumb-bell type, often with two arms more developed. (/) A few more massive and extremely warty irregular spheres, up to 0-22 mm. in diameter. The canal walls are filled with spicules, but there is quite a definite space between individual spicules, and they are not packed as closely as in the cortex, where they lie in a dense mass. The texture of the colony is firm and hard, only slightly fleshy. The colour is a very light greenish-grey. Locality : Maer Island. N.W. Reef Flat. I take this opportunity of stating that Wright and Studer’s (1889) two species of Alcyonium, A. haddoni and A. sollasi, the types of which I have examined in the British Museum, are unquestionably true species of Alcyonium and not of Sinularia, as Liitt- schwager thought might be possible (‘ Phil. Journ. Sci.’ XX, 1922, p. 538). Genus Sinularia , May. Alcyoniids where the capitulum is not a definite disc delimited from a sterile stalk. The zooids are borne on finger-like or lobe-like processes. Sipkonozooids are indistin- guishable on the outer surface ; if present they are completely rudimentary. In the stalk, the cortical spicules are small clubs forming a dense outer layer ; the inner spicules are very large warted spindles up to 1 cm. long, with the warts not arranged in zones as in Lobophytum. Sinularia conferta (Dana), n. var. gracilis. (Plate II, fig. 1.) Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinularia, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 313. With some hesitation I refer to this species a specimen from Low Isles. It is 10 cm. in height with a maximum spread of 3-5 cm. The stem, which is torn on both sides, is rather flattened (partly owing to the tears), with cross-diameters of 2-3 cm. and 1 cm. Branches arise irregularly from its surface ; in this torn specimen the first branch arises 3-4 cm. from the base, but others may have arisen lower down in its complete state. The branches may have either only secondary branches, or may divide near their base into secondary branches which give rise to small tertiary twigs. The stouter branches have a diameter up to 1 cm. before they fork ; the twigs vary in length from short lobes, 2 mm. long up to about 1 cm. long and a diameter of about 2-3 mm. One very slender branch which arises at the lowest branching level is 2-3 cm. long, with a diameter of 1-3 mm. Some of the twigs have blunt tips, but the majority narrow towards the tip. The colour is a dark grey-brown with the contracted polyps showing up as darker specks. The polyps are, on an average, about 1 mm. apart. The surface is very slightly ALCYOXARIA— MACFADYEX 33 mittv, much smoother than in most Sinularia species,, the texture of the twigs and branches is like incliarubber, and that of the stem, which is densely filled with large spicules, is hard. The spicules include («) small clubs of the rind, which are very varied in shape. The heads may have a central wart with a ring of warts below this (this is the most common type), or the central wait may be forked into two, or the head may consist of a mass of small blunt warts grouped closely together. The heads are large in proportion to the length, e. g. a club 0-09 mm. long may have a head 0-05 mm. across. The stems of the clubs have simple prominences. The clubs vary in length from 006 mm. (with a head of 0-04 mm. across) up to 0-17 mm. long. The majority have a length of about 0-1 mm. The maximum breadth of head is 0-06 nmi. (6) Straight or slightly curved spindles or rods covered with some fine blunt thorns, or almost smooth, 0-15 mm.-0-4 mm. long and 0-015 mm. 0-04 mm. in breadth, (c) Heavy spindles for the most part with pointed ends, some rather blunt-ended covered with compound warts or simple thorns. These are up to 2-5 mm. in length, and 0-45 mm. in breadth including the warts. These spindles are densely packed in the stem. In some ways this variety approaches S. flexibilis. The smooth rubber dike texture and shape of the twigs and the length of some are comparable to a contracted specimen of that species, but the mode of branching is different and the twigs have not nearly the same power of expansion. Dr. Manton states that in the living state they were clearly different species. Dr. Stephenson’s field-notes state that the species was not common. Locality : Low Isles. Sinularia dura (Pratt). Pratt, Alcyonaria of the Maldives, 1903, p. 528, 4 figs. ; Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinularia, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 304 ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonaceaof the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 50. This species, one of the most easily distinguished of Sinularia species, is characterized by a very hard texture, the spicules of the stem being up to 7 mm. long and the clubs of cortex being unusually large, with a head measurement of up to 0-1 mm. across and with the characteristic shape figured by Miss Pratt. It shows curiously two modes of growth, both types having been recorded both by Miss Pratt and by Thomson and Dean. The capitulum may either be a simple cup-shape, or from the .surface of the cup-shaped or flattish capitulum numerous lobes may grow. The Barrier Reef specimen is of this latter 34 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION type. The surface of the capitulum is rather cup-shaped, flatter towards one side, and from the surface arise stiff, hard branches, which give rise to secondary and tertiary branching. All the characters of texture and spiculation are thoroughly typical. The height of the colony is 5 cm. It is broken along one side, so is triangular in shape, with a maximum spread of 7-4 cm. The longest upright branch is 1-9 cm. high. The polyps are numerous on the twigs, but very sparsely scattered towards the flat centre of the capitulum. The colour of the colony is a dark cream. Locality : General Survey of Low Isles, A. 5 or area between Anchorage and Mangrove Swamp. Previously recorded from Ceylon, Red Sea, Maldives, Dutch East Indies. Sinularia flexibilis (Q. G.). Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinularia, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 310, 1 fig. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 53, 2 figs. Two specimens of this distinctive and easily recognized species from Three Isles and Low Isles show its unusually long thin flexible branches (covered with polyps) which grow from the upper surface of the stout sterile stalk. The spiculation of the branches is very weak, consisting of only a few scattered small clubs, but the stem is densely packed with the heavy spindles common to Sinularia stems and with the rind filled with a dense mass of clubs. The stem spindles are small compared with some species of Sinularia, with a maximum length of about 2 mm. The warts covering their surface are characteristically large, with a diameter of up to 0'05 mm. The small clubs are very irregular in shape, but almost all have a very large, rounded head covered with low warts, and a very short stem. The largest specimen from Low Isles has a height of 10-2 cm. and a maximum stem diameter of 5-4 cm. The longest unbranched twig has a length of 3-3 cm. and a basal diameter of 5 mm. The polyps are all semi-expanded, which increases the diameter of the twigs. The colour is creamy. A second specimen from Three Isles with a height of 9-7 cm. and a stem diameter of 3 cm. is superficially different in appearance in the preserved state, as all the polyps are fully contracted and the surface of the contracted twigs is smooth and rubbery. It agrees, however, fully with all the characters of the species. The colour is a rather greenish-grey, lighter in the stem. Neither of the specimens show branches or twigs quite as long and slender as are found in the species, and round the edge of the capitulum the branches are very short and undeveloped. Dr. Stephenson, in his field-notes, remarks : “ Common. Makes large fields of waving, soft, light brown tail-like branches.” Localities : General Survey of Low Isles, A. 4. Three Isles, A. 2. Previously recorded from Amboina, Samoa, Fiji Islands, Dutch East Indies, etc. Sinularia gardineri, Pratt. (Plate V, fig. 2.) Pratt, Alcyonaria of the Maldives, 1903, p. 527, 1 fig. This species was regarded as doubtful by Liittschwager (: Arch. Naturg.’, Abt. a, Heft 10, 1914, p. 14), followed by Kolonko (‘ Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin ’, XII, Heft 2, 1926, ALCTONARIA— MACFADYEN 35 p. 333). Thanks to the courtesy of Prof. Cannon, who has sent me various specimens and types. I have been able to examine one of the Ceylon specimens identified by the author of the species. It seems to me to be unquestionably a distinct species, differing quite Text-fig. 3. — Sinidaria gardineri, Pratt. Spicules. decidedly from any other described species. Two colonies from the Barrier Reef collection agree well with the Ceylon specimen both in the manner of lobing, the size and number of the zooids, and in the rather distinctive spiculation. A flat, low-growing colony from Low Isles, with a spread of 6 x 3-4 cm. and a height of 3-9 cm., has a low irregular stalk which slopes outwards to the edge of the capitulum, on whose flat surface are a large number of rather low, close-set lobes, which arise around the edge and from the centre. Each main lobe is much subdivided, so that at its tip there may be up to 6 or more very blunt-tipped secondary lobes. The average length of these is about 5 mm., and the highest lobe, including main and secondary lobes, is 1-5 cm. The v. 2. 6 36 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION colour is creamy, and the texture is very hard and brittle. The autozooids are fully retracted and very inconspicuous ; they are small and numerous, up to 1 mm. apart. No siphonozooids can be seen. The spicules include the usual cortical clubs, and from the coenenchyma large, espe- cially heavily warted spindles, up to 3 mm. or a fraction more in length. The cortical clubs are rather distinctive, being exceptionally heavy and coarse, though not as large as those of S. dura. The majority of them are short and stout, 0T5 x 0-07 mm., 0-22 x 0-09 mm., with a central compound wart at the tip of the head and four large ones pro- jecting at right angles to these. They are of the type, but rather coarser and shorter, with a stouter shaft, of S. polydactyla, from which species, however, they are distinct. Some of the larger clubs especially have irregularly warted heads. The maximum length of club measured was 0-24 mm. In a second flat colony, grey-cream in colour, also from Low Isles, the stem slopes outwards to the capitulum, which projects beyond it. The low, close-set lobes covering the capitulum are very blunt-tipped. They are rather shrivelled in this specimen, some are rounded, some rather flattened. The details of texture, zooids and spiculation are the same as in the first specimen. Some of the large spindles are bifurcate. Locality : Low Isles. Previously recorded from Maldives, Sudan, Eed Sea. Sinularia gyrosa (Klunz.). Klunzinger, Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, I, 1877, p. 27, 1 fig. ; Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinularia , Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 329. Three colonies, two of which are from Maer Island, the third from Low Isles, are refer- able to this species. All show a low flat type of growth and a capitulum covered with polyp-covered wall-like folds, which twist and curve over the surface. The two colonies from Maer Island, both incomplete, are greenish-grey-yellow in colour, and overgrown with a sponge. They resemble each other so closely that they might be part of one colony. The larger fragment has a length of 8 cm., a breadth of 4-8 cm. and a height of 3 cm. The stem is 1-4 cm. high. Above this the edge of the capitulum projects in a definite ledge. The contours of the folds are somewhat masked by the growth of the epizoitic sponge ; in the second colony they reach a height of 1-8 cm. The texture of the colony is very hard, almost stone-like. The large, densely-packed spicules of the stem are up to 4 mm. in length, rather blunt-ended rods or ovals. A few are pointed spindles. The clubs have heads with a central compound wart and frequently 2 or more lateral warts, which are fairly long and projecting. The normal length of the clubs is 0*1-0*15 mm., but they may reach a length of 0-25 mm. The third colony, from Low Isles, is a fine specimen, very striking in its mode of growth. It shows the same flat encrusting form, but it would seem to have been cut through near the base, so that the actual edge of the capitulum is not seen. It is almost circular in shape, and in the middle is a complete hollow core, rather triangular in horizontal section, passing through the colony. The folds of the capitulum radiate outwards from this central space. The wall-like folds of the capitulum appear more sharp and clear-cut in this specimen, as there is no overgrowth of sponge. The colour is a clearer cream-colour, but the texture is also hard and stony. The spiculation is the same, save that the size ALCYOXAEIA— MAGPADYEN 37 of the densely-packed inner sclerites is rather smaller, the maximum length being 2-2 cm. The maximum diameter of the colony is 13 cm., the height 5-3 cm., and the maximum diameter of the central hollow core 1-9 cm. I do not consider that either the rather reduced size of the stem spicules or the unusual shape of the colony are likely to be of varietal value, but that they are probably more due to environmental factors. Localities : Maer Island, N.W. Reef Flat. 11th May, 1929. Low Isles. Boulder outside rampart, at south of island. General Survey. Previouslv recorded from Red Sea and Pelew Island. Sinidaria leptoclados (Ehrb.). Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinularia, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 305, 1 fig. A small greenish-grey specimen stands 5-2 cm. in height and has a maximum spread of 4-3 cm. Slender rather knotted finger-like branches and branclilets up to 1*4 cm. long, with a diameter of 4 mm., arise from near the base of the stem. The texture is rather hard. The spiculation, in addition to long spindles, shows small cortical clubs of a shape typical of the species, 0-05 mm. and more in length, with a small head (as figured by Klunzinger and Burchardt ; for references see Kolonko, 1926), consisting of a number of closely opposed simple warts. Locality : Low Isles. Previously recorded from Ceylon, Amboina, Port Denison (West Australia), Philippines, Dutch East Indies, Red Sea. Sinularia, lochmodes, Kolonko. (Plate II, fig. 2.) Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinidaria, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 300, 3 figs. Six colonies of this distinctive species show their surface characteristically covered with very numerous short finger-like or knob-like branches. They agree closely with Kolonko’s description and figures of the types. A field-note by Prof. Stephenson states : A finely-branched species — the branches very extensile during life. Common.” The texture is hard. The largest specimen, yellow brown in colour, from Reef A, has a height of 1 1 cm. and a maximum breadth of 6-3 cm. The sterile stem viewed from one side is 3 cm. high and from the other side 3-5 cm. high. Above this arises a thick stock, maintaining almost the same diameter throughout, thickly covered with a mass of very short branches, the majority of which do not divide, but remain as short outgrowths from low knob-like swellings up to 6 mm. in length. This species undoubtedly comes near to the type of S. leptoclados (Ehrb.), but the branching is much finer and the spiculation shows a distinct difference in the shape and size of the small clubs. None of these are as small as the minimum 0-05 mm. in S. leptoclados. The smallest are 0-07 mm. in length. The head though, as in S. leptoclados without a central wart, has fewer and more widely separated and distinct, blunt warts, and is generally much more irregular in form. A brown colony, 7 cm. in height, shows longer fine branchlets, probably in a greater state of expansion. They are up to 11 mm. long, only sometimes 2*5 mm. in diameter. The spiculation is identical. 38 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Of three other fairly contracted small colonies, two are cream coloured, the others grey brown. Two colonies from Low Isles show a rather more uniformly stout branching, though a few of the low rather wart-hke branches are present. The spiculation is identical, with the other specimens of this species. The larger of the two, with a height of 7-3 cm. and a spread of 6-5 cm., yellowish in colour, has twigs up to 15 mm. long, with a diameter of 5 mm. It bears a superficial resemblance to S. polydactyla, but there is no question that it is a more coarsely branched variety of S. lochmodes. The smaller dark brown colony shows a similar coarser branching, but exactly similar spiculation. Localities : Reef A, Lizard Island. Low Isles, Detailed Survey II, Yard 113. Five from Low Isles. Previously recorded from Mindoro and Palawan. Sinularia polydactyla (Ehrb.). (Plate I, figs. 1-3 ; Plate V, fig. 4.) Kolonko, Die Gattung Sinularia, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, 1926, p. 319, 2 figs. Ten specimens show the variability in growth and to a certain extent in spiculation commonly found in this species. All the specimens are densely lobed with varying lengths of finger-like lappets, and in all the spiculation shows the very long pointed spindles, and the clubs with a head showing a central wart and a zone of lateral warts, characteristic of the species. This species has been previously described in such detail that a full descrip- tion of each specimen here would seem to be unnecessary. A field-note by Prof. Stephenson states : “ Common species, growing to large size, brown or grey in colour, with stout lobes.” Text- fig. 5. — Sinularia polydactyla. Cortical clubs. Somewhat doubtfully I include along with these specimens two small flattened colonies from Station XXIV, which grow in one plane. The type of growth with finger- like branches and also the spiculation are within the limits of the species, but the growth in one plane is rather distinctive and the specimens are unusually hard and brittle in texture. I do not, however, feel justified in creating a new species or a new variety on such slender grounds. The larger colony has a height of 7-4 cm., a capitulum spread of 4 x 1-2, cm., and a stem 4-4 cm. high with cross diameters of 9 mm. and 2*1 cm. The stem sphts into two main branches, which give rise to slender, very slightly flattened, finger- like lobes up to 1*2 cm. long with a diameter of about 3-5 mm. The autozooids (no siphonozooids can be seen) are semi-expanded, set \ mm. to 1 mm. apart. The spicules ALCYONARIA— MACFADYEN 39 include warted spindles up to 5 mm. long, and cortical clubs which have, for the most part, a head with central wart, and beneath that a zone of warts projecting more or less at right angles. Some of the club-heads are simply a mass of irregularly-placed or radiatory warts. The stems of the clubs vary in length from short, stout, rather blimt-ended rods, 0-06 mm. or less in length, to long slender-pointed axes, 0-23 mm. long. The stoutness of the clubs varies very much ; a club 0-2 mm. long may have a head from 0-04-0-08 mm. across and a stem from 0-02 to even 0-05 mm. across, near the head. The colour is cream, stained with brown. The smaller colony has no striking differences. It has the same flattened, digitate type of growth, hard, brittle texture, and is creamy in colour. Another rather doubtful specimen (Plate V. fig. 4) from Low Isles seems to me refer- able to S. polydactyla. though the mode of growth differs somewhat from the usual. The branches come off right to the base of the main stock, which also is covered with polyps to the base. Spiculation, however, and the texture and shape of the lobes are quite within the limits of this species. The club-heads of the rind have, for the most part, a central wart, with a ring of lower warts ; the large- warted spindles of the stem reach a length of 3*5 mm. The height of the colony is 7-5 cm., with maximum cross diameters of 5-9 cm. and 4-2 cm. The branches may give off short, stout, secondary and tertiary blunt twigs or lobes, or may arise from the stock unbranched and with a length of up to 1-7 cm., with a basal diameter of 6 mm. narrowing slightly to the tip. The texture is fairly hard and firm, with a gritty surface. The colour is a greenish cream. Localities : General Survey. Low Isles, A. 5. 11th April, 1929 (3 specimens). Low Isles, Detailed Survey I. Outside Rampart. ,, ,, ,, II, 23rd April, 1929. Station XXIV. Dredge (2 specimens). Low Isles (4 specimens). Very wide distribution (for full details see Kolonko, 1926). Sinularia robusta, n. sp. (Plate IV, fig. 6 ; Plate V, figs. 1, 3.) Five specimens from different localities require the establishment of a new species. Its main characters are : A solid, heavy, thick-set type of growth, with a thick stem, for the most part not clearly defined from the capitulum, but merging into it in the develop- ment of polyp-bearing lobes towards the top. The lobes are thick and somewhat flattened, and grow directly upwards ; they may be notched, sometimes deeply cleft to form almost circular, pointed, finger-like processes, or they may form twisting, rather wall-like up- growths from the capitulum, not very closely folded. The texture is hard, the colour creamy to brown. The small autoozoids, 0-5-1 mm. apart, are evenly and closely set, both on the lobes and centre and sides of the capitulum. There are no siphonozooids. The large warted spindles of the interior are up to 4-5 mm. in length ; there are also small, much smoother spindles with few fine simple prominences. The clubs of the cortex are small, of the type with a head with generally no central wart, but composed of a large number of close-set divisions, or simply a flat head with a notched edge. There are a few club-heads with fewer, larger unevenly set warts. They vary in length from 0-07-0-2 mm., 40 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION and across the head from 0 -3-0-5 mm. In some respects this species comes nearest to S. macropodia, but it differs from it in many particulars. As the type I choose a fairly small specimen (from Low Isles), which shows both separate upgrowing notched lobes and a small folded lobe of the wall-like type (Plate V, fig. 3). It has a total height of 5 cm. and cross-breadths of 5-6 cm. and 5-8 cm. It is not quite complete, as are none of the specimens. There is an encrusting thin flat base, from which arise 2 rather flattened lobes, each 2-2 cm. high and about 1-8 cm. broad, and also a thick stock 3-7 cm. high covered with polyps, with, on the top, a folded lobe 1 cm. high and one separate simple lobe of the same height. The colour in spirit is creamy ; a field- note states that it was green. Another very similar small specimen from Low Isles has a height of 5-5 cm. and cross- breadths of 5 cm. and 3-2 cm. A field-note also states that it was green. h 1 O'l mm. Text-fig. 6. — Sinularia robusta, n. sp. Cortical clubs. A larger specimen from Low Isles (Plate IV, fig. 6) shows the more digitate type of growth, where the flattish lobes are higher and split in their upper half, generally into two main divisions, and each of these also deeply cleft into up to 5 or 6 narrow digitate processes. The colony has a height of 7-6 cm. and cross-breadths of 5 cm. and 6-5 cm. The wall of the stalk rises in a straight line at the edge into the marginal lobes, there being no definite edge or beginning to the capitular region. It is torn at one side. There are three close-set main lobes, which divide through a median deep cleft, with, on each side of that, in a straight line, 3-7 subdivisions, into a group of stiff, upright finger-like, rather flattened processes, the apparent length of which is somewhat increased by a fold continuing down from the notch. The average diameter of one of these digits is 7 mm. and its length 1-2 cm. A large specimen from Reef A, Lizard Island, is an example of the less digitate, more wall-like folding of the lobes (Plate V, fig. 1). Though there are a few separate stout lobes, the surface is, for the most part, covered with twisting flattened ridges, not very close set, as in S. gyrosa. Details of zooids and spiculation are exactly the same ; a portion of a flat encrusting base is torn off. There is no direct separation from the stem ALCY ON ARIA — MACFAD YEN 41 and the capitulum, the stem passing straight up into the lobes with no line of demarcation. The colony is 8-4 cm. high, with cross-breadths of 11 cm. and 6 cm. A small colony from Yonge Reef. Outer Moat, is an even more extreme case of the possible folding of the lobes, which are more closely set than in the previous specimen. Localities : Reef A. Lizard Island. Outer Moat, Yonge Reef. Three specimens from Low Isles. Genus Sarcophyton . Lesson, emend. Marenzeller. Mushroom-shaped Alc-yoniids with a polvp-bearing disc folded round the margin, forming there incipient lobing. and a sterile stalk. Polyps on upper side of disc only ; retractile small, dimorphic. Cortical sclerites are small clubs and slender rods. In disc coenenchyma are longer, slender warted rods and spindles. In stalk coenenchyma are thin or very thick spindles, double spindles or cylindrical sclerites covered with large warts. There is not the zoning of the warts found in Lobophytum , except in S. trocheliophorum, where the barrel-shaped sclerites of the stalk are often zoned. Sarcophyton digitatum, Moser. Moser, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, IX, 1910, p. 249, 2 figs. ; Roxas, Philipp. J. Sci. L, 1933, p. 380, 1 fig. A colony from Station XXYIT agrees well with Moser’s and Roxas’s descriptions and figures. In this species the margin of the disc is regularly folded into high folds, which, partly owing to the slightly greater thickness of the disc than in S. acutangulum (Marenz.), do not develop the secondary folding seen in the latter species. The edge of the capitulum at the lobes is folded outwards. There are G of these simple folds, the highest arising to a height of 4-3 cm. from the level of the centre of the capitulum, with a maximum breadth of 2 cm. The tips of the two longest folds touch each other across the capitulum. Some of the autozooids are fully expanded up to 5 mm. in length. They are 1-2 mm. apart at the edge of the disc and up to 5 mm. apart in the centre. At the margin there are 1-3 siphonozooids between two autozooids and in the middle up to about 7 or 8. The spiculation shows short stout clubs, with a well-marked spiny head, the longest measured having a length of 0-3 mm., the maximum breadth being 0-9 mm. The coenenchyma holds very smooth slender spindles with few simple thorns. These spindles may be 0-37 x 0-015 mm. in size. In the stem are spindles (average dimensions 0-25 X 0-04 mm.) covered with simple prominences and only very occasionally with heavy compound warts. The height of the colony is 7-8 cm., but the stem has grown 5-4 cm. horizontally before bending sharply up at right angles. If straightened out the total height of the stem would be about 10 cm. The maximum diameter of the capitulum is 6-5 cm. Moser describes the disc of his specimen as soft ; in our specimen the texture is quite firm, though it yields to pressure of the fingers. Locality : Station XXVII. Dredge. Previously recorded from the Philippines. 42 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Sarcophyton elegans, Moser. Moser, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, IX, 1919, p. 252, 2 figs. ; S. convolution, Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. Xllld, 1931, p. 63, 2 figs. A small brown, rather dried-up colony from Station XIX can be referred to this species. It shows the thin margin of the disc thrown irregularly into low rounded folds, broader than high, which turn in towards the centre. The autozooids are large and very scarce in the centre of the disc, more crowded on the margin. The siphonozooids are small and very numerous. The spiculation agrees closely with Moser’s description. The colony is small, typical of the species. It has a total height of 4-2 cm., and a maximum capitulum diameter of 4-4 cm. S. convolutum is a synonym of this species and not of S. acutangulum as considered by Roxas (‘ Philip. Journ. Sci.’, vol. 1, No. 4, 1933, p. 371). The folding of the disc, size and number of zooids and spiculation all agree, rather than with S. acutangulum, which it differs from in many particulars. Locality : Station XIX. Previously recorded from Philippines. Sarcophyton glaucum (Quoy and Gaimard). Marenzeller, Ueber die Sarcophytum benannten Alcyoniiden, Zool. Jahrb., I, 1886, p. 352, 3 figs. ; Burchardt, Alcyonaceen von Thursday-Island und von Amboina, Denkschr. Med.-Naturw. Ges. Jena, 1898, p. 676, 3 figs. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Sigoba Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 57, 2 figs. A dark grey colony (marked “ General Survey, A. 1 ”) with a height of 6-5 cm. has a capitulum (4-5 cm. in diameter) showing the soft flexible texture, the very large autozooids, some of which are expanded, and the clear siphonozooids all typical of the species. The margin is convoluted in a few large folds. Also typical is the presence in the stalk of markedly large spicules, warty spindles, which are often so large in this species that young forms are apt to be confused at first sight with a young Sinularia, where these large spindles are typical. The usual club-like spicules of Sarcophyton species are, in S. glaucum, long in proportion to their breadth, with a very ill-defined head. Another young colony from Maer Island, greenish grey in colour, with the capitular margin convoluted in high, close folds, is rather finer in texture, but shows very typical spiculation. Another dense grey small colony from Low Isles has a height of 3*3 cm. and an almost circular capitulum with a maximum diameter of 2-4 cm. Localities : Maer Island, N.W. Reef Flat, 11th May, 1929. Low Isles, General Survey A. 1 . Very wide distribution- — Australia, Philippines, Amboina, Red Sea, etc. Sarcophyton trocheliophorum, Marenz. Marenzeller, Zool. Jahrb., I, 1886, p. 359, 2 figs. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XIIW, 1931, p. 60. Five colonies all showing the characteristics of this species. The margin of the disc, which has a smooth rubbery surface, is convoluted into thick folds, the folds being more numerous in the largest colonies ; the siphonozooids are clear to the naked eye, but only ALCYONARIA — MACFADYEN 43 slightly depressed ; most characteristic, the spicules of the stalk include broad, round- ended or blunt cylinders, with 2 or more median zones and 2 terminal clusters of large compound warts. The zoning of the warts in these spicules, common in the genus Lobophytum but unusual in Sarcophytum , is a good diagnostic feature of the species. All the autozooids are contracted save in one small colony, where they are partially expanded. The largest colony, greenish cream in colour, with the margin of the disc convoluted into about 10 main thick folds, has a maximum disc diameter of 10 cm., and a stalk 3 cm. high on one side, but only 1 cm. high on the other. There are up to 12 autozooids to a centimetre at the margin, but only about 4-9 to a centimetre in the centre of the disc. An abnormal specimen, growing on a piece of madrepore (marked “ General Survey, A. 1 ”), consists of a fairly large colony with a stem 3-5 cm. high and 1-8 cm. in diameter, with a nearly circular disc, about 3-5 cm. in diameter, the margin showing the beginnings of 3 or 4 folds. Growing out from the stem, about b cm. from the margin of the disc, is a small round disc, too small for any folding of the capitular margin. Apparently normal autozooids and siphonozooids cover it in the usual way. About half way down the stem of the main colony on the other side from the budded small colony another stem grows outwards and downwards, with a maximum diameter of 11 mm. and a length of 2-8 cm. This abnormal outgrowth would seem to have been attached to some adjacent support, from which it has been torn away. From the base of the main stem grows out sideways vet another small colony, with a disc 1-8 cm. in maximum diameter and a stem 1-7 cm. long and 8 mm. in maximum diameter. The colour varies from cream in the stems and subsidiary colonies to brown in the disc of the main colony. Localities : Low Isles, Detailed Survey II. General Survey A. 1 ; A. 4 ; A. 5. Very wide distribution — Red Sea. Madagascar, Ceylon, W. Australia, Philippines, etc. Genus Lobophytum , Marenzeller. Massive Alcyoniids with polyp-bearing disc sharply deliminated from the stalk and thrown up into lobes or finger-like processes. The polyps, small, close-set, retractile, dimorphic, the siphonozooids showing clearly to the naked eye. The spiculation is distinctive owing to the constant zoning of small spindles ; clubs may be present, but are not numerous, as in Sinularia and Sarcophyton. Lobophytum crassum, Marenz. Marenzeller, Ueber die Sarcophytum benannten Alcvoniiden, Zool. -Jahrb. I, 1886, p. 363, 4 figs. Several colonies from various localities seem to me to be referable to this variable species. A field-note by Prof. Stephenson states, “ Smooth form with radially flattened combs. Grows to a large size. Common ” ; while another field-note in one of the bottles (the third specimen described here) states, “ Grey with light tips tending to green, forms cockscombs when large ” (see photo). The majority of the specimens show in a varying degree flattened lobes subdivided along the edge in a cockscomb-like manner, but sometimes the secondary lobes are prolonged into digitiform processes, or a digitiform lobe may arise itself direct from the capitulum. A colony labelled “ Detailed Survey II ” lias a height of 6-6 cm., a breadth of 8*4 cm. and v. 2. 7 44 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION a thickness of 4 cm. The growth is very irregular, the depth of the sterile stalk varying very much on all sides. At its highest it is 2-5 cm. high and at its lowest 9 mm. The lobes are cockscomb-like, their growth is also irregular, but they are all more or less directed towards the centre. One is more deeply notched, with a rather digitiform flattened lobe 2-5 cm. long and T4 cm. broad. The texture is gritty, but the lobes yield to the pressure of one’s fingers. The autozooids are closely set, on an average about 1 mm. apart ; the siphonozooids are clear, and at the tips of the lobes there are only 1 or 2 between 2 auto- zooids. The colour is creamy. The spicules of the stalk are short stout rods, with a cluster of warts at each end and 2 median zones of compound warts. The majority of these are about 0-18 mm. long, but there are a few up to about 0-26 mm. which are narrow and with 4 zones of warts. The majority of the shorter spicules are very blunt-ended, but some, especially the longer ones, taper more at the ends. The spicules of the capitulum are long narrow tapering spindles, with, in most cases, the warts arranged rather irregu- larly over their surface, but in some with a definite zoning. They are up to 0*35 mm. long, with an average breadth of about 0-05 mm., but up to 0-7 mm. broad. Small clubs are present in the rind of both stalk and capitulum. Several other colonies have spiculation closely the same as this, as well as features of growth. A colony from General Survey, A. 1, with a height of 8-8 cm., of which about 4-9 cm. is stalk, has a more regular type of growth in the lobes, which are more closely set and compact, making the capitulum a more solid rounded mass of lobes directed towards the middle. Texture, colour and zooids are the same. Another similar specimen, from an unmarked locality, incomplete, with a height of 8 cm., shows a large cockscomb 6-6 cm. high and 4-3 cm. long, divided into 3 deep main notches, each of which are subdivided into 2 or 3 smaller notches. There are other smaller combs, and a digitiform single lobe, 6 cm. high, which is rather flattened and gives off a very small lobe at each side. The lobes and combs are not closely adjacent or touching each other, as in the previous specimen. An incomplete colony, only half of which remains, from Yonge Reef, Outer Moat, is harder in texture, brown in colour, agreeing as to size and number of zooids. Round the edge of the capitulum are stout, short, simple lobes ; beyond these, towards the centre, are 2 closely adjacent low folds with a wavy upper edge. The larger of these is 7 cm. long, about 2-5 cm. high and 8 mm. thick, but it is not complete in length, one side showing a broken edge. The spiculation of the base is slightly heavier than in the preceding specimens, with a greater proportion of 4-zoned stout barrels, but the spicules of the capitulum are rather shorter and stouter, up to 0-3 mm., with an average breadth of 0-07 mm. and with a maximum breadth of 0-09 mm. These tend to have the warts arranged more regularly in zones, though in many the zoning is weak. The total height of this colony is 6-6 cm., its length 4-5 cm. and its breadth 4 cm. The maximum height of the rather uneven sterile stalk is 5-8 cm. Another fragment of a colony from the same locality with similar colour, texture and spiculation shows 6 rather close-set simple lobes (up to 2-3 x 1 cm.) with the tips sloping together. An almost circular, broken specimen (with 2 small fragments) from Low Isles has a total height of 4-9 cm., a diameter of 7 cm. and a stalk of 1-5 cm. high. It has a capitulum, well marked off from the stalk, with 5 high folds radiating rather regularly towards the centre, where they meet. The folds are 2-5 cm. high and 7 mm. thick. Autozooids and siphonozooids are as in the previous specimens. The colour is brownish, ALCYONARIA — 1IACFADYEN 45 the texture hard. The tops of the ridges are slightly wavy and with an occasional not very deep notch. The spic-ulation of the base is very heavy ; the unusually stout barrel- like forms are up to 0-25 mm. with a breadth of up to 0-12 mm., with 2 to 4: zones of very heavy warts. The 2 median zones are rather widely separated by a well-marked central waist. The spic-ulation of the head is also dense, with heavy pointed spindles up to 0-35 x 0-1 mm., with zoned or unzoned warts. Localities : Detailed Survey II of Low Isles. General Survey of Low Isles, A. 1. Yonge Reef, Outer Moat (2 specimens). “Low Isles " (2 specimens). Very wide distribution, e.g. British East Africa, Philippines, Mermaid Straits. Lobophytum crebriplicatum, Marenz. Marenzelier, Ueber die Sarcophytum benannten Alcvoniiden, Zool. Jahrb. I, 1886, p. 362, 1 fig. A small colony from Low Isles, with a total height of 2-9 cm. and a capitulum measuring 3 cm. x 2 cm. with a height of 2-6 cm., is cut through the stem, only about 3 mm. of which remains. The capitulum shows seven radially-directed, closely-set folds of rather even dimensions. On these the autozooids are 1-2 mm. apart, and between these lie the clearly seen siphonozooids, about one or two between two autozooids on the tops of the lobes. In addition to the usual clubs in the rind, the spicules of the capitulum are spindles up to 0-4 mm. long and -07 mm. broad, with scattered and irregularly arranged warts. There is little regular zoning of the warts. The spicules of the base are warted spindles also with practically no zoning of the warts. The majority of these do not exceed 0-28 mm. or 0-3 mm. with a breadth of about 0-1 mm., but a very few narrow long spindles reach a length of 0-45 mm. with a breadth of 0-06 mm. The spicules agree with Marenzeller’s figures. The texture is rather hard and gritty, and the colour is cream, stained with brown. Another difficult small specimen from the same locality, which I tentatively include as possibly within the varietal limits of this species, taken at the same time as the other, shows also radially-directed lobes, but of more unequal sizes. The colony has a total height of 4 cm., of which 2 cm. is sterile stalk. There are 11 lobes, 8 of which are very undeveloped and merely stumpy simple upgrowths, only beginning to be slightly flattened in a radial direction ; the other 3 are more developed, two of them simple flattened ridges; the third, as with the others directed towards the centre, with a median notch. The largest lobe has a height of 2'2 cm., a length of 2-5 cm. and a thickness of 6 mm. The size and distribution of the zooids are similar to the preceding specimens, but the spiculation shows some differences. The spindles of the capitulum are, taken as a whole, longer and more slender. They reach a length of 0-5 mm., with a breadth of 0-04 mm. The spicules of the base show much more regular zoning, more crowded warts and more symmetrical outlines. They include zoned spindles up to 0-4 mm. in length, with up to 10 close-set dense whorls of compound warts very regularly arranged, in other cases with more irregularly set warts. There are also short stout spicules with two zones of warts. The texture of the colony is firm, but yields slightly to pressure of the fingers. The colour is a creamy grey. Locality : Low Isles. Previously recorded from Tonga and the Philippines. 46 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Lobophytum gazellae, Moser. Moser, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, IX, 1919, p. 274, 2 figs. A small colony from Low Isles, A. 5, seems referable to this species. A rounded stalk, 3-2 cm. in maximum diameter and 2 cm. high, bears a lobed capitulum, 3-2 cm. in maximum height. The lobes, which have an average thickness of 6 mm., arise round the edge as thick stumpy digits, or grow in towards the centre as flattened plates with a wavy upper edge. The autozooids are small, about 10-12 to a centimetre ; the siphono- zooids are minute, and on the tips of the lobes are 1-3 in number between two autozooids. The spicules of the capitulum include the usual small clubs and spindles, unusually stout and massive, blunt-ended, with few large, irregularly arranged warts, which project so unevenly that the spicule as a whole is very jagged and irregular in outline. In some the warts are arranged in rather ill-defined whorls. Common dimensions of these “ massive ” spicules are 0-28 x 0T mm. There are also more slender pointed spindles, up to 0-43 mm. long, with irregularly arranged finer warts. In the stem are stout barrels, with 2 to 4 zones of large warts, or with the warts irregularly arranged, and with an asymmetrical outline to the spicule. Common dimensions of these spicules are 0-22 x 0-08 mm. There are also a few slender spindles up to 0-29 mm. with small, rather widely-set warts arranged in zones. A large number of crosses varying from almost simple to very warted forms are present both in stem and capitulum . Locality : General Survey of Low Isles A. 5. Previously recorded from New Ireland, Philippines. Lobophytum lighti, Moser. Moser, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, IX, 1919, p. 289, 2 figs. Four specimens agree very well with Moser’s species from the Philippines. The largest colony bears a close resemblance in actual size and appearance to the photograph of his type, and details of spiculation, etc., agree well in all four specimens. The colour is creamy, the texture very soft, especially in the more expanded colonies. The lobes, often somewhat convex on one side and concave on the other in a kind of folding, are long and finger-like in the largest specimen ; some are simple, in others two lobes unite near the base to form a stalk. They arise round the edge of the colony, so that in the largest specimen a smooth bowl results in the middle. In the smaller specimens where the lobes are necessarily more congested this is not seen so clearly. The expanded autozooids are about 1 mm. apart on the lobes, up to 5 or 8 mm. apart in the centre of the disc ; the siphonozooids are large and clearly seen. The spiculation, described in detail by Moser, shows no variation from his description. This is one of the species where the stalk includes numerous pointed spindle forms as well as the blunt-ended barrel types. The largest specimen from Low Isles has a height of 5-2 cm., a head diameter of 4 cm., a sterile stalk 3-7 cm. high. There are lobes all round the edge of the capitulum. These may fork into two long digit-like processes : one lobe, for instance, rather flattened, is IT cm. high, and forks into one process 2-6 cm. long and a shorter one 9 mm. long. There are several unbranched lobes, varying in length from undeveloped knobs to long digits 3T cm. long and 1 cm. broad at the base. Two small colonies, one marked “ locality unknown. Probably Low Isles ”, the other ALCTOXARIA— MACFADYEX 47 from General Survey of Low Isles. A. 4. are very similar in size and form. They show all the same general characteristics as the previous specimen, except that as younger colonies the lobes are not so long proportionally. The taller of the two colonies has a height of 5 cm., a stem 2-8 cm. high, and a capitular spread of 3-8 cm. The longest undivided lobe is 2-5 cm. in length, rather flattened, with a maximum breadth of 1-3 cm. Localities : Low Isles. General Survey of Low Isles. A. 4. Previously recorded from the Philippines. Lobophytum paueijlorum (Elirbg.)- (Plate III, fig. 1.) L. candelabrum, Roule, Alcyonaires d’Amboine, Rev. Suisse Zool. XVI, 1908, p. 177, 4 figs. ; Liittschwager, Beitrage zu einer Revision der Familie Alcvoniidae, Arch. Naturgesch., Abt. A, Heft 10, 1915, p. 32, 1 fig. Two colonies from Low Isles agree closely with Koule's description and figures of L. candelabrum, which, according to Liittschwager, is synonymous with L. paueijlorum, Ehrbg. Certainly it agrees well with the characters of that species, though it may be found that Koule’s and the Barrier Keef forms are a distinct variety from the original Red Sea specimens. Both colonies show the distinctive features of the species : they are broader than high ; the capitulum is marked off sharply from the low sterile stalk, which shows fine longitudinal striations ; the former is covered with a number of finger-like lobes, and rounded at the summits, which may arise singly from the capitular surface or 4 or 5 in a row from a fold or ridge in the capitulum. The polyps are less numerous than in many species of Lobophytum, up to 4 mm. apart on the lobes, though more crowded round the tips and more scattered still on the flat basal lappets. The siphonozooids are very clear to the naked eye and very numerous, up to 10 or 12 between two autozooids on the lobes. The spicules of the capitular lobes include small clubs, not very numerous, and long pointed spindles, with the warts in zones or irregularly scattered. These are up to 0-4 mm. long, and have a breadth of about 0-05 mm. The spicules of the sterile stem are stout, blunt-ended, barrel-like spicules with usually 4 zones of heavy warts and with a group of warts at each end. The majority of these are about 0-2 mm. long and 0-9 mm. broad, but a few more pointed forms are up to 0-3 mm. in length and 0-07 mm. broad. Both colonies are incomplete, cut through the middle. One has a height of 5 cm., a length of 7 cm. and a breadth of 4 cm. There are 5 main folds which give rise to the finger- like lobes. The largest of these folds is 2-9 cm. long, 4 mm. thick and 1-3 cm. high on one side, but only 5 mm. high on the other, and gives rise to 4 upright lobes, the longest of which is 2 cm., with a breadth of 7 mm. In addition to the folds are simple digitiform upgrowths from the flat capitular surface. The stalk has a height of 3T cm. The other incomplete colony with a height of 6-6 cm., a length of 8-3 cm. and a breadth of 5-3 cm. shows two long ridges running parallel to each other along the length of the capitulum. One ridge has a height of 2-3 cm. and gives rise to 11 lobes, the biggest 2-5 cm. in height ; the other ridge has a height of 1-3 cm. and gives rise, along its crest, to 7 nearly parallel fingers. In addition are one or two solitary upright fingers, the longest of which is 3 cm. in height and 1 cm. in diameter. 48 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION The texture of both colonies is firm and hard, and the colour is a slightly greenish dull yellow. Locality : Low Isles. Previously recorded from Red Sea, Amboina, New Zealand, etc. Lobophytum pauciflorum var. validum, Marenz. Marenzeller, Ueber die Sarcophytum benannten Alcyoniiden, Zool. Jabrb. I, 1886, p. 367, 1 fig. A fragment of a colony from Detailed Survey II seems to me to be referable to this 'variety. It shows the high folds deeply notched into rounded, finger-like branches described in the type, and the details as to zooids and spiculation also agree with Marenzeller’s original description. The fragment has a total height of 9*8 cm. and a stalk height of 4-8 cm. Its maximum breadth is 6-7 cm. The texture is firm and brittle, and the colour is brownish-yellow, with the autozooids standing out as very small dark specks. On the lobes the autozooids are 1-3 mm. apart, but towards the centre they are as much as 5 mm. apart. The siphonozooids are very small, but clear to the naked eye, 4-5 in 2 mm. The capitulum gives rise to two main folds. The larger one is not complete, the tips of the larger digitiform processes into which it divides being broken off. The breadth of this flat fold is 6 cm., its thickness 1*5 cm. and its height 3-7 cm. It gives off 2 short lobes, also 1 medium-sized one and 2 that, if complete, would obviously be very large ones. The longest of these broken finger-like processes is 4-2 cm., very slightly flattened, almost circular, with a maximum diameter at the base of 1-8 mm. Another smaller main fold gives rise to two short lobes and 2 digit-like ones. The spicules of the capitulum, in addition to the usual small clubs of the rind, include stout, rather blunt-ended spindles up to 0-42 mm. long and up to 0T mm. broad, with compound warts arranged either irregularly or in more or less regular zones. The barrel-shaped spindles of the interior of the stem are very heavy, with very regularly arranged zones of warts. They are up to 0*25 mm. long and 0T3 mm. broad. The spicules of both stem and head agree closely with Marenzeller’s figure. Locality : Low Isles, Detailed Survey II. Previously recorded from Andamans, Tonga, Funafuti. Family Nephthyidae. Genus Capnella, Gray. Nephthyids of upright, stout growth, tree-like or bushy. Polyps grouped on lobes, incurved and without a supporting-bundle, n on-retractile. Canal-walls with numerous scattered spicules. Spicules of outer covering, polyps and canal-walls foliaceous and spiny clubs. Crosses and spindles are also found in canal-walls. Capnella fungiformis, Kiikenthal. Kiikenthal, Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, 1, Zool. Jahrb. XIX, Syst., 1903. p. 133, 4 figs. ; Thomson and Maekinnon, Alcyonarians Collected on Percy Sladen Trust Exped., Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. London, XIII, 1910, p. 179, 1 fig. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 71, 2 figs. A small bushy colony, with one broken-off twig, from Low Isles, coral head on seaward slope of reef, has a height of 3-3 cm. and a maximum spread of 2-5 cm. The ALC'YOXARIA— MACFADYEX 49 base of the stem, which is broad and flattened, has diameters of 8 mm. and 2-6 cm. The colour in spirit is brownish, lightening to a dirty cream colour on the polyps. The incurved polyps are up to 1-5 mm. long, and form a dense covering on the lappets. The lappets are crowded and start branching from very near the base of the barren stem, which shows longitudinal striation. probably due to post-mortem shrinkage. The type of spic-ulation throughout is in agreement with that of this species. The polyp armature consists of irregularly arranged, bent, thorny spindles (up to 0*45 mm.), and warty clubs which may show slight foliation at the thick end. The size of these polyp spicules is larger than in the type described by Kiikenthal (the maximum length given was 0-2 mm.) and than in tie- specimens from the “ Siboga ” Expedition, and agrees more with the dimensions given by Thomson and Mackinnon (up to 0-408 mm.) for their specimen from Coetivy. In all other points the specimen agrees with the type very closely, and there does not seem sufficient reason to consider it other than a variety of the species. The spicules of the stem include the typical oval or barrel-shaped spicules and double spheres with the warts arranged in zones. Locality : Low Isles, coral head on seaward slope of reef. Previously recorded from Indian Ocean (Coetivy and Dar es Salaam) and Dutch East Indies. Capnella imbricata (Q. CL). Kfikenthai, Versnch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II. Nephthyiden, 1, Zool. Jahrb. XIX, Syst., 1903, p. L29 ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHIrf, 1931, p. 71, 3 figs. Two greenish-grey colonies from Maer Island. The larger consists of two main trunks, each about 4-5 cm. high and 3-7 cm. in diameter, united at the base, where they grow very symmetrically on a piece of madrepore. The tops of the two sterile trunks are covered with a close mass (up to 1-8 cm. high) of polyp-bearing lapj>ets, the polyps charac- teristic of the genus Capnella overlapping each other and densely covered with an armature of foliaceous clubs. The spicules, which have been described previously in detail, include small foliaceous clubs, some short, others with elongated stem ; 4-rayed stars and crosses mostly heavily warted ; rough, very warted spheres, with sometimes a hint of being yuadriradiate. The smaller colony has diameters of 2-5 and 4-9 cm., and a height of 6 cm., of which about 2 cm. is made up of the bare trunk. Locality : Maer Island, North West Reef Flat. Previously recorded from New Ireland, the Philippines, Dutch East Indies. Capnella lacertiliensis, n. sp. (Plate IV, fig. 5.) A distinctive specimen of this genus from Coral Patch, Undine Reef, has a remark- able resemblance to a lizard skin owing to the rather green-grey coloration and the some- what regular arrangement in rows of the small incurved and flattened polyps. As in my opinion it is certainly a new species, and as it has been given on the label the tentative description, “ Lizard Skin Lobophytum ”, I propose as a name for it Capnella lacertiliensis. The total height of the hard rigid colony is 2-6 cm. ; the low broad stem is practically unwrinkled, hard and harsh to the touch, and for the most part has an average height of 5 cm., though at one side it is 1-3 cm. high. It has basal diameters of 1-9 cm. and 1-1 cm. 50 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION From the flattened upper surface of the stem arise the polyp-bearing lappets, which have an unusual shape for a Capnella species, and are suggestive of the type of growth in the lobes of some Lobularias, e. g. L. pachyclados. The majority of the lappets are slightly flattened and their sides slope, to a rather sharp-edged crest or summit, which may be slightly indented in the middle or twice. Some of the larger lappets are compound, con- sisting of a base which splits into 3 or 4 secondary lappets closely pressed together. The maximum height of a lappet is 1-2 cm. and a maximum breadth also T2 cm. The maximum diameters of the polyp-covered lappet region are 3-3 cm. and 2-5 cm. The polyps are extremely small and flat, about 0-09-0-1 mm. in length and 0-06 mm. in breadth. They lie in true Capnella fashion closely adjacent, with the mouths pointing upwards and incurved to the surface of the lappet. But there is very little actual curvature in the base of the polyp, which, when viewed under the microscope, appears to be speckled with Text-fig. 7. — Capnella lacertiliensis, n. sp. Spicules. 01 mm. white. These white specks are the foliaceous heads of the small club-spicules with which the back of the polyp is armed, and which grow so that only the heads appear beyond the surface of the polyp wall, and make it roughened. The majority of the clubs have a length of about 0-14 mm., but they range from 0-09 mm. to 0-19 mm. Some are true clubs, with straight folia in line with the handle, but in others the folia project sideways at the tip of the head, and in a few from near the middle of the handle, so that they form miniatures of the triradiate type found in C. rugosa. The spiculation of the polyps, with its rough surface caused by the projection of folia from the polyp wall, is comparable to that in C. rugosa, but is very much more delicate, and the folia never approach the large dimensions found in the latter species. The largest folia are 0-05 mm. high, while in C. rugosa they are more than double the size. The lappets, in addition to the actual polyp spicules, include the following types of spicule : (a) Stout, blunt-ended or pointed spindles covered with large compound warts, in most arranged in zones (up to 0-28 x 0-13 mm.), though in some the warts are irregu- larly arranged. Very common are types with 4 zones and 2 terminal clusters of warts ; ( b ) there are also more slender-pointed spindles with a few simple or slightly ALCYOXARIA— 3IACFADYEX 51 compound prominences (average dimensions, 0-22 x 0-05 mm.). In the stem are types the same as (a), but the majority are shorter and stouter barrel-like forms, with a median waist, and two zones and terminal clusters of compound warts (average dimensions 0-2 x 0-12 mm.). There are also some ahnost circular forms densely covered with compound warts. The canal-walls are very densely filled with spicules, which partly account for the extreme rigidity of the stem. The colour of the stem is brown, and the lappets are a greeny-grey speckled with lighter grey polvps. Locality : Coral Patch, Undine Reef. Capnella rugosa (Kukenthal). Kukenthal. Alcyonacea, Wiss. Ergebn. der Deutschen Tiefsee Exped. XIII, 1, 1906, p. 68, 4 figs. A small brownish-grey colony from Station XXV agrees well with Kukenthal’s description of this distinctive species of Capnella. previously recorded from the Indian Ocean, on the South African coast. A very short sterile stem gives rise, at a height of 2-3 mm., to a number of extremely short branches, which divide into polyp-bearing lappets, up to 7 mm. in length and 4 mm. in breadth. The polvps are densely crowded on these, overlapping each other. The most striking feature of the species is the very heavy armature of the polyps. The spicules form a close covering on the polyp wall of bent or nearly straight, warted spindles, with a median or nearly terminal mass of high folia, which project from the polyp wall, giving it a very rugose appearance. The spindle with the projecting folia forms a triradiate. The largest of these spicules measured 0-42 mm. from tip to tip of the slightly bent spindle and with folia projecting 0-12 mm. from this. None of the spindles were as long as 0-65 mm - — the figures given by Kukenthal as the maximum length. We do not feel justified, however, in making a new species on this account, as the colony is a very young one, and its characters, apart from these spicule measurements, agree very closely with those of C. rugosa. Also present in the polyps are foliaceous clubs and warty spindles, and in the rind of the stem are irregular stellate forms and warty capstan-like forms, as figured by Kiikenthal. In addition there are warty spindles and a few clubs, some with a foliaceous head. Locality : Station XXV. Dredge. Previously recorded from Indian Ocean, South African coast. Genus Lemnalia. Gray. Xephthyids branching like trees, long bare stem and branches giving rise to twigs on which are grouped the non-retractile polyps, which arise singly or in bundles or groups. Polyps with no supporting-bundle. Spiculation very dense, but all spicules of a delicate type. Stem cortex smooth and often semi-transparent, through which show vertical fines of canal- walls. Stems very fragile and brittle. Two typical forms of spicule are the fine-warted spindle and a crescent or bow-shaped form, with 2 basal warts. Derivatives of these types, e. g. crosses, are also present. The tentacular spicules are minute, finely-warted spindles or flat-sculptured scales, v. 2. 8 52 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Lemnalia brassica (May). Ammothea brassica, May, Jena. Z. Naturw. XXXIII, 1899, p. 1 39, 1 fig.; Lithophytum brassicum, Kiikenthal, Versucfi einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, NepHthyiden, 1, Zool. Jahrb. XIX, Syst., ]903, p. 120 ; Lemnalia brassica, Kiikenthal, Alcyonaria des Roten Meeres, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXXIX, 1914, p. 15 ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 76. Two colonies from Maer Island, N.W. Reef Flat, are neither quite complete, but torn off at the base of the stem. One colony, 6*8 cm. in height and with diameters of 4-5 cm. and 6-8 cm., is the more typical in its rather cauliflower-like form of growth. The sterile stem, torn and slightly flattened, is 2-6 cm. in height and with a maximum diameter of 2-3 cm. It gives rise to a branched polyp-bearing region, where the twigs are short, rounded or stumpy, flattened at the tips and closely pressed together. They are densely covered with polyps, and on an average have a height of 7 cm. and a breadth of 5 or 6 cm. One side of the colony is less densely covered with polyp-bearing twigs and the growth appears more open. The polyp size agrees more closely with the measurements given by May for Ammothea ( Lemnalia ) bauiana, which was merged by Kiikenthal into L. brassica. They are up to about 1 mm. in height. The spicules include finely warted, slightly bent spindles up to 0-38 mm. in length and 0-02 mm. broad. There are also smaller spindles with a few warts towards the middle, and also bow-forms with the large median basal warts so that a somewhat 4-rayed form is produced. The second colony is larger, with a total height of 7-5 cm. and a maximum spread of 8 cm. The growth here is less typical and more open, like a cauliflower which is over- ripe and has begun to sprout. Some of the twigs have kept their short rounded shape and are closely adjacent to each other, but others are more elongated and less closely pressed together. All the other characteristics are, however, identical. The colour in both colonies is pale cream and the stems show fine, longitudinal striations (owing to the same transparency of the stem revealing the canal walls), and have a peculiar brittleness typical of Lemnalia species owing to the great number of very fine spicules in the numerous canal walls. Locality ; Maer Island, N.W. Flat. Previously recorded from Baui Island (near Zanzibar) and Savu (Dutch East Indies). Lemnalia elegans (May). Ammothea elegans, May, Jena.'Z. Naturw. XXXIII, 1899, p. 139, 1 fig. A colony from Station XXVII, which agrees closely with May’s description and figure, shows the stout stem and primary branches, with delicate polyp-bearing twigs towards the top of the colony, characteristic of the species. Also characteristic is the spiculation with (a) the spindles unusually large for the genus, in our specimen up to 0-52 mm. long and 0-03 mm. broad. (May’s measurements were up to 0-47 mm. long and 0-03 mm. broad.) (b) What May describes as “ numerous double-clubs ”, up to 0-09 mm. long. These are like the double-capstans described in L. digitiformis, n. sp., but the ends are more heavily warted. Irregular, almost stellate forms are derivatives of these, and there are also a few quadriradiates and transitorial stages between the double-club and the quadriradiate. ALCYOXARIA — MACFADYEX 53 The colour is creamy white. Locality : Station XXVII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Tumbatu. South Reef (East Africa). Genus Paralemnalia, Kukenthal. Genus very closely allied to Lemnalia and showing similar features of spiculation and brittle texture. Polyps, however, are retractile, and mode of growth somewhat different. A stout common base gives rise to a number of finger-like stems, which are imbranched or branched very simply into further finger-like processes. There is none of the fine branching into delicate twigs found in Lemnalia. The polvps are found all over the branches and stems, not confined to the terminal twigs and branches as in Lemnalia. Paralemnalia digitiformis, n. sp. (Plate IV, figs. 1-3.) Four colonies, two from Batt Reef, one from Escape Reef and one from Undine Reef require the establishment of a new species. Two specimens (1933.5.3, 249, 299) in the British Museum from Portuguese East Africa show the same distinctive characteristics, and should be considered as an Indian Ocean variety of the species. The specimen from Escape Reef is in the best state of preservation and shall be regarded as the type (Plate IV, figs. 1. 2). It is 6-8 cm. in height. The colony is some- what flattened, and has a breadth of 4-9 cm. and a thickness of 2-4 cm. The stalk, which shows faint longitudinal striations at a height of 2-3 cm., gives rise to several stout branches, which redivide into secondary and tertiary branchlets, or unbranched long digitiform lobes may arise direct from the surface of the stalk. One such, slightly flattened, has a length of 2-3 cm. and a breadth of 7 mm. and tapers to a point. There is great variability in the amoimt of branching in the main branches. They are frequently flattened ( e . g. diameters of 1 cm. and 3-5 mm.) and may show 3 or 4 small lobes at the tip. Halfway down their length may be very small lobe-like twigs, but these may be absent. The tips of the twigs are in most cases blunt or rounded ; the longer more digitiform types are rather more pointed. All the surfaces of branches and branchlets are completely covered with a close mass of semi-expanded polyps, which are so adjacent that in this expanded state they practically touch each other. They are completely retractile within the coenenchyma. The spicules of the polyp tentacles include sculptured flattened scale-like spicules common in the tentacles of this genus. These, for the most part, have the ends finely sculptured and have two zones of sculptured warts towards the middle. An average length is 0-07 mm. These are also even smaller (about 0-06 mm.) finer spicules, some- times arcuate and almost smooth, others with two pairs of simple prominences. The polyp wall is covered with numerous small finely-thorned spindles, sloping in vertical rows towards the mouth, but becoming horizontal towards the base of the polyp. The most common type of spicule which fills the canal walls is the slender spindle covered with fine simple prominences. In the polyparimn these are up to 0-37 mm. in length and up to 0-02 mm. in breadth. In the stem canal walls they are much stouter, up to 0-04 mm. broad, sometimes with simple or sometimes slightly compound warts. They reach a length of 0-42 mm. 54 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION In the rind of the stem are a great many very characteristic small capstan-like spicules with a median waist and two terminal heads of large warts. The average length of these is 0-06 mm. and breadth across the head 0-05 mm. They are obviously derivatives of the quadriradiates common in Lemnalia, but the great majority show no projecting arm or arms. There are, however, some much less numerous quadriradiates and intermediate stages between the capstan type and the latter. The quadriradiates can be described as slightly bowed spindles with two large basal warts. A common length from tip to tip of the bow is 0T8 mm. The colour of the whole colony is a uniform dirty cream-colour. A smaller, also flattened colony from Undine Reef (Plate IV, fig. 3) has a height of 5 cm. and breadth of 4‘4 cm. and 1-3 cm. The same flattened branches lobed at the tip are present, but the branching is, on the whole, simpler, with fewer of the really short twigs arising from the larger branches. The lobes tend to swell out a little at the tips. Text-fig. 8. — Paralemnalia digitiformis, n. sp. Spicules. OT mm. The longest undivided lobe has a length of 1-6 cm. Some of the polyps are semi-expanded, others are contracted. The colouring of the colony is the same as in the Escape Reef specimen. Two colonies from Batt Reef seem at first sight rather different, but closer examination shows that any differences are probably due to preservation effects, which has caused distortion, contraction or swelling. The lobes are more definitely swollen at the top, but the same flattened branches with 3 or 4 lobes at the tip are there, and also some long undivided lobes, up to 1-5 cm. in length. The colour in both colonies is greyish, with brownish polyps. In the smaller of the two colonies, which has a height of 3 cm. and which is almost circular, with a diameter of 4 cm., the top of the polyparium is almost flat, with the tips of the very flattened lobes all at one level. Looked on from above, they all appear flattened downwards and are compressed together. This may be due to compression in fixation, or it may be an aberrant form. The longest simple lobe has a height of 13 mm. and a breadth of 9-5 mm. The spiculation of all four colonies is the same. The most characteristic features of this species are the numerous, double-capstan-like, very small spicules from the rind, the mode of growth with its tendency to flattened branches, lobed at the tip, and the extremely numerous retractile polyps. It comes near ALC' Y ON ARIA — MACFADYEN 55 to Paralemnalia flabellum {Q. G.), but differs from it in spiculation and somewhat in mode of growth. There is no question that P. flabellum (Q. G.), P. eburnea (Kiik.), P. digitiformis and P. rhabdota (Bourne) (which, as I have seen from examination of the type-specimen, also has a digitiform type of growth and should be included in the same genus as P. flabellum) are species very nearly related to each other. I have come round to the conclusion that the genus Paralemnalia , established by Kiikenthal. though very closely related to Lemnalia, shows a sufficiently definite difference in habitus to be a valid genus and of definite assistance to the systematise I may add that I have found two unnamed specimens in the British Museum (Natural History) from Portuguese East Africa which belong to this new species. They have a very similar type of growth and identical spiculation with the characteristic abundance of double-capstan-like spicules. Localities : Escape Beef (common inside reef crest). Undine Reef. Coral patch. Batt Reef. 13th September. 1928. Paralemnalia thyrsoides (Ehrb.). Ammothea thyrsoides, Klunzinger, Koralltiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, p. 31, 1 fig. ; Paralemnalia thyrsoides, Kiikenthal, Alcyonaria des Roten Meeres, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXXIX, 1914, p. 16, 2nd pag. A typical colony of this species labelled “ Imitation Madrepore Alcyonarian ” is greenish-cream in colour, with an average height of 5 cm., a breadth of 10 cm. and a maximum thickness the other way of 4-2 cm. It forms a solid dense block of stems, many of them characteristically dividing near the base into the branches, which, along with the branchlets, grow vertically upwards closely adjacent to each other. Also characteristic are the large polyps, with prominent, but subsessile, anthocodiae. The spicules are quite typical of the species. This species comes near to P. flabellum (Q. G.), but the mode of growth is more compact and typically vertical and compressed, and the polyp tentacles are not brown, as in the latter species. Localities : Intermediate Madrepore zone. Yonge Reef, Outer Barrier, Sub-terminal Area 1. Previously recorded from Red Sea, Dutch East Indies. Genus Umbelhdifera, Thomson and Dean. Nephthyids with long bare stem and a cauliflower- like umbellate polyparium. The polyps are never arranged in bundles within these umbels. There is no definite supporting- bundle. The polyp armature consists of 8 points in chevron, the 2 inner of these points sometimes being rudimentary or absent. Umbellulifera 'planoregularis (Burchardt). Spongodes piano regular is, Burchardt, Alcyonaceen von Thursday Island (Torresstrasse), Denkschr. med.- naturw. Ges. Jena, VIII, 1898, p. 439, 5 figs.; Dendronephthya planoregularis, Kiikenthal, Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, ii, 1905, p. 630 ; Umbellulifera planoregularis, Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XI1IJ, 1931, p. 79. A small cream-coloured colony dredged from Linden Bank, 28 fathoms, seems to me to be a young colony of this species. It agrees closely with Burchardt’s original description. 56 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION The polyps are grouped together in umbels, not lappets, but the supporting bundle is very weak, generally consisting of simply one spindle about 1 mm. long, which does not project. The polyp wall shows 8 marked ridges of 5-6 pairs of thorned spindles in chevron. In the rind of the upper stem are warted spindles, the largest seen being 0*7 mm., and, in addition, shorter irregular spindle types (about 0-2 mm. long) with large rounded projections. In the basal rind is a dense mass of small (about 0T5 mm. across) 4 -rayed spicules, very thorny. The total height of the colony is 4-4 cm. The longitudinally wrinkled flattened stem is 3-4 cm. high, with a maximum diameter of 5 mm. At the base it gives rise to some small stolons entangled with debris, and at the top divides into three short main branches, which bear the polyp -covered twigs. The twigs are so approximated to each other that the polyps form a dense umbel- like mass. The cortex of the branches is transversely wrinkled. The colour of the stem and branches is a yellowish grey and the polyps almost white. The reasons for establishing the genus Umbellulifera were described in 1931 (see Thomson and Dean, Alcyon. “ Siboga ” Exped.). We then suggested that D. plano- regularis should be included in the genus, but as we had had no opportunity of actually examining the species it was a merely tentative suggestion. After having now seen this specimen, however, if my identification is correct, I have no hesitation in placing D. planoregularis in the genus Umbellulifera alongside of U. striata (Thomson and Henderson). It comes very near to U. striata, but it is quite distinct from it, with polyps having more suggestion of a supporting bundle, and a polyp armature with a lesser number of pairs of spindles in chevron. Locality : Dredge, Linden Bank, 28 fathoms. Stations II and III. Previously recorded Thursday Island, Torres Straits. Genus Nephthya, Savigny. Nephthyids with bushy or tree-like growth with the polyps arranged in lobes or catkins. The polyps have a supporting-bundle of spicules, which may or may not project beyond the polyp-head. The canal walls are thin. Nephthya aurantiaca, Verrill. Burchardt, Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena, VIII, 1898, p. 433, 4 figs. ; Kukenthal, Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, 1, Zool. Jahrb. XIX, Syst., 1903, p. 149. Two very small colonies from Station XII seem referable to this species. The smaller, growing on a twig, is in a better state of preservation than the larger, which is in a rather shrivelled and contracted condition. The height of the smaller colony is 1-5 cm. and its maximum spread 9 cm. It includes four finger-like, polyp-bearing lappets, the first of which arises at the extreme base of the stem. The longest lappet is 6 mm. in length. The armature of the rather large polyps consists of 8 double rows of 4 to 5 pairs of strongly thorned, bent spindles. The supporting bundle is strong, but projects only very slightly or not at all ; the largest twisted spicule seen in a supporting bundle was 1-3 mm. in length. The colour of the stem and lappets is grey-white, the spicules of the supporting bundles red, or yellow shaded with red, the polyp spicules a golden yellow, or in some ployps the spicules towards the base of the points reddish. The general ALCY ON ARIA — MACFAD YEN 57 appearance of the polyp head is golden yellow. The spicules of the basal stem rind are just as figured by Burchardt (Plate 32, fig. la). In the larger colony, which has a height of 2-5 cm. and a maximum spread of 1*7 cm., some of the polyps have spicules which are all red, but many of them show the same colouring as in the smaller colony. Locality : Station XII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Torres Straits, China Sea, Shark's Bay (South-west Australia), near Cape Jaubert (Xorth-west Australia). Nephthya gracillima, Thomson and Dean. Thomson and Dean, Alcvonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 93, 2 figs. Three specimens dredged from Station XVI agree closely with the type. They show the numerous, very delicate, long, narrow lappets, up to about 1'6 cm. long, which bear the inturned polyps. The polyps have quite a strong supporting bundle of curved, very thorny spindles ensheathing the back and not projecting. At the sides of the polyp are up to 4 pairs of thorny spindles in rather irregular chevron arrangement, and on the ventral side of the polyp is an irregular arrangement of smaller smoother spindles. Some of these are also found lying between the chevroned spindles. The bulk of the cortical spicules are spindles, varying very greatly in size, covered with warts, sometimes jagged spine-like projections more marked on one side. A small proportion of rather irregular forms occur in the lower cortex. They are like truncated spindles with long, projecting processes. On re-examination of the type I find some of these irregular forms occur in the original specimen. In the largest of the specimens from Station XVI the total height is 8-4 cm., of which 3 cm. consists of sterile trunk. Above this 5 branches are given off which give rise to the polyp-bearing lappets. In one of the smaller specimens the sterile stalk is much longer proportionally, 4-4 cm. in length, to a total height of 8-8 cm. In this colony the twigs are less flaccid than in the other, where they hang limply. The colour of all three is a dirty cream. Two rather shrivelled colonies from Station XXIII show the same characteristics, but owing to the bad state of preservation are much contorted and wrinkled, and are dull brown in colour. Localities : Stations XVI and XXIII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Dutch East Indies. Nephthya mollis, n. sp. (Plate V, fig. 6.) A bushy, very flaccid colony, grey-white in colour, cannot be referred to any of the existing species. From a membranous base, spreading over madrepore and stone, arise three colonies, two of which are very young, lank and with little branching, one with a total height of 5 cm., the other of 3-8 cm. The third, main stem, with a maximum basal diameter of 2-7 cm., gives off branches practically from the very base. The branching is not in one plane, and there are 6 main branches in all which give rise to the small polyp- bearing twigs or lappets of polyps. These lappets are conical in shape, with rounded summits, but vary very much in dimensions. A twig may be 12 mm. long and 5 mm. 58 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION in total breadth, and be covered with polyps arranged in small subsidiary groups of seven or so ; a lappet may give off qutie a distinct subsidiary, usually polyp-covered twig about 2 mm. long near the base, or one may find distinct separate lappets only about 2-3 mm. long arising from the surface of a branch. The branching approaches the description of that in N. debilis (Kiik.), but from this species our specimen is separated by the armature of the polyps. Both stem and branches are very relaxed, with deep longitudinal folds in the cortex. The polyps are small and closely packed on the twigs, and are borne at a very obtuse angle to the short polyp-stalk. The polyp head is about 0-07 mm. broad at the base of the tentacles and on the inner side about 0-4 mm. high. The armature is very dense and 0 75 mm. Text-fig. 9. — Nephthya mollis. Polyp. irregular ; the only more or less regular chevron arrangement to be seen is in the support- ing bundle, which is of the en sheathing type and consists of about 5 pairs of bow-shaped thorny spindles, which curve round the back of the polyp and do not project. Average dimensions of these are 0-52 x 0-05 mm. So dense and irregular is the armature round the sides of the polyp that it is difficult to discover any exact plan of arrangement in the spicules. Thorny, curved spindles, about 0-2 mm. in length, slope on each side towards the supporting bundle ; beyond these are about 8 pairs of spindles, smaller and less thorny, arranged in some polyps in a very irregular chevron, while the inner side of the polyp shows a mass of small scattered rodlets, the smallest quite smooth and as small as 0-02 mm., but the majority with low roughness and with an average length of 0-07 mm. and breadth of 0-02 mm. The tentacles are armed with transversely arranged double rows of similar but more slender rodlets. A few small scattered rodlets are also seen on the inner side of the polyp stalks. In the cortex of the twigs are thorny spindles, varying very much in size. The largest measured was 0-8 mm. In the rind a little further down a branch are numerous shorter, ALCYOXARIA— MACFADYEX 59 blunter spindles with slightly larger blunt warts. (Average dimensions 0-2 mm. x 0-03 mm.) In the lower half of the stem the cortex becomes firmer and rougher to the touch, and is filled with a dense mass of small variously shaped spicules, with a few spindles scattered amongst them. The spindles are mostly small and with rough, fairly blunt warts. Average length 0-25 mm. Common amongst the small spicules is a double- capstan-like form, with a short median waist and two terminal zones of blunt warts. There are also somewhat stellate types, and some showing a short warty base 'with jagged foliar thorns above. Some small quadriradiates are also seen. An average length of all these smaller forms is 0-08-0-1 mm. Xearer the base of the stem practically no spindles at all are foimd, only the dense felt-work of small spicules. Text-fig. 10. — Xephthya mollis, n. sp. Spicules. 01 mm. The spicules of the canal walls are pointed spindles with rather few low simple warts (0-47 mm. in length) ; rough heavy spindles, with very large compound warts (up to 0-9 mm. x 0-2 mm.), also some large triradiates, and small irregular types with rather smooth projections (about 0-2 across). This species comes very near to N. amboinensis, Burchardt. in form of growth, small size of polyps, irregular spiculation of polyp and non-projecting supporting bundle, but the polyp-armature is somewhat different and the spiculation throughout shows decided differences, such as the presence of the very characteristic small capstan-like spicules, which form a dense mass in the stem cortex and which are not found at all in N. amboinensis. Locality : Low Isles, Detailed Survey II. Genus Dendroneph thy a . Bushy or tree-like Nephthyids with the polyps arranged in groups or bundles or singly. The polyps have a supporting bundle which generally projects far, giving the colony a spiny appearance. The canal walls are thin. V. 2. 9 €0 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Dendronephthya bicolor (Wright and Studer). Wright and Studer, Alcyonaria, “Challenger” Report, XXXI, 1889, p. 207, 2 figs. ; Kiikenthal, Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. XXI, Syst., 1905, p. 665. Several small colonies from Station IX, all growing on two types of bivalve shell, seem to be young forms of this species, described by Wright and Studer from a specimen from Torres Straits. Kiikenthal considered it to be synonymous with Wright and Studer’s Spongodes umbellata from the same locality, but after examining Wright and Studer’s specimens, I consider that the two forms are quite distinct species. The mode of branching in S. umbellata is much more definitely umbellate, and the colony is much softer and less spiny, the supporting bundles of the polyps being weaker and projecting less. The colouring is identical with the type, grey-white trunk, branches and twigs, the polyp heads in the lower part of the colony with an armature of reddish spicules, but in the upper part of the colony with white spicules. The branching in such young colonies is more open and less compacted than in the type-specimen, but slight foliation is already to be seen in the lower twigs. The polyp has a very strong supporting bundle with a main projecting spindle up to 3-5 mm. in length ; the polyps are very variable, but in general their sides are more strongly armed than the inner and outer surfaces. The most common armature of the sides is 4-5 pairs of spindles in chevron, with the topmost pair stronger than the remainder and projecting beyond the tip of the polyp. But polyps were found with up to 6 pairs of spindles at the sides and also others with only 2 pahs. The small tentacular spicules may be either red or white in polyps, with reddish armature. The height of the largest colony, growing with four other smaller colonies on a bivalve shell, is 3-3 cm., and the maximum spread of the colony is 2-3 cm. The stem has a maximum diameter of 7 mm. Locality : Station IX. Dredge. Previously described from Torres Straits. Dendronephthya florida (Esper). Esper, Pflanzenthiere, III (1788-1830), p. 49, Alcy., pi. xvi ; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1862, p. 27, 4 figs. ; Kiikenthal, Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. XXI, Syst., 1905, p. 651, 2 figs. ; Alcyonaria, Kiikenthal, Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, III, 1910, p. 53, 1 fig. Seven specimens along with some fragments from near Cape Kimberley are all incomplete, the much-branched polyparium present, but the stem missing. The general colouring of the branches is white with purple-red spindles. It deepens to purplish-red, due, on the twigs, to the greater numbers there of red spicules which give the colour to the colony. The spicules of the supporting bundle, the largest of which projects and may be up to 2-4 mm. in length, are also deep purplish-red, but the polyps and the polyp spicules are all dead white. The polyp armature consists of 8 points of up to 7 chevron rows of these small finely warted white spindles. I have compared this specimen with those in the British Museum, and find that the mode of growth, which seems somewhat variable, agrees very closely with that of a colony ALCYONARIA— MACFADYEN 61 from the Philippines (see Gray, 1862, p. 27) and of one from Billiton Island, Philippines. The twigs in some parts of the colonies group together to form rather flat, close masses of adjacent polyp-bundles, but they may also grow in a more open type of growth, so that the individual bundles of polyps are clearly seen. The largest of these incomplete colonies has a height of 4-4 cm. and a maximum spread of 3-5 cm. Locality : Dredge, J mile S. of Cape Kimberley, 4 fathoms (shell gravel). Previously recorded from Hong-Kong, Philippines, South-West Australia (Shark’s Bay). Dendronepktkya keterocyathus (Wright and Studer). Wright and Studer, “Challenger" Report, XXXI, 1889, p. 210, 2 figs.; Ktikenthal, Yersuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Xephthviden, Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. XXI, Syst., 1905, p. 693. A small colony, 2-8 cm. in height and with a maximum diameter of 2-3 cm., from Station XII agrees very closely with Wright and Studer’s “ Challenger ” specimen. The branching, already fully described, is of exactly the same type, and the colouring and spiculation are also similar. This species is made distinctive by the polyp armature and by the presence of numerous very small rods and spindles in the polyp stems and the upper twigs. The polyp armature consists of 8 points of numerous small white or flesh-coloured or pink spindles arranged often rather irregularly in chevroned rows. There may be up to 10 or 12 pairs of these small spindles in chevron with other even smaller ones arranged irregularly between the points, and in some cases a point may consist of 4 rows of irregularly but more or less horizontally arranged spindles with little sign of a chevron arrangement. In our specimen some of these small spindles are pinker than in the “ Challenger ” specimens, where they are white for the most part, only a few showing flesh-colour. Ktikenthal (1905, p. 694) stated that he believed that Wright and Studer’s 11 Challenger ” species, D. keterocyathus, D. monticulosa and D. pustulosa, might be all of the same species. I have examined their specimens of these three species, and have no doubt that Wright and Studer were right in considering them as quite separate. D. monticulosa and I). pustulosa strongly resemble each other in growth and colouring, but the polyp armature is quite distinct. In D. monticulosa the spicules of the points are much larger and less numerous (not more than 4 rather regularly arranged pairs to a point), with the topmost pair much larger and projecting well beyond the polyp head. The polyp armature of D. pustulosa, on the other hand, is more of the same type as in D. keterocyathus, with numerous very irregularly arranged pairs (up to about 7-9) of small spindles in each point. These spindles are, however, decidedly stouter and longer (up to 0-2-0-3 mm. long and up to 0-05 mm. broad) than in D. keterocyathus, where they are markedly small (up to 0T-0-2 mm. long and up to 0-02-0-03 mm. broad). Another difference between these two species is that the polyp spicules in D. pustulosa are all a chalky white, which makes the polyp heads stand out in the colony as very clearly defined small white pustules, but in D. keterocyathus the polyp spicules are a less dead white or flesh-coloured and the polyp head has a rather dirty white or grey-cream colour. Locality : Station XII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Torres Straits. V. 2. 9§ 62 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Dendronephthya nigrotincta (Ridley). (Plate V, fig. 5.) Spongodes nigrotincta, Ridley, Alcyonaria of the Mergui Archipelago, J. Linn. Soc., Zool. XXI, 1888, p. 231, 4 figs. ; Klikenthal, Yersuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. XXI, 1905, p. 668. The original description of this species is not very complete, but so far as it goes it agrees fairly closely with a species of Dendronephthya from Station XXII. Unwilling as I am to add to the already unwieldy list of species in this genus, I shall refer our specimen tentatively to D. nigrotincta. The form of growth is very similar — a long stalk, with a rounded head made up of numerous small incipiently convex lobes, closely adjacent to each other. The stalk gives rise to a small number of short stout branches, which give rise, after only one or two divisions, to the terminal polyp-bearing twigs. Below the main Text-fig. II. — Dendronephthya nigrotincta. Polyp. “ head ” two short polyp-bearing twigs are given off from the main stem. The stalk is much wrinkled longitudinally, and in the upper half, along with the branches, it shows marked transverse striation, noted by Ridley in his specimen. This transverse wrinkling in the stems of Dendronephthya is a rather unusual feature, partly dependent, as Ridley notes, on the rather rarely found transverse arrangement of the stalk spindles if they are present in numbers. The armature of the polyp has not been described, save that Ridley mentions a projecting spindle of the zooids up to about 1 mm. in total length. Our specimen shows a polyp with a distinct, but not markedly strong, supporting bundle, with generally 2 or 3 strong, slightly twisted, thorny spindles, one of which may project for about 0*5 or 0-6 mm. The longest reached a total length of 1-3 mm. On the walls of the polyp are 8 very distinct points with marked grooves between (this agrees with Ridley’s small-scale illustration). The wall of the polyp on the ventral side shows a good armature of thorny spindles in chevron (up to 5 pairs), though not quite so strong as on the dorsal ALCY ONAMA — MACFAD YEN 63 and lateral walls (up to 8 or 9 pairs). Tire polyp is borne at almost a right angle to the stalk. In the branches the spicules of the cortex are delicate, twisted, thorny spindles. In the cortex of the lower stem the spicules agree with Ridley’s description in being very much branched types, some almost stellate, others more elongated. An average diameter is 0-13 mm. The total height of the colony is 10 cm. ; the stem below the main branching into the polyparium is about 8 cm. in length, and has a maximum diameter of 1-3 cm. It gives off several stolons entangled with debris at the base. The convex polyparium is almost circular in outline, with a diameter of about 2-7 cm. The colour in spirit is dark reddish- brown, while all the spicules are colourless. This species in its mode of growth, its marked wrinkling of the stalk, its polyps with a weak supporting bundle and 8 such definite grooves between the points and the type of spiculation throughout the stem and branches approaches near to the genus Umbellulifera. The supporting bundle is sufficiently marked, however, to determine its inclusion into the genus Dendronephthya, but it must be certainly considered as a type illustrating a linkage between the two genera. Locality : Station XXII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Mergui Archipelago. Dendronephthya spinifera, Holm. Holm, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Alcyon. Spongodes Lesson, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. VIII, 1894, p. 38, 3 figs. Kiikenthal, Versuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. XXI, Syst., 1905, p. 567, 1 fig. A large colony (General Survey, Low Isles, coral head on seaward slope of reef), growing in one plane, has a height of 20 cm. and a spread of 16 cm. The colouring is striking, with bundles of orange-yellow polyps on a creamy-grey background of twigs and branches, which, towards the base, are slightly tinged with ochre-yellow. Most characteristic is the very spinose appearance of the colony, due to the great development (up to 5 mm. long) of the main projecting spicule of the supporting bundle in the polyps. These large spicules are creamy- white tinted with ochre at the free tip. The polyps are grouped in bundles of up to 8, on the ends of short twigs, but towards the base of the colony the twigs are foliaceous and the polyps are arranged round the edge of flattened discs. The armature of the polyps shows 4-6 pairs of spindles in chevron at the sides of the polyp. One of the topmost spindles in each chevron is generally considerably larger than the rest and projects beyond the top of the polyp. On the inner and outer sides of the polyp there are 2-4 pairs of chevroned spindles. The spiculation of the cortex of stem and branches is dense, with very large spindles arranged transversely across them. The largest measured had a length of 9 mm. The spicules from the cortex of the basal stem include rough warted spindles and smaller irregular forms, 3- or 4-rayed, or roughly stellate forms. Another small fragment of a colony from the same station on the same date is exactly similar to the larger colony. A small colony (from outer region, Batt Reef) grows in one plane to a height of 5-2 cm. and with a maximum spread of 8-7 cm. It agrees well with the other colonies, 64 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION but seems less well preserved. The branches and twigs are white except at the base of the main stem, which is very slightly tinged with yellow. The polyps are brownish except in two small patches, where they are orange -yellow. A note from Prof. Stephenson states : “ This specimen was cream, yellow and crimson during life. The species was fairly common on vertical, shaded, or overhanging surfaces below the level of low water ; we obtained it when diving.” Localities : General Survey, Low Isles, coral head on seaward slope of reef, 19th May, 1929. Outer region Batt Reef, 27th September, 1928. Previously recorded from Yiti Island. Genus Stereonephthya, Kiikenthal. Very rigid Nephthyids with the polyps arranged singly or in small groups (not definite bundles, as in Dendronephthya) on a stem that may be unbranched or give rise to a few main branches. The polyps have a strong supporting bundle. Stereonephthya unicolor (Gray). Spoggodes unicolor, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1862, p. 29, 2 figs. ; Kiikenthal, Yersuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. XXI, 1905, p. 700, 2 figs. A rather shrivelled colony from Station XXV ; has a height of 3 cm. and a maximum spread of 3-4 cm. It is bushy, with the branches in all directions, rigid and very brittle. On the twigs are borne the rather distant polyps, each with a strong supporting bundle, which projects slightly beyond the small polyp head and spreads round the sides of the polyp stalk. The armature of the polyp shows dorsally and at the sides thorny sloping spindles, as figured by Kiikenthal (1905, p. 701, text-fig. j2), while the inner side of the polyp and of the polyp-stalk show very numerous extremely small spicules scattered irregularly in the coenenchyma. The colour is a muddy grey. In the upper rind lie transversely arranged spindles up to 1-5 or 2 mm . long. Locality : Station XXV. Dredge. Previously recorded from Bellona Reefs. Family Siphonogorgiidae. Genus Nephthyigorgia, Kiikenthal. Very strong Siphonogorgiids with branching in one plane. Stem, branches and twigs are thick and finger-shaped. Polyps arise singly from thickly arranged, projecting verrucae in more or less transverse rows on all but base of main stem. The cortex of stem and branches thickly filled with strong warted spindles, which give a roughened surface. N ephthyigorgia annectens (Thomson and Simpson). Thomson and Simpson, Alcyonarians, “ Investigator ”, 1909, Pt. II, p. 134, 2 figs. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. Xllld, 1931, pp. 153 and 166; ? N ephthyigorgia pinnata, Kiikenthal, Alcyonaria, Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, III, 1910, p. 65, 2 figs. This distinctive species is represented in the collection by seven fine specimens. The largest, of four colonies from Station XII, shows the tendency to grow in one plane ; it ALCYONARIA— MACFADYEN 65 has a height of 11 cm., with a maximum spread of 11-5 cm. All show the typical stout, finger-like branches, covered closely with verrucae, and the deep red coloration of all the spicules. The general red colour of the colonies is somewhat masked in all the specimens by a coating of grey mud and debris. Kiikenthal (1910) created the genus Xephthyigorgia for three Australian species, one of which, Xephthyigorgia pinnata, seems to me undoubtedly to be synonymous with Siphonogorgia annectens, which should undoubtedly be referred to the newer genus on account of the distinctive mode of growth. Localities : Station XII. Station XIX. Previously recorded from Indian Ocean, Dutch East Indies. South-West Australia (?). Family Fasciculariidae. Genus Studeriotes (Thomson). Colony with densely spiculose cup or involucre, into which retract numerous huger- like polyp-bearing lobes or branches. The lobes are thickly covered with polyps, which have a strong supporting bundle. Spicules all spindles except for some minute irregular forms from the canal walls. Studeriotes semperi (Studer). Kiikenthal, Yersuch einer Revision der Alcyonarien, II, Nephthyiden, Toil 2, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. XXI, 1905, p. 537, 1 fig. ; Alcyonaria, Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, III, 1910, p. 69, 4 figs. A colony dredged from Station XVI shows a branched polyparium expanded from the stiff, strongly spicular involucre, typical of this interesting family. The involucre is long, narrow and battened, twisted to one side in the lower half and, as in a Pennatulid, terminating in a point with no battened base of attachment, so that the colony must have stood half buried in sand or mud. Brownish traces, indeed, of a muddy deposit are to be seen on the surface, up to a height of about 5 cm., and the long curved spicules of the wall of the calyx up to that height stand out jaggedly from the surface, giving the roughened appearance common in spiculose Alcyonarian stems which have been growing in sand or mud. The total height of the involucre is 8-4 cm., Avith a maximum battened diameter of 2-2 cm. The total height of the polyparium, which is almost entirely expanded from within it, is 4-3 cm. The branches are up to 1-5 cm. in length, but their length must vary considerably according to the state of contraction or otherwise. The average breadth of a branch is about 4 mm. The polyps are arranged thickly on the branches and curve inwards on a short stalk ; they show a strong supporting bundle, of which 1 or 2 spindles may project slightly ; on the side of the polyps are up to 3 pairs of spindles in chevron, with 1 or 2 horizontal spindles beneath, rather irregularly placed, and on the inner side of the polyp the armature is weaker. The twisted spindles on the wall of the involucre reach a length of 10 mm., as in one of Kiikenthal’s specimens (1905, p. 540). The colour of the involucre and branches of the polyparium is stone-coloured and the polyps are a dark brown. 66 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION The shape of the involucre is more typical of S. spinosa than S. semperi, but the armature of the polyp and the supporting bundle (both more important features, I consider, from a systematic point of view) agree well with those of S. semperi. Locality : Station XVI. Dredge. Previously recorded from Philippines, China, Formosa. Order TELESTACEA. Genus Telesto, Lamouroux. From a network of basal stolons arise long axial polyps, from the walls of which grow lateral secondary polyps and from these tertiary polyps, and so on up to 5, till a shrub- like or tree-like growth results. The soft distal polyp-bodies are retractile within the hard-walled calices, which form the stem and branches of the colony. There is a definite development of horny substance within the polyp walls. There is no fleshy’ development in Telesto ; the stem and branches are hard, narrow and stick-like. The spicules are rods with characteristic antler-like projections or warts ; the spicules tend to fuse in the polyp-walls. Telesto arbor ea, Wright and Studer. Wright and Studer, Alcyonaria, “ Challenger ” Report, XXXI, 1889, p. 262, 2 figs. ; Laackmann, Zur Kenntnis der Alcyonarien Gattung Telesto, Zool. Jahrb. 1908, Suppl. XI, p. 68, 2 figs. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. Xllld, 1931, p. 212, 2 figs. Several colonies from two stations show the characteristic thin- walled, deeply fur- rowed, upright stems of the species, with typical spiculation. They are all, however, young specimens, some unbranched, others slightly branched. One very young colony from l mile south of Cape Kimberley, growing on a bivalve shell along with a colonial Tunicate, shows single polyps, from 0-5-2 mm. in height, connected with each other by flat stolons 1-2 mm. in breadth. One polyp 9 mm. high with grooving distinct near the tip shows 5 secondary buds, developed on four sides. Another young colony from the same locality has grown on the broken stem of a specimen of Echinogorgia. Localities : Quarter of a mile south of Cape Kimberley, 4 fathoms, . shell gravel. Dredge. Station XII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Arafura Sea, Zanzibar, Amboina, Dutch East Indies, Sydney. Telesto rubra, Hickson. Hickson, Alcyonaria of the Maldives, 1903, p. 480, 6 figs. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 214, 8 figs. A very young colony from Station IX growing on a stone shows several axial polyps united together by their stolons, which are up to 1 mm. in breadth. The axial polyps vary from very young stages under 1 mm. high, to polyps 1-5 cm. high with 3 or 4 secondary polyps. All show slight longitudinal furrows, more marked near the mouth. ALCYONARIA— MACFADYEX 67 The colour is pinkish red, as are the spicules, compactly fused warty spindles. As in very young specimens from the " Siboga ” Expedition, the fusion of the spicules is already strongly marked. There is a possibility of young stages of T. rubra being regarded as T. rigida , Wr. and Studer, also reddish in colour. We have examined the type-specimen of T. rigida, however, and the absence of longitudinal furrows and a difference in the spiculation make it quite distinct. Fragments of a frilly developed colony from Station XII are typical of the species. Localities : Station IX. Dredge. Station XII. Dredge. Previously recorded from Maldives, Rutland Islands, Andamans, Ceylon, Dutch East Indies. Order GORGONACEA. Sub-order SCLERAXONIA. Family Briareidae. Genus Solenopodium, Kiikenthal. Briareid colony flat and encrusting, sometimes with simply branched stem-like upgrowths, which are hollow save at the tips, where they may have a solid axis. Both base and stems show a softer outer layer and hard inner layer of densely packed spicules (warted zoned spindles, triradiates and irregular forms), and a horny substance is present in this “ Markschicht ”. The small polyps are found on the outer surface of the base and stems ; they are almost spiculeless. The spicules and the general appearance of the outer layer are colourless, of the inner layer purplish-red. Solenopodium stechei (Kiikenthal). Kiikenthal, Gorgonaria, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. XIII, 1919, p. 38, 9 figs. A small piece of an encrusting species, about 6 cm. long and 4 cm. broad, seems to me to agree well with Kiikenthal’s description of Solenopodium stechei. This species develops hollow upgrowths from encrusting basal masses, and early stages of such growths are found in four low humps, one of which, cut through, shows a hollow centre. The base of the encrusting membrane, also continued into the inner surface of the hollow upgrowths, is deep purple red, while the upper rind and the polyps are whitish yellow. The depth of the encrusting membrane is 3 mm. altogether, often less. The white upper part is about 2-3 mm. thick. Some of the 8-rayed flat inconspicuous little polyp-calices are tinged with purple-red. The polyps in this specimen are about 1 mm. apart, and more closely crowded than in Kukenthal’s, where they were 2-3 mm. apart. This, however, is a very variable character, if one considers colonies of Briareum asbestinum, young encrusting stages of which our specimen closely resembles. In that species the polyps may be nearly touching each other or 3 mm. apart. The spiculation agrees very closely with Kukenthal’s description and figures. In 68 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION the polyp are small rather rod-like spicules, with a few warts. They are grouped in our specimen near the base of the polyp and are about 0-1 mm. long. In the calix lie longi- tudinally arranged spindles, larger and coarser than the polyp spicules, up to 0-4 mm. in length. In the rind are large spindles, up to 0-6 mm., blunt-ended or pointed, with warts arranged in zones. There are also triradiates and irregularly branched spindles. In the outermost layer of the rind are smaller warty spindles, 0-15-0-2 mm. long. The spicules of the basal “ Markschicht ” are all purple-red in colour and the spicules are mostly more slender jagged and branched. They are bound quite firmly together with a distinct horny substance. The systematic position of this genus has already been discussed. Locality : General Survey of Low Isles. Previously recorded from Banda (Mollucas). Genus Iciligorgia, Duchassaing. “ Central spicular axis dense, imperforate. Longitudinal canals forming a circum- axial zone. Erect, branched ; stem and branches antero-laterally compressed, with knife-like lateral edges. Zooids wholly retractile, arranged in a single series along each edge of the branches ; no external verrucae ” (Ridley, 1884, p. 351). The species and true definition of this genus are doubtful, as the original description is very incomplete. Kiikenthal creates a new genus for I. orientalis, but I am not convinced as to the validity of this, and in the meantime retain I. orientalis in the genus to which Ridley assigned it. Iciligorgia orientalis, Ridley. Ridley, Zoological Collections of the “ Alert ”, 1884, p. 351, 3 figs. ; Thomson and Dean, Alcyonacea of the Siboga Exped., Monogr. XHId, 1931, p. 190 ; Broch, Svenska Akad. Handl. LII, 1916, 11, p. 22, 5 figs. ; Kiikenthal, Das Thierreich, 1924, p. 18, 1 fig. Two fragments, blue-grey in colour, from Station XXI are typical of the species, the knife-like edges of the branches in which the polyps lie being especially characteristic. One, 13 cm. in height and with a maximum stem diameter of 5 mm., is a broken-off terminal branch with branchlets ; the other, 18 cm. in height with a maximum stem diameter of 1-3 cm., is the lower portion of a colony, the base of which has grown over a hollow tube (probably of some worm?). Owing to this basal overgrowth with the central hollow worm-tube, it is impossible without seriously damaging the specimen to find if there are nutrient canals present in the medulla of the stem — a point disputed by Thomson and Dean, 1931. The spicules agree entirely with the description by Ridley. Locality : Station XXL Dredge. Previously recorded from Torres Straits, Dutch East Indies, North-West Australia. ALCYONARIA— MACFADYEN 69 4. REFERENCES. Broch, H. 1916. Results of Dr. E. Mjoberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia, 1910-13. XI. Aleyonarien. K. svenska Vetensk-Akad. Handl. LII, Xo. 11, pp. 48, 4 pis., 62 text-figs. Burchardt, E. 1898. Aleyonaceen von Thursday Island ( Torres- Strasse) und von Amboina. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena, VIII, pp. 431-442, pis. xxxi, xxxii. Esper, E. J. C. (1788-1830.) Die Pflanzenthiere. 3 Thl. Xiirnberg. Gray, J. E. 1862. Description of some Xew Species of Spoqqodes. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1862, pp. 27-31, pi. iv, 7 text-figs. Hicksox, S. J. 1903. The Alcyonaria of the Maldives, Pt. 1. The Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, II, Xo. 1, pp. 473-502, pis. xxvi, xxvii. 1921. On some Alcyonaria in the Cambridge Museum. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., XX, pp. 366-373. 1930.. Some Alcyonarians from the Eastern Pacific Ocean. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1930, pp. 209-227, 3 pis., 4 text-figs. 1931 . The Alcyonarian Family Xeniidae, with a Revision of the Genera and Species. Sci. Rep. Great Barrier Reef Exped. IV, pp. 137-179, 2 pis., 5 text-figs. 1932. Gorgonacea. Sci. Rep. Great Barrier Reef Exped. IV, pp. 459-512, 20 text-figs. and Hiles, I. L. 1900. The Stolonifera and Alcyonacea Collected by Dr. Willey in New Britain, etc. Willey, A., Zool. Results, Pt. 4, pp. 493-508, pis. 1, li. Holm, 0. 1894. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Alcyonidengattung Spongodes Lesson. Zool. Jahrb. Jena (Syst.) VIII, pp. 8-57, pis. ii, iii. Kluxzixger, C. B. 1877. Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres. Berlin, Tli. 1, pp. 98, 8 pis. Koloxko, K. 1926. Beitrage zu einer Revision der Aleyonarien. Die Gattung Sinularia. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, pp. 293-334, 4 pis. Kukexthal, W. 1903. Versuch einer Revision der Aleyonarien, II, Die Familie der Nephthyiden. Teil 1, Zool. Jahrb. Jena (Syst.) XIX, pp. 99-172, pis. vii-ix. 1905. Versuch einer Revision der Aleyonarien, II, Die Familie der Nephthyiden. Teil 2, Zool. Jahrb. Jena (Syst.) XXI, pp. 503-726, pis. xxvi-xxxii, 62 text-figs. 1906. Alcyonacea. Wiss. Ergebn. der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer “ Valdivia ”, XIII, i, Jena, pp. 1-111, pis. i-xii. 1910. Alcyonaria. Die Fauna Slid west- Australiens. Von W. Michaelsen und R. Hartmeyer. iii. Jena, pp. 1-108, 4 pis., 53 text-figs. 1914. Alcyonaria des Roten Meeres. Exped. S. M. Schiff “ Pola ” in das Rote Meer. Denkschr. Akad. wiss. Wien, LXXXIX (Fortsetz. Ber. Komm. oceanogr. Forsch. 29), pp. 33, pis. i-iii, 27 text-figs. ■ 1916. Die Gorgonarien Westindiens. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Suppl. XI, pp. 443-504, pi. xxiii, 26 text-figs. 1919. Gorgonaria. Wiss. Ergebn. der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer “ Valdivia ”, XIII, 2, Syst. Teil. Jena, pp. i-viii + 646, pis. xxx-xlviii, 297 text-figs. 1924. Gorgonaria. Das Thierreich, XLVII, pp. xxviii + 478, text-figs. 1-209. Laackmaxn, H. 1908. Zur Kenntnis der Alcyonarien-Gattung Telesto Lmx. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Suppl. XI, pp. 41-104, pis. ii-viii, 8 text-figs. Luttschwager, H. 1915. Beitrage zu einer Revision der Familie Alcyoniidae. Arch. Naturgesch. Berlin, LXXX, Abt. A, Heft 10, pp. 1-42, 9 text-figs. 1922. Aleyonarien von den Philippinen. I. Die Gattung Alcyonium Linnaeus. Philipp. J. Sci. Manila, XX, pp. 519-540, 1 pi., 5 text-figs. 1926. Die Gattung Alcyonium Linnaeus. 2 Teil. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, XII, pp. 279-289. Marenzeller, E. vox. 1886. Ueber die Sarcophytum benannten Alcyoniiden. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, I, pp. 341-368, pi. ix. May, W. 1899. Beitrage zur Systematik und Chorologie der Aleyonaceen, Jena. Z. Naturw. XXXIII, pp. 1-180, pis. i-v. Molander, A. R. 1929. Further Zool. Results of the Swedish Antarctic Exped. 1901-03. II, No. 2, Die Octactiniarien. Stockholm, pp. 86, 5 pis., 27 text-figs. Moser, J. 1919. Beitrage zu einer Revision der Aleyonarien. I. Die Gattungen Sarcophyton Lesson und Lobophytum Marenzeller. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, IX, pp. 219-293, pis. v, vi, 26 text-figs. Pratt, E. M. 1903. The Alcyonaria of the Maldives. Pt. 2. The Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, II, No. 2, pp. 503-539, pis. xxviii-xxxi. 70 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Ridley, S. 0. 1884. Alcyonaria. Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H.M.S. “ Alert ”, 1881-82. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), pp. 327-365, pis. xxxvi-xxxviii. 1888. Report on the Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Alcyonaria of the Mergui Archipelago. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) London, XXI, pp. 223-247, pis. xvii, xviii. Roule, L. 1908. Alcyonaires d’Amboine. Rev. Suisse Zool. Geneve, XVI, pp. 161-194, pis. vi-viii. Roxas, H. A. 1933. Philippine Alcyonaria. I. The Families Cornulariidae and Xeniidae. Philipp. J. Sci. Manila, L, pp. 49-110, 4 pis. 1933. Philippine Alcyonaria. II. The Families Alcyoniidae and Nephthyidae. Philipp. J. Sci. Manila, L, pp. 345-470, 5 pis. Thomson, J. A., and Dean, L. M. I. 1931. The Alcyonacea of the Siboga Expedition, Monogr. XHId, pp. 227, 28 pis., 1 text-fig. Thomson, J. A., and Mackinnon, D. 1910. Alcyonarians Collected on the Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Pt. 2. The Stolonifera, Alcyonacea, Pseudaxonia, and Stelechotokea. Trans. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), London, XIII, pp. 165-211, pis. vi-xiv. Thomson, J. A., and Simpson, J. J. 1909. Alcyonarians Collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship “ Investigator ” in the Indian Ocean. Pt. II. The Alcyonarians of the Littoral Area, pp. i-xviii + 319, 9 pis., 77 text-figs. Wright, E. P., and Studer, Th. 1889. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. “ Challenger ”. Alcyonaria, XXXI, pp. lxxii -f- 314, 49 pis., 5 text-figs. 5. INDEX. PAGE acutangulum, Sarcophyton .... 42 Alcyonium ...... 30 ,, australe ..... 31 ,, brionense ..... 29 ,, ceylonense . . . .29 ,, ceylonicum . . . .29 ,, digitatum ..... 29 ,, etheridgei ..... 29 ,, haddoni ..... 32 ,, palmatum . . . .29 ,, sollasi ..... 32 ,, sphaeropliora .... 28 annectens, Nephthyigorgia .... 64 Anthelia . 23 arborea, Telesto ..... 66 aurantiaca, Nephthya. . . . .56 australe, Alcyonium . . . . .31 bauiana, Ammothea (Lemnalia) ... 52 brassica, Lemnalia ..... 52 Briareum 22, 23 candelabrum, Lobophytum ... 47 Capnella ....... 48 ,, fungiformis ..... 48 ,, imbricata ..... 49 ,, lacertiliensis .... 49 ,, rugosa ..... 51 catenata, Sarcodictyon .... 25 Cespitularia . . . . . .26 ,, erecta ..... 26 ,, simplex ..... 27 ,, wisharti ..... 27 ceylonense, Alcyonium .... 29 ceylonicum, Alcyonium .... 29 PAGE Clavularia ..... 22, 23 ,, inflata var. luzoniana ... 24 conferta var. gracilis, Sinularia ... 32 convolutum, Sarcophyton .... 42 crassum, Lobophytum .... 43 crebriplicatum, Lobophytum ... 45 Dendronephthya heterocyathus ... 59 ,, monticulosa ... 59 ,, nigrotincta ... .62 ,, pustulosa .... 59 ,, spinifera .... 63 digitata, Lobularia ..... 28 digitatum, Sarcophyton .... 41 dura, Sinularia ...... 23 elegans, Lemnalia ..... 52 ,, Sarcophyton ..... 42 erecta, Cespitularia ..... 26 ,, Pachyclavularia .... 25 Erythropodium caribaeorum ... 22 Eualcyonium ...... 30 Evagora ....... 22 flexibilis, Sinularia ..... 34 fungiformis, Capnella ..... 48 gardineri, Sinularia ..... 34 gazellae, Lobophytum .... 46 glaucum, Sarcophyton .... 42 gracillima, Nephthya ..... 57 gyrosa, Sinularia ..... 36 haddoni, Alcyonium ..... 32 herdmani, Sarcodictyon . . . .24 heterocyathus, Dendronephthya ... 59 Hicksonia ....... 23 INDEX 71 Iciligorgia .... PAGE 68 ,, oiientalis . 68 imbricata, Capnella 49 inflata var. luzoniana, Clavularia 24 lacertiliensis, Capnella 49 Lemnalia ..... 51 ,, brassica 52 ,, elegans 52 leptoclados, Sinularia . 37 light!, Lobophytum 46 Lobularia ..... 28 ,, digit ata 28 Lobophytum .... 43 ,, candelabrum . 47 ,, crassum. 43 „ crebriplicatum 45 ,, gazellae 46 ,, lighti 46 ,, pauciflorum . 47 ,, ,, var. validum 48 lochmodes, Sinularia . 37 Metalcyonium .... 29, 30 Microspicularia .... 28 ,, brachyclados 29 ,, digitulatum 29 ,, globuliferoides 29 ,, globuliferum 29 ,, pachyclados 29 ,, sphaerophora 29 mollis, Nephthya 57 monticulosa, Dendronephthya 59 musica, Tubipora 26 Nephthya .... 56 ,, aurantiaca . 24, 56 ,, gracillima . 57 ,, mollis 57 Nephthyigorgia .... 64 ,, annectens . 64 ,, pinnata 65 nigrotincta, Dendronephthya 62 orientalis, Iciligorgia . 68 pachyclados, Microspicularia 29 Pachyclavularia 22, 23 ,, erecta 25 Paralemnalia .... 53 ,, digitiformis 53, 55 ,, eburnea 55 ,, flabellum 55 ,, rhabdota 55 ,, thyrsoidea 55 Parerythropodium 22 pauciflorum, Lobophytum . 47 ,, var. validum, Lobophyti im 48 pinnata, Nephthyigorgia 65 v, 2. PAGE planoregularis, Umbellulifera ... 55 polydactyla, Sinularia .... 38 pustulosa, Dendronephthya . ... 59 robusta, Sinularia ..... 39 rubra, Telesto ...... 66 rugosa, Capnella . . . . .51 Sarcodictyon ..... 22, 24 ,, catenata ... 22, 25 ,, kerdmani .... 24 Sarcophyton ...... 41 ,, acutangulum .... 42 ,, convolutum .... 42 ,, digitatum .... 41 ,, elegans ..... 42 ,, glaucum .... 42 ,, trocheliophorum . . 41 , 42 semperi, Studeriotes ..... 65 simplex, Cespitularia ..... 27 Sinularia ...... 30, 32 , conferta var. gracilis ... 32 ,, dura 33 ,, flexibilis ..... 34 ,, gardineri 34 „ gyrosa 36 ,, leptoclados ..... 37 ,, lochmodes ..... 37 ,, polydactyla ..... 38 ,, robusta ..... 39 Solenopodium ..... 22, 23, 67 ,, steckei ... 19, 67 sollasi, Alcyonium ..... 32 spinifera, Dendronepktkya .... 63 steckei, Solenopodium .... 67 Stereonepktkya ...... 64 ,, unicolor .... 64 Stolonifera ...... 21 striata, Umbellulifera .... 56 Studeriotes ...... 65 ,, semperi ..... 65 Sympodium ...... 23 Telesto ....... 66 ,, arborea ...... 66 ,, rubra ...... 66 trocheliopkorum, Sarcophyton . . 41, 42 Tubipora ....... 26 ,, musica . . . . 19, 26 Tubiporidae ...... 26 Umbellulifera ...... 55 ,, planoregularis ... 55 ,, striata ..... 56 unicolor, Stereonephthya .... 64 wisharti, Cespitularia ..... 27 Xenia ... ... 23 Xeniidae ....... 26 10 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (Plates I, II and III photographed by Dr. Manton from living colonies at Barrier Reef.) DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. Sinularia polydactyla (Ehrb.). Fig. 1. — Contracted in air at low tide. Fig. 2. — Polyps contracted, branches expanded. Fig. 3. — Above, polyps expanded ; below, polyps and branches contracted. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. V, No. 2. PLATE I DESCRIPTION OF PLATE II. Fig. 1. — Sinularia conferta (Dana), n. var. gracilis. Polyps contracted. Fig. 2. — Sinularia lochmodes, Kolonko. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. Y, No. 2. PLATE II. o Adlard & ■ Son, Ltd., Impr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE III. Fig. 1. — Lobophytum pauciflorum (Ehrb.). Polyps contracted. Fig. 2. — Micro spicularia pachyclados (Klunz.). Polyps expanded (right), contracted (left). GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29. Brit. Mus. {Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. Y, No. 2. PLATE III. 2 Adlard <£• Son, Ltd., Impr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. — Paralemnalia digitiformis , n. sp. Escape Reef. X 1. Fig. 2. — Paralemnalia digitiformis, n. sp. Reverse side. X 1. Pig. 3. — Paralemnalia digitiformis , n. sp. Undina Reef, x 1. Fig. 4. — Alcyonium australe, n. sp. x 1. Fig. 5. — Capnella lacertiliensis , n. sp. x 1. Fig. 6. — Sinularia robusta, n. sp. X 1. Fig. 7. — Cespitularia erecta, n. sp. x 1. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. Y, No. 2. PLATE IV. B! DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V. Fig. 1. — Sinularia robusta, n. sp. Lizard Island, x 1. Fig. 2. — Sinularia gar dineri { Pratt), x 1. Fig. 3. — Sinularia robusta, n. sp. Type, x 1. Fig. 4. — Sinularia polydactyla (Ehrb.). x 1. Fig. 5. — Dendronephthya nigrotincta (Ridley). X 1. Fig. 6. — Nephthya mollis, n. sp. x 1. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29. Brit. Mus. {Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. V, No. 2. PLATE V. . Adlard & Son, Ltd., Impr . BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION fe; 1928-29 SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VOLUME V, No. 3 COPEPODA IBS BY G. P. FARRAN. B.A. Department of Agriculture (Fisheries Branch), Dublin. WITH THIRTY TEXT-FIGURES jB&PP LONDON: PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY B. Quakitch, Ltd., 11 Grab-ton Street, Vmtr Bond Street, London, W.l; Dol.vu & Co., Ltd., 2 Stafford Street, London, W.l; Oxford University Press, W arwiok Square, London, < ■ •* ASD AT The British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7 1936 . V • : % \V * 1 A .-jC £ ,! >•"! / •' p ; I « i( I*. : ! ,} A;" • i *,i. < [All rights reserved ] Price Five Shillings Issued. 27th June, 1986] COPEPODA BY G. P. FARRAN, B.A. Department of Agriculture ( Fisheries Branch), Dublin. WITH THIRTY TEXT-FIGURES. Ix the present paper the Pelagic Copepoda taken during the Great Barrier Reef Expedition are treated of from a systematic standpoint, with only brief references to their habitat, relative abundance, and seasonal and vertical distribution, since it is proposed that these latter points should be dealt with more fully in a separate paper. The material examined consisted of samples from about 70 stations, the majority of the samples being from townettings taken weekly inside the reef from July, 1928, to July, 1929, at a fixed position, 3 miles east of the Laboratory on Low Island, referred to subsequently as 3 mi. E., where the depth was 32 metres, oblique hauls being made with both stramin and finer meshed nets from near the bottom to the surface. A few hauls were made further to seaward, usually at greater depths, in t.1 e channels running through the reef, viz. Trinity Opening, Stn. 8, 45 m., Stn. 11, 61 m., and Stn. 26, 57 m. ; off Cape Bedford, Stn. 43, 30 m. ; off Lizard Island, Stn. 44, 31 m. ; Cook’s Passage, Stn. 46, 33 m. ; and Papuan Pass, Stn. 49, 46 m. Two stations were made just beyond the edge of the reef, Stn. 19, 225 m., and Stn. 29, 205 m., and in the deep water outside the reef were Stn. 50, in more than 400 m., and Stns. 20, 28 and 45, in more than 600 m. The nets used in making the collection were mainly of two grades, stramin and coarse silk, 58 strands to the inch. A net of 1 metre square of coarse silk with 40 meshes to the inch was used on a few occasions for vertical hauls. It has not been thought necessary to specify in every case with what nets the specimens were taken, but in some instances the abbreviations S. = stramin net, C. = coarse silk net, international pattern, N. = coarse silk Nansen net, and 1 m. C. = coarse silk, 1 metre square, have been used. On the stations at 3 mi. E. and in the reef passages oblique hauls were made with both stramin and coarse silk nets. On the deeper stations outside the reef these nets were used for vertical hauls. A full description of the nets and methods of collection and a detailed list of stations are given in Vol. II, No. 2 of this series of reports, but for the purposes of the present paper it will be sufficient to give particulars of the stations which were not situated at 3 mi. E. : U 74 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Station Number. Date. Position. Depth in metres. 8 . 24th Aug., 1928 16° 30' s. 145° 52' E. (in Trinity Opening) 45 11 6th Sept., 1928 16° 24' s. 145° 52' E. (in Trinity Opening) 61' 19 . 20th Oct., 1928 16° 20' s. 146° 3' E. (outside Trinity Opening) 225 20 . 55 5 5 16° 19' s. 146° 7' E. >600 26 . 19th Nov., 1928 . 16° 24' s. 145° 53|' E. (in Trinity Opening) 57 28 . 23rd Nov., 1928 16° 19' s. 146° 5' E. (outside Trinity Opening) >600 29 . 24th Nov., 1928 16° 17' s. 146° 2' E. ca. 200 43 . 26th Feb., 1929 15° 16' s. 144° 26J' E. (off Cape Bedford) 30 44 . 27th Feb., 1929 14° 44' s. 145° 27J' E. (off Lizard Island) 31 45 . 28th Feb., 1929 14° 31' s. 145° 35' E. (outside Cook’s Passage) >600 46 . 55 5 5 14° 32' s. 145° 32' E. (inside Cook’s Passage) 33 49 . 17th Mar., 1929 15° 47' s. 145° 47' E. (inside Papuan Pass) 46 50 . 18th Mar., 1929 55 ,, (outside Papuan Pass) >400 The following report, it should be understood, refers for the most part to small samples from the townettings, not to the total gatherings. For the first 14 stations, Stn. 1-14, these samples contained both large and small species. For the remainder of the stations on the reef only the large species were sampled, except for the serial tow- nettings on Stns. 62, 65 and 68, which were examined in their entirety. The whole contents of the gatherings made outside the reef were examined, except that from Stn. 45, 1 m. stramin, 500-0 m., the container of which was broken in transit, most of the contents being lost. No attempt has been made to provide a synonymy, but a reference is given under each species to some reliable figure and description, to prevent any doubt as to the species referred to. The total number of species here recorded in 193 ; made up of — Calanoida 127 species. Harpacticoida . 6 „ Cyclopoida 60 „ Total 193 species. These species fall into three groups : (1) The reef forms, which have their centre of distribution in the shore waters of low salinity, though also often found outside the reef. (2) The open sea epiplankton. (3) The deep water fauna. The first group has probably been fairly completely sampled, as gatherings were made systematically throughout the year at the station at 3 mi. E. The second group will no doubt receive large additions from future collecting, as most of the records from outside the reef came from vertical hauls, made from a considerable depth, which only sampled the upper waters in passing. The third group is also clearly incomplete, as its area was only sampled on six stations outside the reef, with thirteen hauls, the deepest not going below 600 m. ; and although these stations furnish 74 species, omitting those known to be epiplanktonic, this number is only a small proportion of the general deep-water fauna, most species of which have a world-wide distribution. The following is a list of the species taken, assigned as far as possible to these three groups. In some cases these assignments are necessarily provisional and in others arbitrary, the boundaries between the three classes not being always clearly defined. Species described as new, numbering 14 (and one variety), are given in heavy type. COPEPODA — FAE.RAN Coastal. C'alanus pauper Undinula vulgaris Eucalanus subcrassus Paracalanus aculeatus „ parvus Acrocalanus gibber Clausoealanus arcuicornis Calocalanus pavoninus, n. sp. Undinopsis tropicus Eucbaeta concinna Scolecithrix danae Centropages furcatus ,, gracilis „ orsinii Temora discaudata Candacia aethiopica ,, discaudata Calanopia elliptica Labidocera acutifrons „ acuta ,, laevidentata „ sp. ? „ detruncata Pontella cristata „ fera ,, danae Pontellopsis regalis ,, krameri ,, raacronyx Acartia pacifica Tortanus gracilis LIST OF SPECIES. CALANOIDA. Open sea. C'alanus tenuicornis „ minor „ gracilis Undinula darwini Eucalanus elongatus ,, attenuatus ,, mucronatus „ crassus Rhincalanus cornutus ,, nasutus Mecvnocera clausi Paracalanus denudatus Acrocalanus longicornis ,, gracilis ,, monachus Clausoealanus furcatus ,, farrani ,, paululus Calocalanus pavo ,, styliremis „ contractus ,, plumulosus C'tenocalanus vanus Tanyrhinus naso, n. g. and n. sp. Aetideus armatus Euaetideus acutus ,, giesbrechti Euchaeta longicornis ,, media Euchaeta consimilis, n. sp. Euchaeta wolfendeni Euchaeta russelli, n. sp. Scolecithrix bradyi Centropages calaninus Temora turbinata Lucicutia flavicornis „ gemina ,, clausi ,, ovalis Heterorhabdus papilliger Haloptilus spiniceps ,, acutifrons ,, mucronatus ,, longicornis Euaugaptilus palumboi Candacia curta ,, bispinosa ,, simplex ,, truncata ,, catula ,, longimana Calanopia aurivillii Labidocera minuta 75 Deep water. Spinocalanus abyssalis Chiridius gracilis Pseudotharybis zetlandica Gaetanus miles „ pileatus ,, minor Undeuckaeta plumosa Xanthocalanus squamatus, n. sp. Racovitzanus antarcticus Scolecithrix ctenopus Scolecithricella dentata ,, ovata , , profunda ,, vittata ,, tenuiserrata ,, nicobarica Scaphocalanus echinatus Lophothrix latipes Scottocalanus longispinus Scottocalanus sedatus, n. sp. ,, australis, n. sp. Scolecocalanus galeatus, n. g. and n. sp. ,, lobatus, n. sp. Macandrewella asymmetrica, n. sp. „ sewelli, n. sp. ,, mera, n. sp. Temoropia mayumbaensis Metridia venusta Pleuromamma abdominalis ,, xiphias ,, gracilis ,, piseki Heterorhabdus spinifrons Haloptilus angusticeps Augaptilus longicaudatus ,, spinifrons Euaugaptilus filigerus 76 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION GALANOIDA. Coastal. Open sea. Deep water. Pontella securifer Pontellina plumata Acartia pietschmanni Acartia australis, n. sp. Acartia danae „ negligens Clytemnestra scutellata Euterpina acutifrons HA RPA C TIG 01 DA . Clytemnestra rostrata Aegisthus mucronatus Setella gracilis Microsetella norvegica Oithona similis „ rigida Oncaea clevei Corycaeus speciosus ,, lubbocki ,, erytkraeus ,, asiaticus ,, andrewsi „ subtilis „ agilis „ catus Corycella gibbula ,, concinna Saphirella tropica CYCLOPOIDA. Oithona plumifera ,, tenuis ,, setigera ,, ' robusta ,, attenuata Oncaea venusta ,, mediterranea „ media ,, ornata ,, conifera ,, conifera var. furcula, nov. Sapphirina metallina ,, angusta ,, bicuspidata ,, scarlata ,, nigromaculata ,, stellata ,, auronitens ,, opalina „ iris „ ovatolanceolata Copilia vitrea ,, mirabilis ,, quadrata , , lata Corycaeus crassiusculus ,, vitreus ,, robustus „ typicus ,, flaccus ,, limbatus „ longistylis ,, lautus ,, furcifer ,, minimus ,, pumilus ,, pacificus Corycella carinata ,, curta Mormonilla phasma „ minor Pontoeciella abyssicola Conaea rapax Lubbockia aculeata ,, squillimana Pachysoma tuberosum Corissa parva, n. g. and n. sp. COPEPODA— FARRAN 77 NOTES ON SPECIES. Calanoida. C alarms tenuicornis, Dana. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Not taken inside the reef or in the reef passages. Common outside the reef on Stns. 19 and 20, scarcer on Stns. 28 and 45, not found on Stn. 50. Length : $, 1-78-1-84 mm. Calanus minor (Claus). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Occurred only occasionally, usually singly, inside the reef, but regularly in small numbers on the stations outside over deep water. Length : $, 1-50-1-80 mm. ; g, 1-48-1-52 nun. The most frequent size of female was about 1-7 mm. Few males were found. Calanus 'pauper, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Judging by the samples from which small species were available in their true proportions, this species was very plentiful inside the reef. It occurred all through the year. In townettings taken outside the reef it was very scarce. Length : $, 1-38-1-68 mm. ; 1-35-1-52 mm. Remarks. — Only two females with attached spermatophores were found, both on Stn. 55, 26th April, 1929, and in each case the spermatophore was attached to the right side of the cephalothorax, a little anterior to the middle, in a position in which it seemed impossible for it to function. Calanus gracilis, Dana. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — With the exception of one immature specimen in the reef passage, Stn. 11, all the examples were from outside the reef, where it occurred on Stns. 19, 20, 28 and 50 in small numbers. Length : $, 2-48-2-95 mm. ; d', 2-65 mm. Undinula vulgaris (Dana). Calanus vulgaris, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One of the most plentiful species in the collections from inside the reef, with a maximum from August to November, and a minimum in March. Females with attached spermatophores were taken from August to February and from May (few) to July, and adult males in every month. The number of females carrying spermato- phores often reached 50% of the females present, and the males frequently were equal in numbers to the females. Outside the reef it was very scarce. Length : $, 2-40-3-05 mm. ; d1, 2-25-2-50 mm. 78 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Undinula darwini (Lubb.). Calanus darwinii, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Like Calanus minor, this species only occurred very occasionally inside the reef, being taken on five stations between 31st August and 15th October. Three of these stations also yielded Calanus minor, which suggests that an influx of oceanic water had occurred. It was also taken in small numbers on three stations, 19, 20 and 45, outside the reef. This is probably its normal habitat. Length : $, 2T 6-2-20 mm. Eucalanus elongatus (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken in very small numbers on most of the stations over deep water, Nos. 20, 28, 45 and 50 ; never inside the reef. Eucalanus attenuatus (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — A few were taken from time to time, usually singly, on the stations inside the reef. It also occurred in small numbers on all the stations at the edge of the reef and over deep water. It is evidently an oceanic species, like E. elongatus, but much more numerous. Eucalanus mucronatus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Rarely taken inside the reef, but regularly present in small numbers on the stations outside the reef. Eucalanus crassus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Very rarely taken inside the reef, on Stations 18, 35, 42, 43 and 44. Found in small numbers on all the stations outside the reef. Eucalanus subcrassus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Inside the reef this was, next to Undinula vulgaris, the most plentiful of the larger species. It- occurred throughout the year on the stations at 3 mi. E., but in September, October and November, the months of maximum salinity on the reef, it became very scarce. Outside the reef it was very scarce, though usually present. Length : $, 1-84-2-92 mm. ; d, 1-68-2-70 mm. Remarks. — Females, apparently fully mature and with functional spermathecae, measured from 1-84-2-92 mm. in length ; one with an attached spermatophore measured 2-04 mm. Males fully developed measured 1-68-2-70 mm. Immature females apparently in stage V were found as large as 2-36 mm. and males similarly undeveloped up to 2-43 mm. The appendages of these specimens in stage V are, in the female, identical in jointing and setae with those in stage VI, but they are slightly less strongly chitinized, and the abdomen lacks the characteristic form of the adult, the genital segment being COPEPODA— FARRAN 79 less swollen. In the male in stage V the rigid form of the body found in the adult and the thickened, first joint of the antennules are lacking ; the thorax does not show the projecting lateral margin of the third segment and is without the lateral setae which are found on the third and fourth segments of the adult ; the fifth feet show signs of immaturity in the shorter joints, with more roimded contours than in the adult. Seymour Sewell (1929) has given an account of the development of this species, but, probably because all his specimens represented a single brood taken on one station, the range of sizes found by him was comparatively small, viz. 2, V 1-5-1 -8 mm., $ VI, 1-9- 2-1 mm., o V, 1-35-1-5 mm., VI, 1-55-1-8 mm. Rhincalanus cornutus (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken only three times at 3 mi. E., once in February and twice in May, but occurred regularly in small or moderate numbers both on Stns. 19 and 29 just outside the reef and also on the stations over deej) water. Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Never taken inside the reef, in the reef passages nor on Stns. 19 and 29 just outside the reef. Present on all the stations over very deep water, but in very small numbers. Mecynocera clausi , Thompson. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Occurred occasionally in the samples of small species preserved from inside the reef and the reef passages. Found regularly at the edge of the reef and over deep water, except on Stn. 29, from which only stramin townettings were available. Paracalanus aculeatus, Giesbr. (Text-fig. 1.) Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — This is probably the most abundant species in the collections made at 3 mi. E., occurring in large numbers in all the fine-meslied nets from which samples Text-fig. 1. — Paracalanus aculeatus. Female : a, fifth feet, X 400. Paracalanus denudatus. Female : b, fifth feet, X 400. 80 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION of the smaller species were available, and occasionally also amongst the larger species and in the stramin net gatherings. A large range of sizes was met with amongst the females from 3 mi. E. On Stns. 1-10 (27th July to 4th September) the range was from •90-1*10 mm. with a maximum between -96 and 1-02 mm., but from 5th September onwards only specimens between *78 and -90 mm. were found, and not till Stn. 61 (14th June) were specimens above -9 mm. again seen. Outside the reef, in the deep-water hauls, a few specimens of the typical reef form of P. aculeatus were taken, mostly of large size, -96-1-23 mm. The fifth feet of the female (Text-fig. 1 , a) closely resembled those figured by Seymour Sewell (1929) for his P. aculeatus forma major. Paracalanus denudatus, Sewell. (Text-fig. 1.) Sewell, 1929. Occurrence. — In hauls outside the reef. Remarks.- — Most of the specimens of Paracalanus of the aculeatus section taken in the hauls outside the reef were of a small size, -73--96 mm., and slender form, closely resembling P. denudatus, with which I provisionally identify them, and with which they agreed in the jointing of the antennules, the last joint of which was almost as long as the two preceding joints taken together. They differed from P. denudatus in their larger size and in having slightly shorter terminal spines on the exopodites of the swimming- feet, the proportions of the terminal joint to the end spine being in the case of the second, third and fourth feet respectively 100 to 128, 100 to 104 and 100 to 85. These figures are nearer to those given by Seymour Sewell (1929) for P. aculeatus than to those for P. denudatus. The armature on the face of the swimming-feet is greatly reduced, consisting of a few fine spinules on the endopodites and a transverse row of four fine spinules on the first joint of the exopodite of the second foot. The spinulation of the outer edge of the third joint of the exopodites is reduced to 6-7 fine spines on the second foot, 8-11 on the third foot and none on the fourth foot. The fifth feet (Text-fig. 1,6) are 3-jointed, sometimes 2-jointed, and small in comparison with those of P. aculeatus. The furcal rami are a little longer and narrower and closer together than in P. aculeatus. Paracalanus parvus (Cls.). Sars, 1903. Occurrence. — Frequent inside the reef, but not nearly as common as P. aculeatus. Outside the reef it occurred in very small numbers in most of the townettings, but, owing to its small size, the collections probably do not indicate its true numbers. Length : $, -72--90 mm. Acrocalanus longicornis, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — -Taken occasionally at 3 mi. E., either singly or in small numbers. Occurred more regularly outside the reef, but was always scarce. Length : 1-24-1-44 mm. COPEPODA — F ARRAN 81 Acrocalanus gibber, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. More numerous than A. longicornis at 3 mi. E., though never common, but scarcer than that species on the stations outside the reef. Length : $, 102-1 -15 mm. Acrocalanus gracilis, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Found more often than A. longicornis at 3 mi. E., but not so often as A. gibber. On the stations outside the reef it was usually present in small numbers. Length : $, 1-20-1-30 mm. Remarks. — Occasionally female specimens were found with a minute unjointed fifth foot. Acrocalanus monachus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken only three times at 3 mi. E., but rather more numerous than A. gracilis on the stations outside the reef. Length : $, -92--96 mm. Clausocalanus furcatus (Brady). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Occurred frequently, but always in very small numbers, on the stations at 3 mi. E. Moderate or common on most of the stations outside the reef. Length : $, 1-00-1-19 mm. Clausocalanus farrani, Sewell. Sewell, 1929. Occurrence. — Only occurred outside the reef, where it was very scarce except on Stn. 19, on which 32 specimens were found. This suggests that its habitat is sub-oceanic. Length : 1-09-1-22 mm. Remarks. — This species was recently described by Seymour Sewell (1929) from the “ Investigator ” collections in the Indian Ocean. The specimens here recorded are slightly larger than those of the original description, but in other respects the resemblance is very close. The flattened outline of the forehead, with rostral points directed straight downwards, serves to indicate the species without examination of the appendages. The fifth feet, as in the type, and also in C. arcuicornis forma minor Sewell, are comparatively long and have divergently-forked tips, finely serrated on the inside of the forks. The .serrations in my specimens are so minute that they cannot be seen except under very high magnification, v. 3. 12 82 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Clausocalanus paululus, Farran. Farran, 1926. Occurrence.- — Taken outside the reef only, on three out of six stations. Considering its very small size the species must have been fairly common, as probably most of the specimens went through the meshes of the net. Length : $, -72--75 mm. Remarks. — These specimens agreed in size and proportions and in the form of the fifth feet with those originally described from the Bay of Biscay (Farran, 1926). One specimen carried, attached to its genital segment, a bunch of three spermatophores measuring from -144--168 mm. in length. Clausocalanus arcuicornis (Dana). (Text-fig. 2.) Griesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — -The larger form only occurred once inside the reef, on Stn. 13, but was found in small numbers on all the stations outside. The common form inside the A a b Text-fig. 2. — Clausocalanus arcuicornis. Female, fifth feet, x 285. a, of large form ; b, of small form. reef was the smaller one, which was found in small numbers on almost all the stations from which small specimens were available. It was occasionally observed outside the reef in company with the larger form. Remarks. — The specimens which are here included under this name fall into two distinct size groups as regards the females, the larger measuring 1-38-1-62 mm., the smaller 1-08-1-28 mm. The larger specimens are the more robust and have a shorter abdomen, which is contained from 3-7 to 4 times in the length of the cephalothorax. The cephalon is rounded and the rostrum bent slightly backwards. The fifth feet (Text-fig. 2, a) are similar to those of the large (1-6 mm.) Atlantic form. The smaller have a proportionally longer abdomen, contained 2-5 to 2-7 times in the length of the cephalothorax. The cephalon is rounded and the rostrum bent slightly backwards, as in the larger form, but the fifth feet (Text-fig. 2, b) are markedly different, resembling closely Sewell’s (1929) figure of the fifth feet of Clausocalanus arcuicornis forma minor. At first sight the smaller form has some resemblance to Clausocalanus pergens, which it resembles in the proportions of cephalothorax and abdomen, but it differs in its larger size and in its fifth feet, which end in a divergent fork with fine denticulations on its inner margin. The fifth feet of C. per gens end in two closely-set _ points. COPEPODA — FARRAN 83 It is not possible to correlate these two size groups with the two forms major and minor which Sewell has described from the Indian Ocean. In them the abdomen of the larger form is proportionately considerably longer than that of the smaller. Here the reverse is the case. It may be noted that Sewell's figure, but not his description, of the form minor agrees fairly well with the smaller Barrier Reef form. In the figure the abdomen is shown as contained about 2-7 tunes in the length of the anterior division, but in the description it is said to be 3-17 times. Calocalanus pavo (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Occasionally inside the reef and in the reef passages, and regularly in small numbers in the fine-meshed nets fished outside the reef. Length : $, 1-15 mm. Calocalanus styliremis, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Outside the reef, over deep water ; very scarce. Length : 2, -62--68 mm. Possibly its scarcity is due in part to its small size. Calocalanus contractus, Farran. Farran, 1926. Occurrence. — Found twice inside the reef, but regularly in the fine-meshed nets fished outside the reef. Much less scarce than C. styliremis. Length : $, -66--84 mm. Calocalanus plumulosus (Cls.). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Only once found inside the reef, Stn. 10, one specimen, but regularly outside over deep water in small numbers. Length : $,1-05 mm. Calocalanus pavoninus, n. sp. (Text-fig. 3.) Occurrence. — A few specimens on Stns. 7 and 13 at 3 mi. E. and possibly on others also, since its specific distinctness was not at first recognized. Description.- — Female (Text-fig. 3, a, b), length -71 mm., cephalothorax -61 mm., abdomen -10 mm. ; width of cephalothorax in dorsal view -22 mm., or contained 3| times in the total length ; cephalon not separated from first thoracic segment. Dorsal outline of cephalothorax in lateral view not forming a uniform curve, but bent inwards in a marked re-entrant angle opposite the insertion of the mandible. Abdomen (Text-fig. 3, c) 2- jointed ; genital segment slightly wider than long in dorsal view, anal segment about twice as wide as long. Furcal rami about as wide as long, a little shorter than the anal segment. 84 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Antennules about twice as long as the whole animal. Length of joints in -01 mm. : 1-2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8-9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Length . 10-5 3 2-5 25 2-5 2-5 5-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 4 4-5 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Length . 5-5 6-5 6-5 8 8 8 8-5 9-5 8 5-5 32 Text-fig. 3. — Calocalanus pavoninus, n. sp. Female : a, lateral view, x 98 ; b, dorsal view, X 98 ; c, abdomen, x 150 ; d, first foot, X 435 ; e, second foot, x 435 ; /, third foot, x 435 ; g, fifth foot, x 435. Joints 13 to 20 each with a longitudinal row of very fine spinules along the upper margin, as in C. pavo. Mouth-parts apparently as in C. styliremis and C. contractus. First foot (Text-fig. 3, d) with 3-jointed exopodite and 1-jointed endopodite. Second to fourth feet (Text-fig. 3, e,f) with 3-jointed exopodites and endopodites ; there is a transverse row of three or four COPEPODA— FARRAN 85 spinules across the second joint of the endopodite of the second to fourth feet. The exopodites, as far as could be made out, were without spinules except for a close-set uniform row of teeth-like spinules on the outer edge of the first joint of the exopodite of the second foot, and two moderately long spinules near the outer edge of the second joint of the exopodite of the third foot. The fourth feet were not found entire. Fifth feet (Text-fig. 3. g) long and slender, reaching almost to the end of the anal segment, 3-jointed, the second joint about as wide as long, the third joint about four times as long as wide, and terminated by a strong spine with 2-3 fine spinules at its base. Remarks. — Tins species was at first mistaken for C. contractus , to which it is closely allied. It is separated, however, by the emarginate dorsal outline of the cephalon in lateral view, by the presence of a single terminal seta on the fifth feet and, in the only instance in which an unbroken antennule was found, by the long terminal joint, longer than the three preceding joints taken together. In practice C. pavoninus can be distinguished from C. contractus , which it resembles somewhat in form and size, by the single stout seta on the end of the fifth foot, and from C. styliremis by the small size and very squat form of the latter. Ctenocalanus vanus, Giebr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Only taken outside the reef in hauls with 150 m. of warp or more. On every such station it occurred in small numbers in the fine-meshed nets. Length : $, *81-1 -10 mm. ; <$, 1-20 mm. Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.' — Only taken outside the reef in hauls with 250 or 500 m. of warp. Very few specimens. Length : $, -85--90 mm. Remarks. — All the specimens seemed to belong to the form which I described from the Bay of Biscay (1926) as var. pygmaeus, from specimens measuring -95-1-08 mm. Tanyrhinus, n. gen. Body resembling Calanus in general form. Cephalon separated from first thoracic segment. Fourth and fifth thoracic segments separate. Rostrum of a single stout point. Abdomen 4-jointed. Antennules 23-jointed, joints 8-9 and 24-25 being fused. Second antenna as in Mimocalanus, with 2 setae on the inner margin of the second joint of the exopodite. Mandible with large 2-branched palp ; endopodite 2-jointed, longer than the exopodite. Maxilla as in Mimocalanus and Spinocalanus. Second maxilla as in Para- calanus, except that the fourth lobe is larger than the fifth. Maxillipede of Mimocalanus type, with well-developed setae on the outer margin of the last two joints. Swimming- feet with jointing and setae as in Spinocalanus, except that the first and second joints of the exopodite of the first foot are without setae. Fifth feet absent. The systematic position of this genus, in the neighbourhood of Spinocalanus , Mimo- calanus and Monacilla, is indicated by the presence of five setae on the inner edge and 86 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION three spines on the outer edge of the third joint of the exopodite of the second to fourth feet and the absence of the fifth feet. The separation of the cephalon and first thoracic segment and of the fourth and fifth thoracic segments are characters in which it approaches Mimocalanus and Monacilla. The unusually long third joint of the exopodite of the first foot is unusual, as is also the well-developed single rostrum, on which no trace of rostral filaments could be detected. The presence of a 2-pointed asymmetrical rostrum in Monacilla tenera, with one of the points much stronger than the other, suggests that a single rostral process might arise by the suppression of the smaller point. Tanyrhinus naso, n. sp. (Text-fig. 4.) Occurrence.- — One specimen outside the reef, on Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m. Description.- — Female (Text-fig. 4, a , b ), length *89 mm., cephalothorax, in the middle line, -67 mm., abdomen *22 mm. Cephalon narrow and pointed in dorsal view but somewhat flattened laterally, with stout conical rostrum (Text-fig. 4, c ) extending between the bases of the antennules. Abdominal segments and furca (Text-fig. 4, d) in the proportion 21.12.13.16.16. Antennules (Text-fig. 4, c) 23-jointed, reaching to about the anal segment, length -69 mm. Length of joints in -01 mm. : foot (f-l x 260). COPEPODA — FARRAN 4. 87 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8-9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Length . 5-1 4-5 2-0 1-9 1-8 1-9 1-9 3-2 2-0 2-0 2-3 2-3 14. 15. 16. Length . 2-5 2*5 2-8 17. IS. 19. 20. 2-7 3-1 3-4 3-4 21. 22. 23. 24-25. 3-7 3-8 5-0 6-4 Setae on seventh, fourteenth, eighteenth and twenty-first joints stronger than the rest ; distal setae on the posterior margin of twenty-second and twenty- third joints and a median seta on the posterior margin of the last joint. Antenna (Text-fig. 4, /) with endopodite equal in length to the exopodite, which has two setae on the inner margin of the second joint. Mandible (Text-fig. 4. g) with endopodite longer than the exopodite. Maxilla as in Paracalanus. Second maxilla (Text-fig. 4, h) as in Spinocalanus. Maxilli- pede (Text-fig. 4. i) with oblique segmentation between first and second joints. First foot (Text -fig. 4. j) with endopodite long and narrow ; exopodite without outer edge spines on first and second joints ; third joint almost as long as first and second taken together, with four inner edge setae. Second to fourth feet (Text-fig. 4, k, l), exopodite with 1.1.3 outer edge spines and 1.1.5 inner edge setae ; terminal spines about four-fifths as long as the third joint, with narrow laminae and moderately coarse serrations. Aetideus armatus, Boeck. Sars, 1903. Occurrence. — On Stn. 19 outside the reef, one female in the 1 m. silk net, 180-0 nr., and another, dead when caught, in coarse silk net 180-0 m. Length : $, 1-33-1-44 mm. Euaetideus acutus (Farran). Aetideus acutus, Farran, 1929. Occurrence.- — Several specimens were taken on the deep-water stations 19, 20, 28, 45 and 50, outside the reef. Length : $, 1-56-1-62 mm. ; A, 1-23-1-30 nun. These are slightly smaller than the specimens originally described from New Zealand (Farran, 1929), but agree closely otherwise. Euaetideus giesbreehti (Cleve). Aetideus giesbreehti, Sars, 1925. Occurrence. — One male, stage V, length 1-63 mm., was taken on Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m. Though the specimen was immature, there seems no risk of error in referring it to this species, which has already been recorded from New Zealand (Farran, 1929). Chiridius gracilis, Farran. Farran, 1908. With, 1915. Occurrence. — One female on Stn. 28, S. 600-0 m., and an immature male, probably of the same species, in the coarse silk net at the same depth. Length : $, 2-70 mm. 88 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Undinopsis tropicus, Wolfenden. Wolfenden, 1905. Occurrence.— This species, benthic by day, was moderately common in the serial night hauls (Stn. 65) at 3 mi. E., when it was taken in the net with 10 m. of warp, with a maximum in the net with 20 m. of warp. One specimen was found near the bottom, 40 m. of warp, in the serial hauls by day at 3 mi. E. (Stn. 62), two females in the stramin net, 32-0 m., on Stn. 21 at 8.40 p.m., and one immature specimen in a haul with 150 m. of warp over a depth of 400 m. on Stn. 50' — a daylight haul. In these movements it agrees with the closely allied species U. bradyi. Length : 1-55-1-63 mm. ; <$, 1-26-1-28 mm. Remarks. — These specimens are slightly larger than those from the Maidive Archi- pelago ($, 1-2 mm.) for which Wolfenden (1905) proposed the name U. tropicus, but are much smaller than the North Atlantic species U. bradyi, which measures, ?, 2-4-2-6 mm. Pseudotharybis zetlandica, T. Scott. (Text-fig. 5.) T. Scott, 1909. Occurrence.- — One specimen in the bottom stramin net on Stn. 29, 205 m. Length : $, 3-18 mm. Remarks. — Although this specimen (Text-fig. 5, a, b) is smaller than that originally described by T. Scott (1909) from off the North coast of Scotland (3-8 mm.), and differs somewhat in the shape of the body from the figure given by Scott, there does not seem to be sufficient reason for separating it. The original specimen was taken from deep water, 1140 m., and we may assume that it came from a townetting taken at or close to the bottom, as several other specimens have since then been taken in townets attached to trawls in deep water off the west coast of Ireland. The numerous strong setae on the COPEPODA— FARRAN 89 antemiules, such as are foimcl in Undinopsis and Bryaxis, both bottom-living genera, are possibly an adaption to life on the bottom. The Irish specimens, which measured 4-4 nun., were similar in form to that here recorded. Gaetanus miles , Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One specimen on Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m. Length : Stage V, 2-52 mm. ; antemiules, 6-84 mm. There is no described species but G. miles to which this immature specimen can be referred. Giesbrecht, 1924. Gaetanus pileatus, Farran. Occurrence.- — -One dead specimen, female, on Stn. 28, S. 600-0 m. Gaetanus minor, Farran. Giesbrecht, 1924. Occurrence.— Three females and one stage IV on Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m. Length : $,2-10 nun. Undeuchaeta plumosa (Lubb.). Undeuchaeta minor, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.— On Stn. 28, one female and two specimens stage V in the coarse silk net, 600-0 m., and five females and one specimen stage V in the stramin net, 600-0 m. Length : $, 3-25-3-50 mm. Euchaeta longicornis, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Characteristic of oceanic waters, as it only occurred outside the reef, but apparently not a deep-water form, as on Stn. 50 eight females were taken in a vertical haul from 150 m. and one in another haul from 170 m. It also occurred in four hauls from deeper water, on Stns. 20, 28, 45 and 50, from one to four specimens in each, but was probably taken during the ascent of the net. Length : $, 2-67-2-76 mm. Euchaeta media, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One female on Stn. 28, S. 600-0 m. Probably taken near the surface when hauhng. Length : $, 3-80 mm. v. 3. 13 90 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Euchaeta concinna, Dana. (Text-fig. 6.) Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One of the most characteristic species of the fauna inside the reef occurring frequently and sometimes very plentifully at 3 mi. E., where it showed a marked maximum from May to October. Absent outside the reef. Length : $, 3-25-3-40 mm. (Text-fig. 6, c) ; 2-54-2-76 mm. As Dana’s original description is not accompanied by figures I have taken Giesbrecht’s (1892) figures as indicating the species. Euchaeta consimilis, n. sp. (Text-fig. 6.) Occurrence.' — Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., 9 1. Stn. 29, stramin bottom net, 205 m., $ 1. Stn. 50, S. 400-0 m., $ 2. Text-fig. 6. — Euchaeta consimilis, n. sp. Female abdomen : a, lateral view, x 55; h, dorsal view, x 55. Euchaeta concinna. Female : c, genital segment, x 55. Description.' — Outside the reef the place of E. concinna was taken by a few specimens, females, of a smaller species, length 2-36-2-67 mm., which closely resembles it, but seems to deserve recognition as being specifically distinct. The grounds for separating the smaller species lie in the size, coupled with a difference in distribution and a difference in the form of the projection on the right side of the genital segment when seen in dorsal view (Text-fig. 6, h). The appendages do not differ from those of E. concinna. This species is very closely allied to E. concinna as identified and figured by Giesbrecht (1892), and it seems probable that it has been regarded as an extreme form of it by others. Wolfenden’s (1905) figure of a specimen of E. concinna from the Maidive Archipelago undoubtedly refers to E. consimilis , and A. Scott (1909) has included both Giesbrecht’s and Wolfenden’s references in his list of synonyms, from which it might be inferred that they were accepted by him as identical. Dana’s (1849) original description of E. concinna could be taken as referring to E. consimilis, but Giesbrecht, who was the next to use the name, gave figures which showed that he had the larger species before him, and unnecessary confusion would be caused by the rejection of his identification. Seymour Sewell (1929) mentions that E. concinna is the most common species of the genus in Indian waters, and COPEPODA — FARRAN 91 records the measurements of a large number of specimens from a single station. These cover, for the females, a range of ca. 2-5-3 -5 mm. He comments on the degree of variation in the size of the projection on the right side of the genital segment, and may have regarded the present species as a form of E. concinna. A few specimens of E. consimilis, apparently identical with that here described, were found in a small collection of copepods made at Christmas Island in 1908 by the late Dr. C. W. Andrews. E. concinna appeared to be absent from this collection. Euchaeta wolfendeni, A. Scott. A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence.- — One specimen was taken at 3 mi. E. on Stn. 6. Outside the reef it was found on Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m., 2 specimens ; C. 180-0 m., 2 specimens; and on Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., 8 specimens. Length : 2-55-2-64 mm. Remarks. — This seems to be an epiplanktonic species like E. bngicornis, but much scarcer. The specimen on Stn. 6 had probably drifted in. Sars (1925) claims that E. wolfendeni is a synonym of his E. pubera, but, as Seymour Sewell (1929) has pointed out, Sars’ figures of E. pubera are not at all like E. wolfendeni. Euchaeta russelli, n. sp. (Text-fig. 7.) Occurrence. — This is the characteristic Euchaeta of the waters outside the reef, as E. concinna is of the shoal-water inside. Hales, females and immature specimens were taken in considerable numbers on every haul made outside the reef. The most productive haul was on Stn. 29, stramin bottom net at 205 m., which gave 140 females. Description.- — Female (Text-fig. 7). length, 4-24-4-38 mm. Cephalothorax 2-| times as long as the abdomen, in the proportion, in mid-dorsal line, of 3-08 to 1-24. Frontal prominence slight. Last thoracic segment with bluntly rounded lateral margins, which bear each a postero-ventral tuft of hairs. There is a medio-dorsal tuft of hairs just posterior to the hinder margin of the last segment of the carapace. Abdominal segments and furca in the proportion 60.40.35.2.20, the anal segment being almost concealed beneath the preceding segment. Genital boss (Text-fig. 7, c, d) slightly jnojecting. Genital opening (Text-fig. 7, e ) enclosed by a pair of low, curved lateral plates, that on the left side being shorter and more opaque than that on the right. Within these plates are a pair of ridges not visible in lateral view. There is a faint transverse dorso-lateral ridge to the left of the middle line at the anterior third of the genital segment. On the postero- ventral margin of the genital segment is a small median tuft of fine hairs. The posterior margins of the genital and second abdominal segments bear a few fine spinules, otherwise the abdomen is smooth. The furca is setose. Terminal furcal setae of about equal thickness and length, about two-thirds of the abdomen, except the second from within, which is about twice as long as the rest. Appendicular seta basally as thick as the other furcal setae and about twice as long as the abdomen. Antennules reaching to the posterior margin of the genital segment. Other cephalic appendages closely resembling those of Euchaeta hebes. First foot (Text-fig. 7, /) with the segmentation between the first and second joints of the exopodite faintly indicated, outer edge seta very minute. Second foot with terminal spine about equal to the third joint of the exopodite. First outer edge spine of 92 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION the third joint of the exopodite very short ; second outer edge spine long, slightly longer than the outer edge spine of the second joint and almost reaching to the end of the third outer edge spine. Male, length 3-74-4-08 mm. Cephalon to abdomen in the proportion 9 to 4. Fifth feet (Text-fig. 7, h, i ) of the same type as in Euchaeta hebes, but with the comb-like Text-fig. 7. — Euchaeta russelli, n. sp. Female, a, dorsal view, x 27 ; b, rostrum, x 52; c, d, genital segment, lateral view, x 52 ; e, genital segment, ventral view, x 96 ; /, first foot, X 125 ; g, third joint of exopodite of second foot, x 77. Male : h, fifth feet, x 51 ; i, terminal joint of exopodite of left fifth foot, x 320. ridge on the second joint of the exopodite of the left foot more regular, and running along the margin of the joint. Remarks. — A. Scott (1909), in dividing the original Genus Euchaeta into two sections, Euchaeta and Pareuchaeta, took as one of the distinguishing marks of Euchaeta the presence of long widely separated spinules on the innermost seta of the sixth lobe of the first maxillipede, more properly known as the second maxilla. In Pareuchaeta this seta COPEPODA— FARRAN 93 bears a uniform closely set fine spinulation. In liis figures of these setae he designates them, by an obvious oversight, as those of the second maxillipede. The other distin- guishing character which he indicates is the spinous prolongation in Euchaeta of the tip of the third joint of the exopodite of the male left fifth foot. Sars (1925). in his diagnosis of the two genera, introduces a third character, the appendicular seta on the furca of the female. In Euchaeta this seta is long and thickened ; in Pareuchaeta it is more slender than the terminal furcal setae. Relying apparently on the first and last of these three characters he includes the species hebes in the genus Euchaeta, although the third joint of the left fifth foot exopodite of the male is not prolonged into a point. The present species occupies a similar position to E. hebes as in it the thickened appendicular seta is present, and also the long spinules on the innermost seta of the sixth lobe of the second maxilla, but the spinous prolongation of the left fifth foot of the male is absent. Xanthocalanus squamatus n. sp. (Text-fig. 8.) Occurrence.- — One specimen, somewhat injured, on Stn. 19, outside the reef, in a vertical haul from 180 m.. over a depth of 225 m., consequently not far from the bottom. Description. — Female (Text-fig. 8, a), length, 3-2 mm. Body stout, ovate, with short, stout abdomen. Fifth thoracic segment (Text-fig. 8, b) produced laterally into sharp points. Length of cephalothorax to end of lateral points 2-7 mm., cephalon 1-75 mm., abdomen -63 mm. The abdomen is sparingly clothed with small transparent scales or scale-like spinules which seem to be easily rubbed off. Length of joints of the antennule in -01 mm., measured along the posterior edge : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8-9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Length 23 13*5 9-4 8-8 9-4 9-4 8-8 14-2 6-7 8-1 10-5 12-1 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Length . 12-6 15’5 16-1 16-1 15-1 12-8 12-1 10-8 7-7 13-5 14-8 X Joints 8 and 9 fused, terminal joint missing. Aesthetascs are present oil joints 2, 3, 8-9, 12, 14 and 19, noticeable setae on the anterior margins of joints 1 (2), 2 (4), 4 (2), 7 (1), 14 (1), 18 (1) and 21 (1), and minute setae on the other joints. Antenna with endopodite about half as long as the exopodite. Mandible palp with equal rami. Maxilla not examined in detail. Second maxilla (Text-fig. 8, c) with stout toothed spines on the fourth and fifth lobes, terminal setae scoleciform, their ends coalescing in a spongy rounded bilobed mass, except the most distal, which is not involved. Maxillipede (Text-fig. 8, d) with a short-stalked sheaf-like seta on the proximal third of the first joint. First foot (Text-fig. 8, e) with outer edge spines on all joints of the exopodite. Second foot (Text-fig. 8, /), exopodite without spinules, endopodite with an oblique and a transverse row of spinules on the second joint. Third foot, exopodite without spinules, endopodite (Text-fig. 8, g) with an oblique row of spinules on the second joint and a curved transverse row on the third joint. Fourth foot with minute spinulation on the face of the third joint of the exopodite; endopodite (Text-fig. 8, h) with both large and small spinules on the face of the second joint, and a row of spinules on its outer margin. 94 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Fifth foot (Text-fig. 8, i) 3-jointed ; inner margin of first and second joints closely beset with short, stout spinules, outer edge of second joint with a distal group of long cultriform spinules ; a smaller group of similar spinules is present on the face of the third joint. The third joint with outer edge spine, two terminal spines and an inner edge spine. The outer edge and the two terminal spines have serrated margins, the Text- fig. 8. — Xanthocalanus squamatus, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, X 28 ; b, abdomen, lateral view, x 39 ; cr second maxilla, x 88 ; d, maxillipede (setae on terminal joints not shown), X 88 ; e, first foot, x 88 ; /, second foot, x 88 ; g, endopodite of third foot, X 88 ; h, endopodite of fourth foot, X 88 ; i, fifth foot, X 300. inner edge spine is smooth and subulate. The innermost of the two terminal spines is not articulated, but is formed by a prolongation of the joint. Remarks. — The small size of this species, its acute fifth thoracic segment and its short scale-clad abdomen separate it from any previously described species. X. agilis, described by Giesbrecht (1892) from the Mediterranean, has a short abdomen, densely covered with shaggy hairs, but it is not said that they are scale-like, and the prolongations of its fifth thoracic segment are longer and are rounded at the ends. COPEPODA— F ARRAN 95 Racovitzanus antarcticus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1902. Occurrence.- — Three females and one male, all dead when taken and in a very battered condition, were found on Stn. 28, C. 580-0 m. The occurrence of this Antarctic species is noteworthy, as it implies a northerly drift at a considerable depth from the area south of 66c 30' S., where it is frequent at depths below 400 m. Length : $, 1-77-1-88 mm. ; <$, 1-80 mm. Scoledthrix danae (Lubb.). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken from time to time inside the reef in small numbers, most frequently in September. It occurred also in Trinity Opening, Stn. 26, and outside the reef on Stns. 19 and 50. Length : $,2-16 mm. Scoledthrix hradyi, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — In contrast to S. danae, this species was only taken outside the reef, where it occurred in small numbers on Stns. 19, 20, 28. 45 and 50, in vertical hauls. Length : ?, 1-08-1-20 mm. ; <$, 1-0 mm. Scoledthrix ctenopus, Giesbr. (Text-fig. 9.) Scolecithricella ctenopus, Sewell, 1929. Occurrence. — Stn. 28, C. 600 m., one female. Stn. 45, C. 500 m., one female. Remarks. — This species was described by Giesbrecht in 1888, and figured in 1892, from a male, length 1-3 mm., taken in the tropical Pacific. The male was again recorded and figured by T. Scott (1894) from five specimens, length 1-83 mm., taken in the Gulf of Guinea from 20-50 fathoms. No female was found by Scott, but the female of a closely allied species, length 1-54 mm., was taken in two hauls, from 135 fathoms and 300 fathoms, and was described as new species, S. longicornis. A. Scott (1909) recorded both S. ctenopus and S. longicornis from the Malay Archi- pelago, one male of the former being taken in a haul of 900-0 m., and four females of the latter in hauls from 1000-0 m., and 10-0 m. Seymour Sewell (1929) has taken a male in the Indian Ocean, which he refers to S. ctenopus, comparing it with Giesbrecht’s and Scott’s figures of that species, and, in company with it, a female, length 1-26 mm., which he describes and figures as S. ctenopus, commenting on the closeness of similarity which it has to the female S. longicornis. The question now arises whether these two species may not be two forms of a variable species. The differences, in the female, which tell against this view are the indication of segmentation between the cephalon and thorax which is found in S. ctenopus, but is apparently absent in S. longicornis, and the shorter and stouter abdomen found in S. ctenopus. 96 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Of the two females in the Barrier Beef collection, the larger, length 1-47 mm., from Stn. 28, appears to be, without doubt, the same as that figured by Sewell as S. ctenopus. It differs only in having the segmentation between the cephalon and thorax more complete, and in having the fifth feet of a single free joint with a median constriction but no definite segmentation. The other specimen, from Stn. 45, is smaller, 1-25 mm., more slender in body, with no indication of segmentation between the cephalon and thorax and with an abdomen proportionally more slender. The fifth feet are of the same type as those of the larger specimen, but do not show the marked constriction of the single free joint. Text-fig. 9. — Scolecithrix ctenopus. Female : a, lateral view (Stn. 28), x 75 ; b, lateral view (Stn. 45), x 75 ; c, fifth foot (Stn. 28), x 390 ; d, fifth foot (Stn. 45), x 390. The other appendages are almost identical with those figured by Sewell and with those of the larger specimens. For the present it seems advisable to regard Scolecithrix ctenopus and S. longicornis as belonging to one variable species, and to record these two specimens under the former, earlier name. Text-fig. 9 shows each of the specimens in lateral view and their fifth feet. Scolecithricella dentata (Giesbr.). Scolecithrix dentata, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken only outside the reef, one mature female on Stn. 19, 180-0 m., and two, stage V on Stns. 20, 250-0 m., and 21, 600-0 m. Length : 1*35 mm. COPEPODA—F ARRAN 97 Scolecithricella ovcitci (Farran). Scolecithrix ovata, Sars, 1924. Occurrence. — Outside the reef only. One mature female on Stn. 20, 600-0 m., and two. stage V, on Stn. 45. 500-0 m. Length: 1-75 mm. Fifth foot of typical form on one side; on the other the smaller of the two inner edge spines is absent. Terminal spines of exopodites of second feet with thirty-six serrations. Scolecithricella profunda (Giesbr.). Scolecithrix profunda, Giesbreeht, 1892. Occurrence.- — One female on Stn. 28, 600-0 m. Length : $, 2-04 mm. Though widespread, this seems to be a very scarce species. Scott records it from the Malay Archipelago (1909), and it has twice been recorded from the Mediterranean, by Giesbreeht (1892), who first described it from a Mediterranean specimen, and by Sars, who has figured it (1924) under the name of S. abyssalis. The form of the fifth feet with rounded distal margins distinguishes it from S. abyssalis. Scolecithricella vittata (Giesbr.). Scolecithrix vittata, Giesbreeht, 1892. Occurrence. — Two specimens from outside the reef, Stn. 20. N. 250-0 m., and Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m. Length : $, 1-66-1-74 mm. Scolecithricella tenuisencita (Giesbr.). Scolecithrix tenuiserrata, Giesbreeht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken in very small numbers, eight females and four immature specimens, on three stations outside the reef : Stn. 1 9, C. 180-0 m. ; Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m. ; and Stn. 50, C. 150-0 m. Length : $, 1-00-1-12 mm. Remarks. — The abdomen in the females was relatively slightly shorter than the measurement given by Giesbreeht (1892) for his Mediterranean specimens, being con- tained about 3-75 times in the length of the cephalothorax instead of 3-6 times. It was also noticeably stouter than is shown in Giesbrecht’s figure. The anal segment was almost concealed by the preceding segment. The thumb-like projection on the first basal joint of the fourth foot is very noticeable without dissection. Scolecithricella nicobarica (Sewell). (Text-fig. 10.) Scolecithrix nicobarica, Sewell, 1929. Occurrence. — Four females and two specimens in stage V on Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m. Length : $ (Text-fig. 10, a, b), 1-35-1-37 mm. Remarks. — Though these specimens are slightly larger than those described by Sewell (1929) from the Indian Ocean, their very stout form, with fourth and fifth thoracic v. 3, 14 98 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION segments completely joined and slightly hollowed on their postero-lateral margin, their short abdomen, only one-fourth of the length of the cephalothorax, and the spinulation of the swimming-feet, especially the outer margins of the first basal joints of the second and third feet, make the identification fairly certain. Though the fifth feet are absent in this species, it resembles S. tenuiserrata so closely in other respects that I regard it as congeneric. Text-fig. 10. — Scolecithricella nicobarica. Female : a, dorsal view, x 66 ; b, lateral view, x 66. Scaphocalanus echinatus (Farran). Farran, 1905. Occurrence. — Two specimens, one dead when taken, from deep water outside the reef on Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m. Length : $,1-80 mm. The dead specimen had the inner edge spine of the fifth feet more coarsely toothed ( ca . 8 teeth) than usual. Lophothrix latipes (T. Scott). Sars, 1905. Occurrence.- — Two specimens, females, from deep water on Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., and Stn. 50, S. 400-0 m. Length : $ 2-88 mm. Scottocalanus longispinus, A. Scott. (Text-fig. 11.) A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence. — Two females and one male on Stn. 28, 600-0 m. Length : 9, 4*32 mm. ; 4*1 mm. COPE POD A— FARR. A N 99 Remarks. — The female (Text-fig. 11, a) appears to be the same as that described by A. Scott (1909) from the “ Siboga " collections. It is distinguished by the form of its rostrum (Text-fig. 11. b), its fifth thoracic segments produced laterally into triangular points, its short abdomen with the genital segment longer than the three following segments combined, and its fifth feet (Text-fig. 11. c) with long slender setae. In company with the two females was a male (Text-fig. 11. d), which presumably belongs to the same species. The fifth thoracic segment (Text-fig. 11./) bears short backwardly-directed spines as in S. thomasi. The rostrum (Text-fig. 11. e) ends in two long transparent filaments, as in Text-fig. 11. — Scottocalanus longispinus. Female : a, lateral view, x 25 ; b, rostral plate, x 100 ; c, fifth foot, x 100. Male : d, dorsal view, x 25 ; e, head, lateral view, x 45 ; /, fifth thoracic segment, lateral view, x 45 ; g, fifth feet, x 57. S. persecans, as figured by A. Scott (1909). The fifth feet (Text-fig. 11, g), while of the general form found in the genus, differ in most of the details from those of any other described species. Scottocalanus sedatus, n. sp. (Text-fig. 12.) Occurrence. — Two females on Stn. 28, 600-0 m. Description. — Female, length 3T8-3-20 mm. These specimens (Text-fig. 12, a, b) agree in size and general form with Scottocalanus setosus as described by A. Scott (1909), but the following points of difference seem to justify the description of a new species. The last thoracic segment is not terminated by so well developed a point as in S. setosus 100 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION either in dorsal or lateral view. The fifth feet (Text-fig. 12, e,f) differ in bearing a longer seta, which is 2-2 times the length of the jointed portion and three times the length of the terminal joint. The terminal joint of the fifth feet ends in a small spine, which is directed obliquely outwards. The rostral points (Text-fig. 12, d) are proportionately much smaller than in S. setosus. They agree in size with those of the specimens I have identified as S. longisjpinus, but the rostral plate is much less strongly chitinized than in Text-fig. 12. — Scottocalanus sedatus, n. sp. Female : a, lateral view, X 46 ; b, dorsal view, x 33 ; c, head, lateral view, X 77 ; d, rostral plate, X 130 ; e, fifth feet, X 130 ; /, end of second joint of fifth foot, x 182. that species. The setae on the furca are symmetrical, at any rate in their basal portions ; the extremities are broken. Remarks. — Of the other species with sharp thoracic points, S. thomasi can be distinguished by its rostrum, which is very broad, with a shallow notch, and S. securifrons and S. cuneifrons by their more contracted fifth thoracic segment and by the genital segment slightly overlapping the following segment ventrally. No distinctive characters were noticed in any of the appendages except the fifth feet. COPE PO DA — FAR BAN 101 Scottocalanus australis , n. sp. (Text-fig. 13.) Occurrence. — Three females on Stn. 28, outside the reef, 600-0 m., in company with the two preceding species. Description.- — Female (Text-fig. 13, a), length 3-96 mm. Abdomen moderately long, being, when contracted, contained 3-8 times in the total length of the cephalothorax. Crest (Text-fig. 13. b) low. Fifth thoracic segments (Text-fig. 13. c) ending laterally in roimded lappets somewhat similar to those in S. dauglishi, but smaller. Genital segment Text-fig. 13.— Scottocalanus australis, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, X 30 ; b, rostrum, lateral view, X 51 ; c, abdomen, X 42 ; d, rostral plate, X 120 ; e, fifth foot, X 120. about equal to the two following segments, not much swollen ventrally and not over- lapping the following segment. Rostral plate (Text-fig. 13, d) slightly chitinized and deeply notched, with comparatively slender rostral spines, which are shorter than the depth of the notch. Fifth feet (Text-fig. 13, e) bearing a seta which is about three times as long as the basal portion and four times as long as the terminal joint. The terminal joint ends obliquely, and bears at its extremity a moderately slender spine at the base of which is a minute spinule. Comparing these specimens with the females of the other species of Scottocalanus with rounded fifth thoracic segments, viz. S. persecans, S. helenae (= S. thori), S.farrani , 102 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION S. terranovae, S. dauglishi : S. persecans has only been described very briefly by Esterley, but it appears to differ in its fifth feet ; S. helenae has a more chitinized rostral plate, with stouter rostral spines, and the fifth thoracic segments are slightly notched at their lateral extremities ; S. farrani has a rostral plate very similar to that of S. helenae and fifth feet with shorter setae ; S. terranovae has a longer and narrower rostral plate, with much smaller rostral spines ; S. dauglishi has a larger lappet on the fifth thoracic segment, and its genital segment partially overlaps the following segment. The female of S. investig atoms has not yet been described, and may possibly be represented by the present specimens. Remarks.' — Willey (1919) refers to what he regarded as not fully developed female specimens of Scolecithrix cuneifrons from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, but, from the figure which he gives, it would appear that they are in fact adults of a smaller species, which, in the form of the fifth thoracic segment, resembles the present species rather closely. Scolecocalanus, n. gen. Description. — Form of body and appendages as in Scottocalanus except that the rostral spines are larger and more tapered, the second and third joints of the exopodite of the fourth foot bear a longitudinal row of spinules on their anterior face, and the left fifth foot only is present and consists of a short basal joint bearing a long curved spine. There is an indication of a lenticular thickening at the base of the rostrum,** _as in Macandrewella, with which this genus has some affinities. Text-fig. 14. — Scolecocalanus galeatus, n. sp. Female : a, lateral view, x 24 ; b, abdomen, dorsal view, x 43 ; c, head, lateral view, x 45 ; d, maxilla, x 100 ; e, first foot, x 59 ; /, third foot, x 59 ; g, fifth foot, x 100. COPEPODA— FARRAN 103 Scolecocalanus galeatus, n. sp. (Text-fig. 14.) Occurrence. — One female on Stn. 29. stramin bottom net. 209 m. Description. — Female (Text-fig. 14, a) length 4-56 mm., with a high crest (Text-fig. 14. c). Fifth thoracic segments produced laterally into sharp points. Segmentation between fourth and fifth thoracic segments faintly indicated. Abdomen (Text-fig. 14, b) long, 3f times in the total length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment equal to the three following segments without the furca. narrowed anteriorly and slightly asymmetrical, the right side being slightly swollen and carrying a postero-dorsal tooth or hook. Text-fig. 15. — Scolecocalanus lobatus, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, x 25 ; b, head, lateral view, X 35 ; c, abdomen, lateral view, x 35 ; d, abdomen, dorsal view, X 43 ; e, rostral plate, X 100 ; /, antenna, X 59 ; //, second maxilla, X 100 ; h, maxillipede, X 59 ; i, first foot, X 75 ; j, second foot, x 59 ; k, fifth foot, x 155. Antennules reaching to the middle of the genital segment, 23-jointed, joints 8-9 and 24-25 being fused. There is a partial fusing of the ninth and tenth joints. Antennae, mouth-parts and swimming-feet without diagnostic characters, being practically identical with those found in Scottocalanus, with the exception of the longitudinal row of spinules on the anterior face of the second and third joints of the endopodite of the fourth foot (Text-fig. 14,/). These spinules are also found in the genus Macandreivella. Fifth foot (Text-fig. 14, g) present only on the left side and consisting of a short basal joint bearing a stout curved spine, which bears on its outer side, on the distal three-fourths, 104 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION a close-set row of fine cultriform spinnles diminishing towards the tip of the spine, and a similar but finer row on the distal half of the inner side. Scolecocalanus lobatus, n. sp. (Text-fig. 15.) Occurrence. — Four females on Stn. 28, 600-0 m. Description. — Female (Text-fig. 15, a), length 3-66 mm., with a moderately high crest (Text-fig. 15, b). Fifth thoracic segment produced laterally into acute points, partially separated from the fourth segment. Abdomen (Text-fig. 15, c, d) contained about 4T times in the length of the cephalothorax. Genital segment longer than the remaining abdominal segments and the furca taken together, with a dorso-lateral back- wardly-directed lobe on its hinder margin. Rostral plate (Text-fig. 15, e) forked and ending in a pair of tapering rostral spines, which are about as long as the depth of the notch. Appendages (Text-fig. 15, /, g, h, i, j) similar to those of the preceding species, but the fifth foot (Text-fig. 15, k) is apparently without spinules on its inner side. This species can be distinguished from S. galeatus by its smaller size, its less prominent crest, and the presence of a lobe on the genital segment. Macandrewella. A. Scott first proposed this genus in 1909 for M.joanae from the “ Siboga ” collections, and he included in it a male which had been described by Giesbrecht from the Red Sea under the name of Scolecithrix chelijoes. Sewell described a third species, with both males and females, from the Indian Ocean. Three more species, apparently all different, were found in the Barrier Reef collections from outside the reef. One was common and readily recognizable by its asymmetrical fifth thoracic segment ; the others, represented respectively by one and twelve specimens, resembled each other, and were separable mainly by the form of the genital segment. The three genera Scottocalanus, Macandrewella and Scolecocalanus seem to form an allied group with Scolecocalanus in a middle position. Macandrewella asymmetrica, n. sp. (Text-fig. 16.) Occurrence. — Occurred in large or small numbers on four of the deep-water stations outside the reef. Absent from Stn. 28 and possibly from Stn. 45, on which one doubtful immature specimen was taken. Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m.i $ 17, G 31, V 13 ; C. 180-0 m., $ 3, c? 5, V 80 ; 1 m. C. 180-0 m., $ 10, d 11, V 36. Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., $ 4, $ 2. Stn. 29, bottom stramin net, 205 m., ? 51, (J 258, V 11. Stn. 45, S. 500-0 m., V ? 1. Stn. 50, S. 400-0 m., $ 2, $ 4 ; C. 150-0 m., V ? 1. Most numerous at the lesser depths, especially on Stn. 29 when the net was actually at the bottom. Description. — Female (Text-fig. 16, a, b), length 3*50-3-70 mm. Cephalon fused with first thoracic segment. Fourth and fifth thoracic segments separated ventrally. Fifth thoracic segment ending on either side in a sharp point, that on the right directed straight backwards, that on the left bent outwards at an angle of about 45°. Rostrum (Text-fig. 16, c) consists of a swollen plate, as in Scottocalanus, deeply notched at the tip and produced into sensory filaments, which are more than half as long as the rostral COPE PO DA — EAPRAX 105 plate ; at the base of the rostral plate there is a median lenticular thickening. Genital segment asymmetrical, with swollen lateral projection on the right side, slightly over- lapping the following segment dorsally and with a ventral backwardly-directed thumb- like process projecting from the genital boss. Furcal rami about as broad as long, with symmetrical setae. Antemiules reaching to the hinder end of the genital segment ; joints 8, 9 and 24-25 fused, partial fusion of j obits 9 and 10. Proportional length of joints approximately as in Scottocalanus. Text-fig. 16. — Macandrewella asymmetrica, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, x 25 ; b, lateral view, x 25 ; c, rostral plate, X 253. Male : d, dorsal view, X 25 ; e, left fifth foot, X 43 ; /, right fifth foot, X 43. First foot with outer edge spines on the first and second joints of the exopodite ; outer margin of the third joint straight. Second foot with outer margin of first basal joint notched and bearing a small tooth ; first joint of the exopodite with a curved outer edge spine, second joint with a transverse distal row of fine spinules, third joint with a few small spinules surrounding the proximal half of the face of the joint. Third foot with a small tooth on the outer margin of the first basal joint, second joint of the exopodite with a transverse distal row of fine spinules, third joint with a few very minute spinules on the face of the joint. Fourth foot with the outer margin of the first basal joint smooth, the face of the exopodite without spinules. Fifth feet absent, v. 3. 15 106 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Male (Text-fig. 16, d), length. 3-7 mm. Cephalothorax in mid-dorsal line 2-8 mm., abdomen -85 mm. Fifth thoracic segment ending laterally in short sharp points. The fifth pair of feet are very like those figured by Scott for M. joanae and differ only in small details, which can be best seen by comparison of the figures (Text-fig. 16, e and/, and Scott, 1909, pi. xxiii, fig. 14). This resemblance justifies the inclusion of this species in the genus Macandreivella, although the fifth thoracic segment of the female lacks the characteristic facies found in other species. Macandreivella seivelli, n. sp. (Text-fig. 17.) Occurrence.- — In deep water outside the reef. Stn. 19, C. 180-0 m., $ 1 ; Stn. 29, stramin bottom net, 205 m., $ 5 ; Stn. 45, S. 500-0 m., $ 1 ; Stn. 50, S. 170-0 m., $ 1 ; S. 400-0 m., ? 4. Description.- — Female (Text-fig. 17, a, b), length 3T2-3-2 mm. Cephalon not separated from first thoracic segment ; fourth and fifth thoracic segments separate but in dorsal view the separation is almost indistinguishable. Fifth thoracic segment ending laterally in a sharp point directed slightly inwards ; dorsal and internal to these points there is a rather bluntly pointed ridge on each side. In front, ventrally, the fifth thoracic Text-fig. 17. — M acandrewella seivelli, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, x 28 ; b, lateral view, X 28 ; c, abdomen, lateral view, X 33 ; d, fifth thoracic and genital segments, dorso-lateral view, x 48. COPEPODA— FAR.RAN 107 segment is slightly produced into a blunt angle, which is sometimes rounded oh and sometimes bears a small projection, as is shown in Text-fig 17. c. Abdomen (Text-fig. 17, c. d) about one-fourth of the length of the cephalothorax in the mid-dorsal line ; abdominal segments and furca in the proportion 38 : 18 : 14 : 2 : 13. The abdomen is symmetrical except for a low dorso-lateral lobe on the right side of the hinder margin of the genital segment. Anal segment almost concealed by the preceding segment. Front of genital segment without the finger-like process which occurs in some other species of the genus. Furcal rami as broad as long, with four long subequal terminal setae, sometimes branched. Rostrum of a swollen forked plate ending in a short tapered filament on each side. Distinctly marked lenticular spot at the base of the rostrum. Antennules reaching to the end of the genital segment, with joints 8-10 and 24-25 fused, but with an indication of segmentation between joints 9 and 10. Antennae as in M. joanae with endopodite pro- portionally shorter than in M . scotti. but with the basal fringe of setae figured by Sewell for that species. Macandreivellci mera, n. sp. (Text-fig. 18.) Occurrence. — One female in the stramin bottom net at Stn. 29, 209 m. Description. — Female (Text-fig. 18, a. b), length 3-84 mm. Cephalothorax, in mid-dorsal line, 3-00 nun., in lateral view, 3-3 mm. Abdomen -70 mm. Fourth and fifth thoracic segments not completely separated, fifth segment ending laterally in short Text-fig. 18. — Macandrewella mera, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, x 25 ; b, lateral view, x 25 ; fifth thoracic and genital segments, lateral view, X 43, 108 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION sharp points directed slightly inwards. Dorsal to the point on the right side the margin of the segment (Text-fig. 18, c ) is produced into a short tooth, which bears a few spinules on its margin. Rostrum an inflated bifurcate plate, ending in a pair of short filaments. There is a well-marked lenticular spot at the base of the rostrum. Abdominal segments in the proportion of 40:17:12:3: 15. Genital segment asymmetrical, with a swelling on the right side ; ventrally it bears a thumb-like projection directed backwards from the genital plate. Furcal setae similar on both rami, their lengths in mm. from without inwards being -68, -78, 1-08, -56, T3. Cephalic appendages and swimming feet similar to those of M. asymmetrica and M. sewelli ; some small differences were noticed in the size and arrangement of the spinules on the faces of the endopodites of the swimming-feet, but it is unlikely that they have any specific value. Fifth feet absent. Remarks. — Of the five females that have been referred to the genus Macandrewella the ventral thumb-like process on the genital segment is present in M. joanae, M. mera and M. asymmetrica, but absent in M. scotti and M. sewelli. The genital segment is described as symmetrical in M. joanae and M. scotti, but is asymmetrical in the three species here described. In M. asymmetrica and M. mera the asymmetry consists in a lateral swelling on the right side. In M. sewelli there is a dorso-lateral projection partially over- lapjDing the following segment. M. joanae differs from all the other species in having a minute pair of fifth feet, an elongated seta on the right furca, and in the presence of spinules on the face of the third joint of the exopodite of the fourth feet. There is a marked similarity between the fifth thoracic segments of all except M. asymmetrica, in which the lateral thoracic points suggest at first sight the genus Gaidius rather than Macandrewella. Centropages calaninus (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — A single specimen, male, on Stn. 20, 250-0 m., outside the reef. Length : d, 1-92 mm. Centropages furcatus (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — The most frequent species of Centropages in the collection, occurring on eighteen stations either at 3 mi. E. or in the reef passages. It also occurred in small numbers outside the reef, probably having been taken near the surface during the hauling of the deep-water nets, as follows : Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m., 1. Stn. 45, 500-0 m., 6. Stn. 50, S. 170-0 m., 1 ; S. 400-0 m., 2 ; C. 150-0 m., 72. Length : $, 1-68-1-83 mm. ; d, 1-60 mm. Centropages gracilis (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — A scarce species only occurring on three stations at 3 mi. E. and on one, Stn. 19, just outside the reef. Length : $, 1-92-2-04 mm. COPEPODA— FARRAX 109 Centropages orsinii, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrexce.- — Taken on five stations inside the reef and two, Stns. 45 and 50, outside, eighteen specimens in all. Length : $, 1-20-1 -56 mm. ; d- 1-20-1-38 mm. A wide range of sizes was noticeable in both sexes. Temora discaudata, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrexce.- — On the stations at 3 mi. E. this was a frequent species from the end of December to the end of May, but was very scarce before and after these dates, though outside the reef it seems to have been present in small numbers on all occasions when townettings were made there. Its period of scarcity coincided with that of high surface salinity over the reef. Temora turbinata (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Xot found inside the reef and only taken on two of the deep-water stations outside — Stn. 45. one female, and Stn. 50. two males and one female. Text-fig. 19. — Temoropia mayumbaensis. Female : a, lateral view, X 84 ; b, genital segment, lateral view, x 247 ; c, fifth feet, X 247. Male : d, lateral view, X 84 ; e, right fifth foot, X 247 ; /, left fifth foot, X 247. 110 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Temorojpia mayumbaensis, T. Scott. (Text-fig. 19.) T. Scott, 1894. Occurrence.' — Taken in small numbers on three of the deep-water stations — Stn. 20, 250-0 m., Stn. 28, 600-0 m., and Stn. 45, 500-0 m. Length : $ (Text-fig. 19, a), -70--92 mm. ; (Text-fig. 19, d), -84 mm. Remarks.- — There seem to be distinct differences, probably of specific value, between the fifth feet of the various forms which have been recorded under this name. The fifth feet of the present specimens resemble rather closely those originally figured by T. Scott (1894) from the Gulf of Guinea and also those of a specimen from the “ Siboga ” Expedition, a preparation of which was kindly lent to me by the late Mr. A. Scott. In these the endopodite consists of a single unjointed spine without an accessory seta, the joints are thick and massive, and the terminal joint on the right side is widely notched. The left foot is slightly more slender than the right and has a narrower terminal notch. The male also shows a fairly close agreement with Scott’s figures. The notched and ciliated tip of the left fifth foot, which is shown in his figure as flattened out, is shown in Text-fig. 19,/, as turned back over the terminal joint. Metridia venusta, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Only three specimens were seen : Stn. 28, 600-0 m., two females, apparently dead when taken, and Stn. 45, 500-0 m., one female. Length : $, 2-65-3-05 mm. Pleuromamma abdominalis (Lubb.). Steuer, 1932. Occurrence.— (Typical form) Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., ? 1 ; S. 600-0 m., $ 8, $5. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 50, S. 400-0 m., $ 2, (J 1. Var. abyssalis : Stn. 19, C. 180-0 m., $ 2 ; C. (1 m.), 180-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 5, $ 1 ; S. 600-0 m., $ 5, d 2. Stn. 29, bottom stramin net, 205 m., $ 1. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., $ 2, 4. Stn. 50, S. 400-0 m., ? 1, 6. Remarks. — The specimens of P. abdominalis, which were taken only in vertical hauls from deep water outside the reef, fall, both males and females, into two size-groups, females 2-52-2-76 mm. and 2-95-3-06 mm., and males 2-40-2-68 mm. and 2-76-3-21 mm. The larger males were asymmetrical and of the typical P. abdominalis form ; the smaller agreed with the var. abyssalis, which has been described in detail and discussed by Steuer (1932) in his monograph of the genus. The female of the var. abyssalis has not yet been described, and I assume that it is represented by the smaller specimens which did not show any appreciable difference in form of body or appendages from the larger females of the typical form. There was no indication that the smaller group was more abyssal in its habitat than the larger. COPEPODA — FARRAN 111 Pleuromamma xiphias (Giesbr.). Steuer, 1932. Occueeexce.- — Only taken on stations on which nets were fished down to 400 m. or more. Stn. 28. S. 600-0 m., $ 4. V 3 ; C. 600-0 m., V 3. Stn. 45. S. 500-0 m., V 1 ; 0. 500-0 m., Y 1. Stn. 50, S. 400-0 m., 1. Y 4. Length : $, 4 08-4-40 mm. Pleuromamma gracilis (Lnbb.). Steuer, 1932. Occueeexce. — A few specimens were taken on three of the deep-water stations outside the reef: Stn. 20, X. 250-0 m., 2 1. Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 14. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., $ 2. Length : $, 1-61-1-72 mm. Remaeks. — The slender abdomen of the female, the subequal spines on the fifth feet and the small size mark these specimens as belonging to Steuer's (1932) forma minima. Pleuromamma piseki, Farran. Pleuromaynma rjracilis forma piseki, Steuer, 1932. Occueeexce. — Taken outside the reef in about the same numbers as P. gracilis , and in company with it on two stations. Stn. 19, C. J 80-0 m., $ 2. Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 8. Stn. 45, S. 500-0 m., $ 1 ; C. 500-0 m., $ 1. Length : $,1-71-1-84 mm. Remaeks. — A few immature specimens were taken which may have belonged either to P. gracilis or P. piseki. Four males were found on Stn. 28 and one on Stn. 45, but it is doubtful to which species they should be referred. Lucicutia flavicornis (Claus). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occueeexce. — Taken only outside the reef, probably at moderate depths, in moderate numbers. Stn. 19, N. 180-0 m., 3 ; 1 m. C. 180-0 m. 1. Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., 10. Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m., 13. Stn. 45, N. 500-0 m., 14. Stn. 50, N. 150-0 m., ca. 40. Remaeks.- — Most of the specimens were of small size, $ 1-3-1 -4 mm., but on Stn. 20 there were a few distinctly larger, $ 1-63-1-80 mm., d L68 mm., in company with the smaller specimens. The antennules seemed to be proportionately longer and also the longest furcal seta, but the other appendages agreed very well with those of L. flavicornis, and without further knowledge of the range of variation in this species it would be unwise to regard them as being more than well-grown specimens. Lucicutia gemina, Farran. Farran, 1926. Occueeence.- — Taken in company with L. flavicornis on three stations outside the reef. Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 45, N. 500-0 m., $ 1. Length : $, 1-42-1-60 mm. 112 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Remarks. — These specimens appear to be identical with those described from the Bay of Biscay, being distinguishable from L. longicornis by their smaller size and shorter antennules and from L. flavicornis by their longer furca with the rami close together and with a very small innermost seta, the outer margin of the exopodite of the fifth foot without serrulations and the noticeably smaller genital boss. Lucicutia clausi (Giesbr.). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken in small numbers on two stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, C. 180-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 3, $ 2. Length : $, 1-80-1-98 mm. ; 1-85-1-92 mm. Lucicutia ovalis, Wolfenden. Wolfenden, 1911. Occurrence. — Very few specimens were taken on four stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, C. 180-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 20, C. 250-0 m., 1. Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., $ 2. Length : $, 1-25-1-41 mm. ; <$, 1-21 mm. Remarks. — Readily recognizable by its small size, stout curved form, with large genital boss and short furca with short terminal setae. Heterorhabdus papilliger (Claus). Sars, 1925. Occurrence. — In moderate numbers in four hauls made outside the reef — Stns. 19, 20, 28 and 45. Though these hauls were made vertically from deep water, the specimens were probably taken in the upper layers. Length : $, 1-72-1-80 mm. ; p>, 1*80 mm. Heterorhabdus spinifrons (Claus). Sars, 1925. Occurrence. — In three hauls from deep water outside the reef. : Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 10 ; S. 600-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., $ 1, imm. 1. Length : 2-14 mm. ; 3-14 mm. Remarks. — Probably a deep-water species here as elsewhere, as it did not occur in hauls from less than 500 m. Haloptilus spiniceps (Giesbr.) Ilemicalanus spiniceps, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Three adult females and one immature specimen were taken outside the reef on Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m. Length : £, 4-02 mm. COPEPODA— F ARRAN 113 Haloptilus acutifrons (Giesbr.). Hemicalanus acutifrons, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One immature specimen outside the reef on Stn. 45, S. 500-0 m. Length : $ V, 2-02 mm. Haloptilus mucronatus (Claus). Sars, 1925. Occurrence.- — One female was taken inside the reef. 3 mi. E., on Stn. 24, and two immature specimens on Stn. 50. S. 500-0 m., outside the reef. Haloptilus angusticeps, G. 0. Sars. G. 0. Sars, 1925. Occurrence.- — One immature female, stage V. which appeared to belong to this species was taken on Stn. 45. S. 500-0 m.. outside the reef. Length : 2 V, 3-03 mm. Lemarks. — The specimen agreed closely in general appearance with Sars’ (1924) figure of the adult. The anterior caecum occupies almost the whole cephalon and the spines of the second maxilla were subequal. The endopodite of the maxilla was, however, only 2-jointed, with four and five spines on the joints, while the adult has a 4-jointed endopodite. This difference may be due to the immaturity of the specimen. The species was originally recorded from the Mediterranean and Madeira. Haloptilus longicornis (Claus). G. O. Sars, 1903. Occurrence. — Occurred in moderate numbers in almost every townetting taken outside the reef. Length : $, 1-98-2-45 mm. Augaptilus longicaudatus (Claus). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Three specimens, a male and two females, were taken on three stations outside the reef. Length : 3-72 mm. G. 0. Sars, 1925. Augaptilus spinifrons, G. 0. Sars. Occurrence.- — A single female was taken on Stn. 28, outside the reef, N. 600-0 m. Length : $,3-0 mm. It had previously been recorded only from the Azores and off Gibraltar, v. 3. 16 114 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Euaugaptilus filigerus (Claus). Augaptilus filigerus, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Two females from deep water outside the reef. Stn. 28, S. 600-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 45, N. 500-0 m., $ 1. Length : $,5-4 mm. Euaugaptilus palumboi (G-iesbr.). Augaptilus palumboi, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Two specimens, both immature, were taken on the same stations as E. filigerus. Candacia aethiopica, Dana. Candace aethiopica, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Very scarce. Three specimens on two stations, 6 and 14, at 3 mi. E., and one outside the reef. Stn. 19, 1 m. C., 180-0 m. Length : $, 2-40-2-52 mm. Candacia discaudata, A. Scott. A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence.- — The most plentiful species of Candacia in the collection, both on the reef, which seems to be its main habitat, and in hauls made outside over deep water. Inside the reef it was taken on forty-three stations. Outside the reef it was scarce, occurring in small numbers on Stns. 45 and 50 only. Length : $, 1-60-1-82 mm. ; C, 1-52-1-82 mm. Kemarks. — Although only described in 1909 by A. Scott, this appears to be one of the most characteristic copepods of inshore waters from India to Australia. After C. pachydactyla, C. simplex and C. truncata it was commonest on the Malay Peninsula, and Sewell (1912, 1914) found it numerous on the Burman coast and the Ceylon pearl paars. Carl (1907) records it from Amboyna. Candacia curta, Dana. Candace curta, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — On two stations outside the reef. Stn. 28, N., 600-0 m., d 2; S. 600-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 29, bottom stramin net, 205 m., $ 1. Length : $, 2-35 mm. ; C, 2-28 mm. Candacia bispinosa, Claus. Candace bispinosa, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Once at 3 mi. E., Stn. 51, once in the reef passages, Stn. 11, and several specimens on most of the stations outside the reef — Stns. 19, 28, 45, 51. Length : $, 1-56-1-72 mm. ; 1-68-1-76 mm. COPEPODA — F ARRAN 115 Candada simplex, Giesbr. Candace simplex, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — On two stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, N., 180-0 m., $ 1 ; S. 180-0 m., $ 2, d 1. Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m., $ 4 ; S. 600-0 m., $ 1, d 1. Length : $, 1-62-1-92 mm. ; d> 2-04-2-20 mm. Candada truncata. Dana. Candace truncata, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — On four stations outside the reef and once, one specimen, probably drifted in. at 3 mi. E., Stn. 24 : Stn. 19, N. 180-0 m., $ 1. d 1 ; S. 180-0 m., $ 7, d 7. Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., $ 3, d 3. Stn. 28, X. 580-0 m., $ 2 ; S. 600-0 m., $ 2, V 2. Stn. 45, X. 500-0 m., $ 1. Length : $, 1-85-2-04 mm. Candada catula, Giesbr. Candace catula, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One specimen, a male, on Stn. 28, S. 600-0 m. Length : d, 1-32 mm. Candada longimana, Claus. Candace longimana, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — On three stations outside the reef, two to five specimens on each : Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m., $ 2, f 3. Stn. 20, X. 250-0 m., ?l, 2-45-3-24 mm. Calanopia elliptica (Dana). A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence. — Its main habitat is inside the reef, where it occurred in 33 townettings at 3 mi. E. It was also found on two stations, 45 and 50, outside the reef. Length : $, 1-75-1-97 mm. ; d> 1-60-1-80 mm. Calanopia aurivillii, Cleve. A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence.- — Much scarcer than C. elliptica, occurring on only five stations, 4, 7, 10, 62, 65, inside the reef, and on three over deep water : Stn. 19, X. 180-0 m., d 2. Stn. 45, X. 500-0 m., $ 27, d 11, V 1. Stn. 50, S. 170-0 m., ? 2, d 1 5 N. 150-0 m., ? 4, d b It is evidently more oceanic in its habitat than C. elliptica. Length ; 9, 1-27-1-32 mm. ; d> 1-17-1-18 mm. 116 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Labidocera acutifrons (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Taken at four stations, 14, 15, 16 and 18, at 3 mi. E , one or two specimens on each station. There seems to have been an incursion of the species between 26th September and 15th October from some source not explored. Length : 3-36-3-55 mm. ; 3-30-3-48 mm. Labidocera acuta (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Occasionally at 3 mi. E. up to the end of December, 1928. After that date it became frequent, occurring on almost every station. It was taken twice in the reef passages, and on one station (Stn. 50) over deep water. Labidocera minuta, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Taken on three stations at 3 mi. E., four specimens in all, and on two (Stns. 45 and 50) over deep water in moderate numbers. It seems probable that its normal habitat is outside the reef. It should be noted that the hauls outside the reef, being vertical hauls from deep water, were not adapted to the capture of surface-living forms, such as Labidocera and Pontella. Length : $, 1-76-2-26 mm. ; d, 1-68 mm. Labidocera laevidentata (Brady). A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence. — This scarce species was only found on two occasions at 3 mi. E., Stns. 22 and 48, three specimens in all. Length : $,1-95 mm. Labidocera, sp. (Text-fig. 20.) Occurrence.- — Six specimens, all males, on four stations at 3 mi. E. — Stns. 2, 3, 6 and 63. Length : d (Text-fig. 20, a), 3-12-3-18 mm. Remarks.- — I have not been able to identify these with any described males, though in some respects they come very near to the description of L. pavo from Ceylon given by Sewell (1914). They are, however, much larger and the antennules are different, joints 18 and 19 being each equal to 16 and 17 taken together, and the teeth on the upper edge of joint 19 are continued to the distal end of the joint. In the right fifth foot (Text-fig. 20, c, d) the terminal claw is flattened basally in a plane at right angles to that of the preceding joint. I have not put a name to these specimens as they may turn out to be the males of some female already described. COPEPODA — FARR AN 117 Text-fig. 20. — Labidocera, sp. Male : a , dorsal view, x 29 ; b, antennule, X 59 ; c, right fifth foot, X 51 ; d, the same, another view, X 60 ; e, left fifth foot, X 51 ; /, terminal joint of same. Labidocera detruncata (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Two specimens, a male and a female, were found in the surface haul of the serial townettings on Stn. 16 at 3 mi. E. Length : $, 2-46 mm. ; d> 2-40 mm. Pontella securifer, Brady. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One specimen, a female, on the outer part of the reef on Stn. 26, Trinity Opening. Length : 2, 4-14 mm. 118 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Pontella cristata, Kramer. Kramer, 1896. Occurrence. — One specimen, a male, taken at 3 mi. E. on Stn. 16, in the serial townetting at 10 m., and an immature female in the surface townetting on the same station. Length : $,4-14 mm. Remarks.' — This species, originally described by Kramer in 1896 from the coast of New South Wales, is easily recognized by the distinctive form of the male fifth feet. Pontella fera, Dana. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One specimen, a female, on Stn. 36, 3 mi. E. Length : 2-76 mm. Pontella danae, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One specimen, a male, at 3 mi. E. in the serial townet at 40 m. on Stn. 16. Length : <$, 4-08 mm. Pontellopsis regalis (Dana). Monops regalis , Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.' — One specimen, a female, at 3 mi. E. in the surface net on Stn. 16. Length : $,3-47 mm. Pontellopsis krameri (Giesbr.). Monops krameri, Giesbrecht, 1896. Occurrence.- — Taken on three stations inside the reef, Stns. 16, 35 and 41, and on Stn. 50 over deep water, six specimens in all. No males were seen. Length : $, 1-92-2T6 mm. Pontellopsis macronyx, A. Scott. A. Scott, 1909. Occurrence. — Four specimens, all males, were taken on three stations (Stns. 5, 14, and 16) at 3 mi. E. Length : 1-68-2-04 mm. Pontellina plumata (Dana). Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken in small numbers on four stations (Stns. 19, 20, 28, 45) outside the reef and on three successive stations (Stns. 14, 15 and 16), at 3 mi. E. These last suggest that a chance incursion from outside had occurred. Length : 1-68-1-72 mm. ; d1, 1-45-1-50 mm. COPEPODA— FARRAN 119 Acartia pietschmanni, Pesta. (Text-fig. 21.) Steuer, 1923. Occurrence.- — One female on Stn. 50. outside the reef. Two immature females on Stn. 16 at 3 mi. E. and one immature female on Stn. 26. Trinity Opening. Length : $, 1-24 mm. Remarks.- — The adult female from Stn. 50 (Text-fig. 21, a-d) had all the characters of this species, viz. fifth thoracic segment with two widely separated marginal teeth on Text-fig. 21. — Acartia pietschmanni. Female : a, abdomen, dorsal view ; b, abdomen and fifth foot, lateral view ; c, basal joints of antennule, dorsal view ; d, same, ventral view. each side, genital segment with a spine on either side of the posterior dorsal margin, second abdominal segment with four minute granules on the posterior dorsal margin, antennules with a distal spine on the anterior margin of the first and fourth joints, some minute spinules near the posterior margin of the third and fourth joints, claw of fifth feet with a swollen base as in A. clansi. In addition there was a small distal spine on the ventral side of the first joint of the antennules near the posterior margin. In the immature specimens in Stage V the spines on the thoracic and genital segment and also the fifth feet were as in the adult ; in one specimen the spines on the genital segment were doubled. The spinules on the antennules and on the second abdominal segment were absent and the spines on the antennules much reduced or absent. \ 120 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Acartia pacifica, Steuer. (Text-fig. 22.) Steuer, 1923. Occurrence. — Evidently one of the normal inhabitants inside the reef, as out of the period from which small specimens were available, viz. August and September, 1928, it was always present at 3 mi. E. in small or moderate numbers during the first half of August. It also occurred in the same locality in June and July, 1929, in the serial townettings. It was only once taken outside the reef, one specimen on Stn. 28. Length : $ (Text-fig. 22, a), 1*32-1 ’34 mm. ; d (Text-fig. 22, c), 1*26-1*30 mm. Text-fig. 22. — Acartia pacifica. Female : a, abdomen, dorsal view ; b, antennule, 15th-18th joints. Male : c, abdomen, dorsal view. Remarks. — The female is distinguishable by acute lateral prolongations of the fifth thoracic segment, comparatively long furcal rami, a pair of large spines on the posterior margin of the second abdominal segment and a pair of smaller spines on the posterior margin of the genital segment. There are slender spines on the fifteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth joints of the antennule (Text-fig. 22, b), and the terminal spine of the fifth foot has a small lobe at its base. Acartia australis , n. sp. (Text-fig. 23.) Occurrence.- — Not taken at 3 mi. E. but occurred twice in Trinity Opening (Stns. 8, 26) and on three stations outside the reef : Stn. 28, N. 500-0 m., d 5, $ 6 ; Stn. 45, N. 500-0 m., d 5, 9 6 ; Stn. 50, S. 170-0 m., $ 1. Description. — Female, length 1*30-1*34 mm. Form of the body as in A. erythraea, the fifth thoracic segment (Text-fig. 23, a) being prolonged laterally into an acute point, dorsal to which, on each side, on the margin of the segment, is a well-developed spine. On each side of the dorsal hinder edge of the genital segment is a strong spine more than COPEPO DA — FAR P AX 121 half as long as the following segment. Proportional length of the abdominal segments and furca 15 : 5 : 4 : 6. the fnrca being 14- times as long as wide. Second and third abdominal segments without spines or spinules. First joint of the antennules (Text-fig. 23. b) with a stout, slightly curved, spine on its ventral face, nearer the upper than the lower margin. Second joint (aa 2-4) with three sharp spinules on its lower margin. On the upper edge of the fourth joint (aa 7-8) is a small spine at the distal end. The segmentation between the third and fourth joints b Text-fig. 23 . — Acartia australis, n. sp. Female : a, abdomen, dorsal view ; b, antennule, basal joints ; c, fifth feet. Male : d, fifth thoracic segment, lateral view ; e, abdomen, dorsal view ; /, fifth feet. is not clearly defined. Rest of antennule without, spines or spinules. Fifth feet (Text- fig. 23, c) almost exactly as in A. bispinosa, with basal joint about twice as long as wide, a long curved spine basally thickened and about three times as long as the basal joint, and a feathered seta as long as the spine. Male, length 1T3 mm. Fifth thoracic segment (Text-fig. 23, d) rounded laterally and ending in two or three small marginal spines on each side, dorsal to which on the lateral margin are a small and a very small spine. Genital segment (Text-fig. 23, e) very slightly setose laterally and with a stout spine dorsally on either side of the posterior margin. The twTo following segments are without setae or spines, but the anal segment has its sides setose. Furca about as wide as long. Fifth feet (Text-fig. 23, /) resemble those of A. bispinosa , with rounded lobes on the inner margin of the third and fourth joints, v. 3. 17 122 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Remarks.' — This species falls into Steuer’s sub-genus Odontacartia, and of the seven species included by Steuer (1923) in the subgenus it is most closely allied to A. bispinosa and A. erythraea but, amongst other differences, those two species have two spines on the first joint of the antennules. Acartia danae, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Once at 3 mi. E. Stn. 14, $ 1, once inside Cook’s Passage, Stn. 46, $ 1, and in moderate numbers on the stations outside the reef. Length : 1*15-1 *19 mm. ; <$, -9 mm. Acartia negligens, Dana. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken frequently both on the stations on the reef, mainly on those from which small specimens were available, and also on the stations outside the reef. It was the most plentiful species of Acartia in the collection, but was never abundant. Length : $, 1-70-2-07 mm. ; <$, 1-44-1-50 mm. Tortanus gracilis (Brady). Steuer, 1926. Occurrence. — On the stations inside the reef it was only found singly or in small numbers and then only between 26th February and 18th July, 1929, being absent from the samples from 27th July, 1928, to 18th February, 1929. The only occasion on which it was taken in considerable numbers was on the serial station 62 in June, 1929, where it amounted to a little over 1% of the total number of copepods. On the stations outside the reef only four specimens were taken, one on Stn. 45, and three in three separate hauls on Stn. 50. It seems to be a local reef species, occasionally extending its range to the waters outside. Length : $, 1-70-2-07 mm. ; C, 1*44-1 -50 mm. The largest female specimens were taken on the outside stations. They measured 1-98-2-07 mm. None of the reef specimens exceeded 1-98 mm. Harpacticoida. Clytemnestra rostrata, Brady. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.' — One female, length -87 mm., was taken outside the reef on Stn. 50, 150-0 m. Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Eleven specimens in all were seen, six of them from outside the reef, Stns. 19, 20 and 28, and five from the serial townettings on Stns. 62, 65 and 68 at 3 mi. E. Length: $ -80-1-10 mm. ; <$, -80-1-20 mm. The reef specimens, with the exception of a male of 1-15 mm., were all between -8 and -9 mm. The specimens from outside the reef measured from 1-05-1-20 mm. COPEPODA — F ARRAN 123 E liter pina acutifrons (Dana). Euterpe acutifrons, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Occurred in very small numbers inside the reef. Probably it was too small to be taken, except accidentally, in the townets which were used. Setella gracilis, Dana. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken in small or moderate numbers on sixteen stations inside the reef and on all the stations outside. The serial townettings indicated that it was mainly a surface form. Length : $, 1-25-1 -52 mm. ; A, 1-08-1-20 mm. Microsetella norvegica (Boeck). M icrosetella atlantica, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.— Three specimens were seen, one from inside the reef and two from outside. Length : $, -50 mm. ; <$, -51 mm. Remarks.- — Like Euterpina acutifrons, this species is too small to be taken normally in the nets used, and the numbers seen had probably little or no relation to those actually present. Aegisthus mucronatus, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One dead specimen, a female, was taken on Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m. The body, without the furca, measured 2-16 mm., the broken furca 5-64 mm. Cyclopoida. Oithona plumifera, Baird. Rosendom, 1917. Occurrence. — Occurred practically in every townetting in the collection ; occasionally the most abundant species in the fine-meshed nets, but usually in somewhat smaller numbers than Paracalanus aculeatus. Length : $, 1-10-1-22 mm. Remarks.- — All these specimens have been recorded as O. plumifera, as all that were examined had only three setae on the endopodite of the mandible and a very minute seta on the endopodite of the first maxilla, although the presence of plumose setae on the basals of the swimming-feet could not always be made out. Oithona tenuis, Rosendorn. Rosendorn, 1917. Occurrence.- — A few specimens were found in four townettings from 3 mi. E., Stns. 10, 11, 13, 15, but its main habitat seems to be outside the reef, where it occurred on all the stations in small or moderate numbers. Length : 1-16-1-25 mm. 124 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Oithona setigera (Dana). Rosendorn, 1917. Occurrence. — Two specimens only were found in townettings inside the reef, but outside the reef it was moderately common on all the stations. Length : $, 1-32-2-04 mm. Remarks.- — The wide range of sizes present suggests that there may be a large and a small form, the latter very scarce, but enough specimens were not available to show that two definite size-groups were present. Oithona similis, Claus. Rosendorn, 1917. Occurrence.- — Found both inside the reef, two stations, Stns. 11 and 16, and outside, three stations, Stns. 19, 20 and 28, but in very small numbers. Length : $, -907-93 mm. Oithona robusta, Giesbr. Rosendorn, 1917. Occurrence.- — Only taken on the stations outside the reef, in small numbers. Length : $, 1-56-1-60 mm. Oithona attenuata, Farran. Rosendorn, 1917. Occurrence.- — Apparently very scarce. Two specimens were found inside the reef, at Stns. 10 and 68, and five outside, on Stn. 50. Length : $, 1-78 mm. Oithona rigida, Giesbr. Rosendorn, 1917. Occurrence.- — This seems to be a moderately common form, as it occurred in small numbers, both inside the reef and outside it, in most of the gatherings with nets capable of retaining it from which adequate samples were available. Length : $, -70--86 mm. Mormonilla phasma, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Five specimens, females, were taken outside the reef, on Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m. Length : $, 1-28-1-40 mm. Mormonilla minor, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Six specimens, females, were taken in the same haul as M. phasma, Stn. 28. Length : $, 1-08-1-12 mm, COPE POD A — FARR AX 125 Pontoeciella abyssieola. T. Scott. (Text-fig. 24.) Giesbrecht, 1899. Occurrence. — Stn. 19, N. 180-0 m., 1. Stn. 20. N. 250-0 m.. 2. V 2. Stn. 28, X. 580-0 m., $ 2. Stn. 45. X. 500-0 m., 2 1. Stn. 48 (3 mi. E.). C. 38-0 m., $ 1. Remarks. — The specimens, as regards the form of the cephalothorax, belonged to three different types, which I have figured. Stn. 20. two immature specimens, length •85 mm., with medium cephalon. width 37° 0 of the total length of the animal. Stn. 28, two females (Text-fig. 24. b). length -83 mm., width of cephalon 41 °0 of total length; (Stn. 28), X 69 ; c, dorsal view (Stn. 24), X 69. Male : d, dorsal view, X 80 ; e, antennule, X 267. one of these had an abnormal third foot on one side with two outer edge spines on the second joint of the exopodite. Stn. 45, one female (Text-fig. 24, a), length *93 mm., width of cephalon 37% of total length. The right first foot of this specimen had a double outer edge spine on the third joint as figured by Giesbrecht (1899). The corresponding left foot had only a single spine in this position. Stn. 48, one female (Text-fig. 24, c), length -70 mm., width of cephalon 33% of total length. All these specimens had a projection on the outer edge of the first joint of the endopodite of the fourth foot similar to what is found on the corresponding joints of the first to third feet. In the specimen i 126 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION from Stn. 48 it was not strongly marked ; in that from Stn. 28 it was very distinct. In Giesbrecht’s figure of the fourth foot (1899) it is barely indicated. These specimens support the view held by Giesbrecht that this species shows great variation in the relative width of the carapace. The variation also extends, apparently, in small details to the form of the appendages. The male (Text-fig. 24, d) of this species, which has been briefly described and in part figured by T. Scott (1894), differs from the female in some points which call for special notice. The siphon is absent. The antennules (Text-fig. 24, e) are apparently 6-jointed, but the segmentation is obscure. The terminal joint is produced into a long and slender flagellum about 3| times as long as the basal portion. The aesthetasc on the penultimate joint is fused with the terminal flagellum and extends a short distance beyond it. The antennae are reduced as compared with those of the female. No traces of mandible or first maxilla were seen. The second maxilla and maxillipede are of the same form as in the female, but weaker and more slender. The swimming-feet agree, with trifling differences, with those of the female. The fifth foot consists of a single seta. The abdomen is five-jointed. The furca is as in the female, the outer edge seta being short, transparent, ending in four serrations and situated ventrally. Giesbrecht, who had not seen the male, suggested, as did Scott himself, that it was doubtful whether Scott’s specimens were mature or not. The males in the present collection, which are evidently mature, confirm Scott’s description in most points, but show that he has figured part of the fourth thoracic segment as belonging to the abdomen and has omitted the fifth feet. Oncaea venusta, Philippi. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — Inside the reef this species occurred on seven stations, usually single specimens of large size. On the deep-water stations outside it was taken on five stations. Length : $, -84-1-33 mm. Remarks.- — No clear division either in form or size could be made out between the larger and smaller sizes, except that the smaller, -84--91 mm., had a distinct reddish tinge on the mouth-parts and legs. Oncaea mediterranea, Claus. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Only one specimen was found inside the reef, Stn. 14. On three stations outside the reef thirteen specimens in all were noted. Length : $, -98-1-25 mm. Oncaea media , Giesbrecht. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Rather scarce. Occurred in small numbers on four stations outside the reef. One specimen was found at 3 mi. E., Stn. 14, and two in the samples examined from the serial stations, Stns. 62 and 68, at the same place. Length : $, -72-- 78 mm. COPE PO DA — FARRAX 127 Oncaea ornata, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1891. Occurrexce. — Two specimens., females, on Stn. 28. N. 600-0 m. Length : $, -85 mm. Oncaea clevei, Fruchtl. Fruchtl, 1923. Occurrence.- — Allowing for its minute size it was very abundant on almost all the stations taken inside the reef and in the reef passages. It was also taken on the stations outside the reef, but in much smaller numbers except on Stn. 50, X. 150-0 m., where it was plentiful. Length : $, -63--6S mm. ; -53--55 mm. Remarks.- — F. Fruchtl (1923) has pointed out that this small species, which Cleve (1901). and doubtless others also, had taken for a small form of O. conifera, is in reality a distinct species, differing from others in the conifera group in having no terminal process on the exopodite of the fourth foot. Oncaea conifera. Giesbr. (Text-figs. 25 and 26.) Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.— Form (a) : Stn. 19, C. 180-0 m., $ 4. Stn. 20. N. 250-0 m., $ 5, c? 5. Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m„ $ 12. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., ? 4. Stn. 50, C. 150-0 m., $ 2. Form (6), var. furcula : Stn. 20. X. 250-0 m., $ 4, d1 1- Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 2, d 2. Stn. 45, C. 500-0 m., $ 2, d 2. Form (c) : Stn. 28, C. 600-0 m., $ 1. Stn. 45, N. 500-0 m., $ 4. Remarks. — The specimens in the collection fall into three clearly-marked groups, one of which appears to be entitled to varietal rank. The females may be distinguished as follows : (a) Length 1-15-1-20 mm. (Text -fig. 25, a. d ; Text-fig. 26, a). Dorsal projection of second thoracic segment well marked. Abdomen, including fifth thoracic segment, included If times in the length of the anterior division. Lateral extensions of fourth thoracic segment parallel-sided in dorsal view. Greatest width of cephalothorax included 3] times in total length. Genital segment slightly swollen anteriorly and tapered, in lateral view, to nearly half its anterior width, longer than the rest of the abdomen by the length of the furca. Integument of the abdomen moderately thin. Fifth feet about two-thirds as long as furca. Furca equal to the anal segment, which is about equal to the two preceding segments. (b) Length J -08-1-14 mm. (Text-fig. 25, b, e ; Text-fig. 26, b). Distinctly more slender in general form than (a). Dorsal projection of second thoracic segment slight. Lateral extensions of fourth thoracic segment inclining outwards. Abdomen, including fifth thoracic segment, included If times in the length of the anterior division. Greatest width of cephalothorax included 3§ times in total length. Genital segment slender, longer than the rest of the abdomen by more than the length of the furca and anal segment. Furca about equal in length to the anal segment, which is only slightly longer than either of the pre-anal segments. The furcal rami are oval rather than parallel-sided, often bent upwards dorsally, very fragile and often broken off. Swimming-feet more slender than in (a) or (c). 128 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Text-fig. 25. — Oncaea conifera. Female, dorsal and lateral views : a, form a (length 1'2 mm.), X 75 ; b, form b, var. furcula (length IT mm.), X 75 ; c, form c (length TO mm.), X 75 ; d, furca (form a), X 247 ; e, furca (form b, var. furcula), X 247 ; /, furca (form c), X 247. Text-fig. 26. — Oncaea conifera. Female : a, fourth foot (form a), x 247 ; b, fourth foot (form b, var. furcula), x 247 ; c, fourth foot (form c), x 247. COPEPODA — F ARRAN 129 The male of this form mar be distinguished by its more slender build and more acute cephalon in lateral view. (c) Length -96-1-02 mm. (Text-fig. 25, c, f; Text-fig. 26, c). Dorsal projection of second thoracic segment slight. General form as in (a), but stouter than ( b ). Lateral projections of fourth thoracic segment parallel-sided in dorsal view. Abdomen, including fifth thoracic segment, included If times in the anterior division. Greatest width of cephalothorax included about 3f times in total length. Genital segment stout and very slightly tapered in lateral view, longer than the rest of the abdomen by the fnrca and two-thirds of the anal segment. Fifth feet about half as long as the furca. Furca about ecpial to the anal segment, which is about three-fourths the length of the two preceding segments. Integument of abdomen very thick ; pairs of lateral pores pierce it in the genital segment towards the distal end, in the second abdominal segment and in the anal segment. Sometimes these pores are unpaired, one or more of them being absent. The characters of ( b ). which may be designated as var. furcula, are the most clearly marked, and show more decided differences than either (a) or (c) from 0. conifera as described by Giesbrecht (1892). Text-figs. 25 and 26 show the dorsal and lateral views, the furca and the fourth foot of each of these forms. Conaea rapax, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Several specimens, both male and female, on one station, Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m., outside the reef. Length : $, ‘96 mm. ; d> ’87 mm. Lubbockia aculeata, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — A single female on Stn. 45. N. 500-0 m. Length : $, 2-10 mm. Lubbockia squillimana , Claus. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — Taken in small numbers on all the stations outside the reef, in hauls ranging in depth between 150-0 m. and 600-0 m. Only females were found. Pachysoma tuberosum, Giesbr. Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence. — One specimen, a female, on Stn. 19, N. 180-0 m. Length : $,1-95 mm. Sapphirina metallina, Dana. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence.- — Only taken outside the reef, Stns. 19, 20, 28 and 50, in all twelve males and three females. Length : 1-92-2-04 mm. ; d, L92-1-98 mm. v. 3. 18 130 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Sapphirina angusta, Dana. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence. — Taken twice inside the reef, Stn. 38, one female, and Stn. 57, five males, and twice over deep water, Stns. 19 and 50, one male on each. Length : <$, 3-36-4-92 mm. Sapphirina bicuspidata, Giesbr. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence.' — One male taken over deep water on Stn. 20. Length : <$, 2-9 mm. Sapphirina scarlata, Giesbr. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence. — One male taken over deep water on Stn. 19. , Length : <$, 3-6 mm. Proportional length of antennule joints 1 + 2:3+4 + 5 = 1-77 : 1-00. Remarks.- — The total length is intermediate between the lengths given by Lehnhofer (1929) for S. nigromaculata and S. scarlata, but is within the range of sizes given by Giesbrecht for S. scarlata. The proportional lengths of the antennule joints agree with S. scarlata. The spine on the second joint of the antennule is slightly larger than is figured by Lehnhofer. Sapphirina nigromaculata, Claus. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence.' — Two males taken over deep water on Stns. 49 and 50. Length : <$, 2-05-2-16 mm. Sapphirina stellata, Giesbr. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence. — Taken twice inside the reef, Stns. 14 and 38, and once outside, Stn. 19, three males in all. Length : <$, 1-75-2-10 mm. Sapphirina aurinitens, Giesbr. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence. — Once inside the reef, Stn. 24, one male, and once outside, Stn. 20, one female. Length : $, 1-60 mm., with narrow furca measuring -16 X -096 mm. ; <$, 2-04 mm. with furca of typical form, -21 x -17 mm, COPEPODA — FARR AN 131 Sapphirina opalina, Dana. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence. — Two specimens inside the reef, Stn. 35, $ 1. and Stn. 38, o 1- Two females, one of them immature on Stn. 45. outside the reef. Length : $, 3-30 mm. ; <$, 3-9 mm. Sapphirina iris, Dana. Lehnhofer, 1929. Occurrence. — Taken on two successive stations inside the reef, Stn. 40, S., <3 1, X., $ 1, and Stn. 41, X., $ 1, and on one station outside, Stn. 50, $ 1. Length : 2, 5-78-6-00 mm. ; <$, 5' 3 mm. All specimens were of the longifurca type. Giesbrecht, 1892. Sapph irin a ovatolanceolata . Occurrence. — The male of this species is the commonest Sapphirina in the collection. It was taken on six stations inside the reef. Stn. 23, X., $ 2 ; Stn. 35, S., 3 5 ; X., $ 1 ; Stn. 52. S., 3 1 ; Stn. 57, S., £ 5 ; Stn. 58, S., <3 1 ; Stn. 60, S., 8 ; X., S 1 ; and on three stations outside, Stn. 19, 28 and 50, 6 specimens in all. Only one female was found, on Stn. 45, outside the reef. Length : $, 2-64 mm. ; <$, 2-52-3-24 mm. Remarks. — Lehnhofer (1929), following Steuer, has united this species with S. gemma, having found a continuous series, through intermediate forms, from one to the other. The female agreed with Giesbrecht’s figure of S. ovatolanceolata, the cephalon being broader than the first thoracic segment. The cephalothorax, broad anteriorly and tapering to a narrow fourth thoracic segment, which is only half as wide again as the fifth segment, is a noticeable character. Corissa, n. gen. In many respects this genus, represented by a single specimen, comes very near to Vettoria, Wilson ( Corina , Giesbrecht). The points which appear to be of generic importance in distinguishing the specimen from Vettoria granulosa are the 3-jointed abdomen, instead of 2-jointed, the form of the furcal rami, narrow and elongate, and the position of the inner edge seta of the furca on its inner margin, a dorsal position being more usual in the Corycaeidae. The mandible and second maxilla approach more nearly to those found in Sapphirina than to those of Vettoria as described by Giesbrecht, but Giesbrecht’s description based on one specimen of -68 mm. in length, is, he admits, defective. The swimming-feet agree in the arrangement of spines and setae with those of Vettoria granulosa except that in the second and third feet the third joint of the endopodite has an additional outer edge seta. The form of the 2-jointed endopodite of the fourth foot is identical in the two species. The presence of a single seta representing the fifth foot, instead of three, as in Vettoria, is a further point of difference. 132 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Corissa parva, n. sp. (Text-fig. 27.) Occurrence.' — One female on Stn. 20 outside the reef, Nansen net, 250-0 m. Description.' — Female (Text-fig. 27, a, b), length -87 mm. Anterior division -60 mm., posterior -27 mm. Cephalon separated from thorax. Fifth thoracic segment much narrower than the fourth. Abdomen (Text-fig. 27, c) 3-jointed, the proportional length of the abdominal segments and furca being 25 : 5 : 8 : 28. Genital openings dorso- lateral with a short seta posterior to each. Genital segment broadened in its anterior three-fifths, the swollen broadened portion being sharply marked off from the rest. Anal segment wider than the preceding segment. Furca long and narrow, broadest at its anterior end and tapered to about half its greatest width, with one inner edge, one outer edge and three terminal setae, the innermost being longest and about two-thirds of the total length of the furca. Cephalon with a small lateral lenticular swelling near its posterior margin on either side and two contiguous cuticular lenses occupying the whole frontal width. Antennules (Text-fig. 27, d) 5-jointed ; proportional length of joints 19:36:30:14:24; segmentation between fourth and fifth joints imperfect. Antennae (Text-fig. 27, e) long and slender, 4- jointed with terminal hook, first joint with slender distal spine, second joint with spine at the proximal two-fifths, third joint with two short setae, fourth joint ending in two setae and a strong claw ; proportional length of joints and claw 36 : 80 : 10 : 60 : 20. Mandible (Text-fig. 27, /) a broad, scythe-shaped claw, setose on its anterior margin. First maxilla (Text-fig. 27, /) a short clavate process, with three spines. Second maxilla (Text-fig. 27, g) with a broad basal and a curved terminal claw, setose on the outer margin of the curve. Maxillipede with a short stout basal joint, a slightly longer and thicker second joint and a stout terminal spine, or tapered third joint, with a thickened base and a basal seta. Swimming-feet slender, with 3-jointed exopodites and endopodites, except for a 2-jointed endopodite on the fourth foot, the arrangement of spines and setae being shown in Text-fig. 27, i-l. The outer edge spines of the exopodites are lancet-shaped, with very tenuous denticulate margins. The terminal spines of the exopodites have finely denticu- lated outer edges. Fifth foot of a single seta on each side of fifth thoracic segment. Copilia vitrea (Haeckel). Lehnhofer, 1926. Occurrence. — On two stations over deep water outside the reef : Stn. 20, d 1 ; Stn. 28, $ 2. Copilia mirabilis, Dana. Lehnhofer, 1926. Occurrence. — The commonest species of Copilia. Found in small numbers in almost every townetting taken outside the reef, as well as on one station, Stn. 43, off Cape Bedford and on two at 3 mi. W., Stns. 29 and 51. Remarks.' — Males both of the typical form and of the form platyonyx occurred, sometimes in the same townetting. COPEPODA— FARRAN 133 Text-fig. 27. — Corissa parva, n. sp. Female : a, dorsal view, X 87 ; b, lateral view, X 87 ; c, abdomen, X 237 ; d, antennule ; e, antenna ; /, mandible and maxilla ; g, second maxilla ; h, maxillipede ; i, first foot ; j, second foot ; Jc, third foot ; l, fourth foot ( d-l , X 320). 134 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Copilia quadrata, Dana. Lehnhofer, 1926. Occurrence.- — Next to C. mirabilis this was the commonest species of the genus. It occurred on all the stations outside the reef, but only from one to three specimens on each ; and also on one station in the reef passages, Stn. 29. Lehnhofer, 1926. Copilia lata, Giesbr. Occurrence. — On two stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, d 1 ; Stn. 20, £ 2. Corycaeus speciosus, Dana. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.— From one to three specimens were found on eight of the fourteen stations at 3 mi. E. from which small specimens were available. It occurred on five other stations inside the reef and in moderate numbers on the stations outside the reef. Corycaeus crassiusculus , Dana. (Text-fig. 28.) Corycaeus crassiusculus, Dahl, 1912. C. danae, Giesbrecht, 1892. Occurrence.- — On four stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, $ 8, $ 3 ; Stn. 20, $ 1 ; Stn. 28, $ 4 ; Stn. 48, $ 1. One specimen, $, in the serial townets at Stn. 62. Length : $, 1-68-1 -70 mm. ; <$, 1-58 mm. Remarks.- — The female is figured (Text-fig. 28, c, d) for comparison with that of C. . vitreus. In the specimen figured the abdomen is straight, but in several others it was flexed ventrally, as shown in M. Dahl’s figure (1912, pi. iii, fig. 2). Corycaeus vitreus, Dana. (Text-fig. 28.) Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.- — Once inside the reef, Stn. 3, $ 1. Outside the reef on two stations : Stn. 19, 1 m. C. 180-0 m., 4 ; S. 180-0 m., $ 1, $ 1. Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m., $ 1. Length : $, 1-68 mm. ; 1-62-1-70 mm. Remarks.- — Dana’s (1852, 1855) original description and figure of the male of this species being inadequate, I have accepted without question the redescription and figures given by M. Dahl (1912) of the specimen from the Plankton Expedition. The characters which are given to separate it from the males of C. clausi and C. crassiusculus are the short cephalon, very broad in front and tapering posteriorly, the short anal segment and the fine transparent edge to the longest f ureal seta. In company with males there was taken on one station a single specimen which appears to be the undescribed female of this species (Text-fig. 28, a, b). In form it is more robust than C. crassiusculus. The abdomen is shorter and broader in dorsal view, though scarcely differing when seen from the side. The f ureal rami are noticeably broader and more tapered. There is a membranous edge to the longest f ureal seta, but it is narrow and tenuous and difficult to make out, and is COPEPODA— F ARRAN 135 Text-fig. 28. — Corycaeus vitreus. x 58. Female : a, dorsal view ; b, lateral view, x 58. Corycaeus crassiusculus. Female : c, dorsal view, x 58 ; d, lateral view, x 58. equally present in the furcal seta of C. crassiusculus. This specimen appears to be identical with the females which I formerly recorded (1929) with some hesitation from off New Zealand as C. crassiusculus. Corycaeus robustus, Giesbr. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — One female on Stn. 20, outside the reef. Length : $,2-18 mm. Corycaeus typicus, Kroyer. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — On four stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, C. 180-0 m., $ 11 ; N. 180-0 m., ? 2. Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., $ 16, $ 10. Stn. 28, N. 580-0 m., $ 3, $ 1. Stn. 50, N. 150-0 m., $ 2. Length : $, 1-57-1-59 mm. ; g, 1-41-1-49 mm. Corycaeus flaccus, Giesbr. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — On two stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, N. 180-0 m., $ 17 ; Stn. 28, N. 580-0 m., $ 2. Length : $, 1-66-1-75 mm. 136 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Corycaeus limbatus, Brady. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.- — On four stations outside tlie reef : Stn. 19, $ 2 ; Stn. 20, $ 1 ; Stn. 28, ? 2 ; Stn. 45, 9 1. Length : ?, 1-32-1-45 mm. Corycaeus lonqistylis, Dana. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.- — On one station outside the reef : Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m., $ 1 ; 1 m. C. 180-0 m., $ 2. Length : 9> 2-60 mm. ; <$, 2-16-2-24 mm. Corycaeus lautus, Dana. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.- — On one station outside the reef : Stn. 19, S. 180-0 m., $ 2, 1 ; 1 m. C. 180-0 m., ? 6, S 8. Length : ?, 2-84 mm. ; 2-16-2-22 mm. Corycaeus furcifer, Claus. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — On four stations outside the reef : Stn. 19, N. 180-0 m., <$ 1 ; Stn. 20, N. 250-0 m., $ 1 ; Stn. 28, N. 600-0 m, 9 3 ; Stn. 45, N. 600-0 m., 9 2, $ 2. Length : 9? 1*70-1 *74 mm. ; <$, 1-23-1-27 mm. Text-fig. 29. — Corycaeus minimus. Female : a, dorsal view, x 120 ; b, lateral view, x 120. COPEPODA— FARRAN 137 Corycaeus minimus, F. Dahl. (Text-fig. 29.) Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Two females were taken on Stns. 20 and 28, outside the reef. Length : -75-- 78 mm. Remarks.- — These two specimens (Text-fig. 29, a, b) come very near to Dahl's description of C. minimus indicus, with which they agree in the following points : The furca is slightly divergent ; the third thoracic segment is longer than in the typical form ; there is a minute rudimentary hook on the ventral side of the genital segment ; the anal segment is as wide at the base as it is long and is slightly tapered distally. They differ in the slightly longer furca, twice as long as the anal segment and to 8 times as long as wide. As compared with M. Dahl's figure, the genital segment is broader and more globular in dorsal view. Klevenhusen (1933) has described, from the Atlantic, a form of C. minimus with a ventral hook on the genital segment. Corycaeus lubbocki, Giesbr. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Taken in moderate numbers on almost all the stations inside the reef from which small specimens were available. A few were taken outside the reef on Stns. 19, 45 and 50. Length : -98-1-05 mm. Corycaeus erythraeus, Cleve. Corycaeus dubius, Farran, 1911 ; Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.- — Inside the reef this species was rather more numerous than C. lubbocki. It occurred on the same stations and also in some additional gatherings. Outside the reef it was taken on Stns. 19, 20, 45 and 50, in small numbers on the first three, but in comparative abundance on Stn. 50. Length : $, -96-1 ;05 mm. ; -84--91 mm. Remarks.- — Gurney (1927) has described and referred to C. erythraeus , Cleve, a species which occurred in considerable numbers in the Suez Canal and at Suez. The correctness of his identification can hardly be doubted, since C. erythraeus was first described from the Red Sea. It is evident from Gurney’s description that there is no essential difference between C. erythraeus and C. dubius. Corycaeus asiaticus, F. Dahl. Corycaeus asiaticus, Dahl, 1912. C. murrayi, Farran, 1911. Occurrence. — As in the case of C. lubbocki and C. erythraeus, this species occurred on all the stations inside the reef from which small specimens were available, but it was less than half as common as C. erythraeus. Outside the reef it was taken in small numbers on Stns. 19 and 45, and was plentiful on Stn. 50. Length : $, 1-26-1-38 mm. ; d, 1-16-1-26 mm. Remarks. — The wings of the fourth thoracic segment in the female of these specimens ended in an acute point and no seta could be seen on the genital segment, v. 3. 19 138 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Corycaeus andrewsi, Farran. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Two females were taken in a surface haul on Stn. 4 inside the reef. Length : ?, -81--88 mm. Corycaeus subtilis, M. Dahl. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.' — On three stations inside the reef, Stn. 55 ; ? 1, Stn. 62, $ 2 ; Stn. 68, $ 6 ; and on two over deep water, Stn. 19, $ 1 ; Stn. 50, $ 5. Taking into consideration its very small size it is evidently not an uncommon species. Length : $, -72-- 82 mm. Corycaeus agilis, Dana. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — On five stations inside the reef and two, Stns. 20 and 50, over deep water. Scarce except on Stn. 50, on which 22 females and 2 males were observed. Length : $, -95--97 mm. ; rf, *68 mm. Corycaeus pumilus, M. Dahl. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Taken only over deep water, on Stns. 45 and 50, 13 $ and 2 d in all. Length : $, -66--76 mm. ; <$, -70 mm. Remarks. — These specimens differed in some respects from the type described by M. Dahl (1912), but came nearer to it than to C. medius, Gurney, from the Suez Canal. The greater length of the anterior segment, cephalon and first thoracic segment, equal to three-fifths of the total length, agrees with C. pumilus, as does the short abdomen, 2|- times in the anterior division of the body. A difference from C. pumilus is the great length of the inner furcal seta, which is more than 4 times as long as the furca, 3 times as long as the second seta and 9 times as long as the third, which is short and spiniform and about half as long as the furcal rami. In the form of the abdomen and terminal setae it agrees fairly well with C. medius. As C. pumilus was only described from three specimens, it seems possible that Dana’s description of the longest furcal seta as not twice as long as the furca may have been based on an imperfect specimen. Out of the nine females in the collection measured only two had the furcal setae intact. Corycaeus catus, F. Dahl. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Found in moderate numbers in most of the townettings inside the reef from which small specimens were available. One or two specimens were also found in eight out of the remaining reef samples. It was taken on four stations over deep water — Stns. 19, 28, 45 and 50 — being common on two of them- — Stns. 45 and 50. Length : $, -92-1*01 mm. ; -78--87 mm. COPEPODA — FARRAN 139 Corycaeus pacificus, F. Dahl. Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — A very scarce species, taken only in two of the stations over deep water, Stns. 19 and 28, four females. Length : $, 1-04-1-08 mm. Remarks. — Though this species comes very near in size and general form to the preceding C. catus, it can be separated under a sorting lens by its slightly larger size and longer fnrca. Under a microscope can be observed the additional characters of blunted short points to the wings of the fourth thoracic segment, the shorter and broader third thoracic segment, and the very small size of the seta on the genital segment. Corycella gibbula (Giesbr.). Corycaeus gibbulus , Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Taken both inside the reef and over deep water. It occurred in eight out of the fourteen stations on the reef from which small specimens were available, and on five out of six stations over deep water. Length : $, -88--98 mm. Corycella carinata (Giesbr.). Corycaeus carinatus, Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — Only taken on the stations over deep water, where it occurred on five of the six stations outside the reef. Length : $, -80--85 mm. Remarks. — All the specimens agreed with the form which I have figured from Christmas Island (Farran, 1911). Corycella concinna, Dana. Corycaeus concinnus, Dahl, 1912. Occurrence.- — Found on six of the fourteen stations inside the reef from which small specimens were available, and on five of the six hauls over deep water. Slightly more numerous than C. gibbula over the reef, but scarcer outside it. Length : $, -88 mm. Corycella curta, Farran. Corycaeus curtus, Dahl, 1912. Occurrence. — One specimen, a female, was taken outside the reef on Stn. 28. Length : $, -76 mm. Saphirella tropica, Wolfenden. (Text-fig. 30.) Wolfenden, 1905. Occurence.- — One specimen in the lowest of the serial hauls on Stn. 65 at 3 mi. E., where the depth is 32 m. Length : 112 mm. 140 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Remarks.- — This specimen, the carapace of which is finely pitted, agrees in most points with the figures which Wolfenden (1906) has given of S. tropica from the Maidive Archipelago, and shows distinct differences from S. indica, Sewell. Wolfenden’s fig. 16 on plate xcix is duplicated. The two figures closely resemble the second maxilla and the maxillipede of the Barrier Reef specimen, though only one is represented in the explanation of plates, under the designation of “ Mandible Palp ? ” Text-pig. 30. — Saphirella tropica, a, dorsal view, X 84 ; b, furca, dorsal view, x 277 ; c, mandible, x 277. Wolfenden’s fig. 17, (designated “ Maxilla and ? anterior foot jaw ”, appears to represent the mandible and part of the first maxilla, but does not correspond very well with my specimen. The figure of the mandible here given (Text-fig. 30, c) is taken from a specimen, found in a collection of Copepoda from Christmas Island in the Indian Ocean, which was identical with the Barrier Reef specimen. Sewell (1924) has given a critical account of previous records of the genus, and accepts the reasonable view of Canu (1888) that it represents the first copepodite stage of a parasitic form. His opinion that the mandible is absent and that the appendage usually described as the mandible is part of the maxilla is more open to question. COPEPODA— FARRAN 141 LIST OF REFERENCES. Bp.ady, G. S. 1899. On the Marine Copepoda of New Zealand. Trans. Zool. Soc., London, XV, pp. 31-54, pis. 9-13. Caxu, E. 1888. Les Hersiliidae, famille nouvelle de Copepodes commensaux. Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. XIX, pp. 402—432. pis. 28-30. 1892. Les Copepodes du Boulonnais, Morphologie, Embryologie, Taxonomie. Trav. Lab. Zool. Mar. Wimereux, VI, pp. 292, 30 pis. (col.), text-illust. Carl, J., 1907. Copepodes d'Amboine. Rev. Suisse Zool., XV, pp. 7-18, pi. 1. C’leve, P. T. 1901. Plankton from the Indian Ocean and the Malay Archipelago. K. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. XXXV, No. 5, pp. 1-58, pis. 1-8. Dahl, M. 1912. Die Corvcaeinen, mit Beriicksichtigung aller bekannten Arten. Ergebn. der Plankton Exped. der Humboldt-Stiftung, II, G.f. 1, pp. iv, 134, 15 pis., 1 map. Dana, J. D. 1847. Conspectus Crustaceorum, etc. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. Boston, I, pp. 149-154, 1847 ; II, pp. 9-61, 201-220, 1849. 1852-55. “ Crustacea ” LT.S. Exploring Expedition during the years 1838-1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, XIII, pp. viii, 1618, 27, 96 pis. (col.). Farrax, G. P. 1911. Plankton from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean : I. On Copepoda of the Family Corycaeidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1911, pp. 281-296, pis. 10-14. 1926. Biscayan Plankton collected during a Cruise of H.M.S. “ Research ”, 1900 : Pt. XIV. The Copepoda. J. Linn. Soc., London, Zool. XXXVI, pp. 219-305, pis. 5-10, text-illust. 1929. Crustacea, Pt. X, Copepoda. Brit. Antarct. (Terra Nova) Exp. 1910, Nat. Hist. Rep. Zool. VIII, pp. 203-306, pis. 1-4, text-illust. Fruchtl, F. 1923. Cladocera und Copepoda der Aru-Inseln. Verlaufige Mitteilung. Abh. d. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. XXXV, pp. 447-458, 1 pi. Giesbrecht, W. 1891. Elenco dei Copepodi pelagici raccolto . . . il viaggio della R. Corvetta “ Vettor Pisani ”, 1882-85. Atti Acc. Lincei, Rome (4«), VII, pp. 474-481. 1892. Systematik und Faunistik der pelagischen Copepoden des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna u. Flora Neapel, XIX, pp. ix, 831, 54 pis. 1896. Uber pelagische Copepoden des Rothen Meeres, gesammelt von Dr. Augustin Kramer. Zool. J. Syst. IX, pp. 315-328, pis. 5, 6. 1899. Die Asterocheriden des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna u. Flora Neapel. XXV, pp. vi, 217, 11 pis. (col.). Gurney, R. 1927. Cambridge Expedition to the Suez Canal, 1924. Report on the Crustacea : Copepoda and Cladocera of the Plankton. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XXII, pp. 139-172, text-figs. 15-28. Klevenhusen, W. 1933. Die Bevolkerung des Sudatlantischen Ozcans mit Corycaeen. Wiss. Ergebn. “ Meteor ”, 1925-27, XII, Thl. 1, pp. 70-110, text-figs. 29-50. Kramer, A. 1896. Zwei neue Pontella- arten aus Neu-siid-Wales. Zool. J. Syst. IX, pp. 720-724, text-figs. 1-11. Lehnhofer, K. 1926. Copepoda : Copilia Dana, 1849. Der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. “ Valdivia ”, XXIII, pp. 115-177, text-figs. 1-35. 1929. Copepoda, 5 : Sapphirina, J. V. Thompson, 1892, der Deutschen Tiefsee Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. “ Valdivia ”, XXII, pp. 269-346, text-figs. 1-68. Rosendorn, I. 1917. Die Gattung Oithona. Der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. “Valdivia”, XXIII, pp. 1-58, 1 chart, text-figs. 1-27. Sars, G. O. 1925. Copepodes, particulierement bathypelagiques provenant des Campagnes scientifiques du Prince Albert ler de Monaco. Result. Camp. Sci. Monaco, LXIX (plates 1924), pp. 408, pis. 1-127. Scott, A. 1909. The Copepoda of the “ Siboga ” Expedition. “ Siboga ” Exped. XXIXa, pp. 1-323, pis. 1-69. Scott, T. 1894. Report on Entomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. ser. 2, VI, pp. 1-161, pis. 1-15. 1909. “ On Some New and Rare Entomostraca from the Scottish Seas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, III, pp. 122-130, pis. 2-4. 1912. The Entomostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, 1902-04. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. XLVIII, pp. 521-599, pis. 1-14. Sewell, R. B. S. 1912. Notes on the Surface-living Copepoda of the Bay of Bengal. Rec. Indian Mus. VII, pp. 313-382, pis. 14-24. 142 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Sewell, R. B. S. 1914. Notes on the Surface Copepoda of the Gulf of Mannar. Spolia Zeylan. IX, pp. 191-264, pis. 17-21, 1 map. 1924. Fauna of the Chilka Lake, Crustacea Copepoda. Mem. Indian Mus. V, pp. 771-851, pis. 44-59. 1929. The Copepoda of Indian Seas. Calanoida. Mem. Indian Mus. X, pp. 1-221, text-figs. 1-81. Steuer, A. 1923. Bausteine zu einer Monographie der Copepodengattung Acartia. Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ. Innsbruck, I, Heft. 5, pp. 1-60, pis. 1-11, text-figs. 1-179. — — 1926. Revision der Copepoden gattung Tortcmus Giesbr. Boll. Soc. Adriat. Sci. Nat. XXIX, pp. 49-69, text-figs. 1-8. 1932. “ Copepoda 6 : Pleuromamma Giesbr. 1898 der Deutschen Tiefsee Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. “ Valdivia ”, XXIV, pp. 1-119, text-figs. 1-196, 17 charts. Willey, A. 1919. Report on the Copepoda obtained in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Adjacent Waters, 1915. Canadian Fisheries Expedition, 1914-15. Dept, of Naval Service. Under the direction of J. Hjort. Ottawa, pp. 173-220, text-figs. 1-28. Wolfenden, . R. N. 1905. Notes on the Collection of Copepoda. The Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagos. Edited by J. S. Gardiner, II, suppl. 1, pp. 989-1040, pis. 96-100. 1911. Die marinen Copepoden der deutschen siidpolar Expedition, 1901-1903. Deutsche Siidpolar Expedition, XII, Zool. IV, pp. 181-380, pis. 22-41, text-figs. 1-82. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29 SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VOLUME V, No. 4 MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA BT W. M. TATTEKSALL. D.Sc Professor of Zoology, University College, Cardiff WITH FOURTEEN TEXT-FIGURES LONDON : PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY B, Quaritch, Ltd., 11 Grafton Street, New Bond Stisebt, London, W. 1; Oulau Co., Ltd., 29 Dover Street, London, W. 1: Oxford University Press, Warwick Square, London, E.C.4 § The British Mobedm (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7 19;!6 [All rights reserved) Price Two Shillings and Sixpence [Iwund 2lth October, 1936] MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA BY W. M. TATTERS ALL, D.Sc., Professor of Zoology, University College, Cardiff. WITH FOURTEEN TEXT-FIGURES. CONTENTS.* PAGE Mysidacea ........ 143 Introduction ....... 143 Systematic Account ...... 145 References ....... 163 Euphausiacea ....... 164 Introduction ....... 164 Systematic Account ...... 165 References ....... 175 MYSIDACEA. INTRODUCTION. The collection of Mysidacea made by the Barrier Reef Expedition comprises twenty- three species. They were all collected in townets used during investigations on the plankton of the Barrier Reef region. No dredging operations were undertaken, and no special attention was paid to the bottom fauna of the area. At one station (Stn. 29) the bottom stramin net actually touched the bottom and collected six species of bottom- living Mysids. The remaining seventeen species are planktonic forms. I have elsewhere analysed the plankton catches as far as the Mysidacea are concerned. A summary of these results may appropriately be given here. * The occurrence and seasonal distribution of the Mysidacea and Euphausiacea are discussed in a separate report (see Vol. II, No. 8). v. 4. 20 144 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION The plankton hauls were mainly made in the daylight, hut a few night hauls are available for comparison. Mysids form a very insignificant part of the daylight plankton. In no case did the total number of mysids in any haul exceed -4% of the total animals caught in the nets. Mysids were absent from the daytime plankton from October to April, and were most abundant in August and May. The planktonic mysids from the daylight plankton belong mainly to two species, Anchialina typica and Promysis orientalis. Six other species occurred in daylight hauls, but only in single specimens very occasionally. These six species were : Siriella thompsoni. Anchialina grossa. ,, vulgaris. Doxomysis littoralis. Hemisiriella parva. Anisomysis laticauda. An analysis of the vertical distribution of the two common planktonic species, Anchialina typica and Promysis orientalis, shows that they exhibit diurnal migrations, rising to the upper waters and even to the surface by night and descending to the deeper waters by daytime. An examination of the plankton hauls made during hours of darkness presents a very different picture of the mysid population. No fewer than seventeen species of mysids occurred in night hauls. Some of these, notably Hemisiriella pulchra, Pseudan- chialina pusilla, Doxomysis littoralis and Siriella dubia, occurred in some considerable numbers. These results suggest that most of the mysids of the Barrier Reef region are bottom-living by day and become planktonic by night only. With regard to the geographical distribution of the Barrier Reef mysids sixteen species were captured by the “ Siboga ” Expedition in the waters of the Dutch East Indies, and of these eight are also known from the coast of India. The collection, which may be taken to represent the littoral fauna of the Barrier Reef, demonstrates that this fauna is part of a more or less uniform, shallow- water tropical fauna extending from the Indian Ocean to the Western Pacific, and is probably even more generally distributed in the Pacific area. Two species, Siriella thompsoni and Anchialina typica, have a distribution which extends outside this area. The former is an oceanic species of world-wide distribution in tropical waters, and apparently invades the shallow water of the lagoon area of the reef under certain exceptional physical conditions. The latter species also is widespread in tropical and subtropical waters of both Pacific and Atlantic oceans. It is a regular planktonic species in the Barrier Reef area from May to October, and there is a suggestion that it migrates inshore during this season of the year for breeding purposes, moving out to deeper water again in the non-breeding season. The same is probably true for Promysis orientalis also. The collection contains four species described as new to science : Pseudomysidetes russelli, Metamblyops stephensoni, Erythrops yongei and Anisomysis incisa. One other species is probably new, but the material is too scanty to allow of adequate description. MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA — TATTERSALL 145 SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT. Order MYSIDACEA. Sub-Order MYSIDA. Family Mysidae. Sub-Family Siriellinae. Genus Siriella , Dana. Siriella thompsoni (H. Milne-Ed wards). S. thompsoni, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence. — Stn. 16, 3 mi. E. of Low Isles, 3.xi.28, coarse townet at 8 m., 1 immature male. Stn. 27, 3 mi. E. of Low Isles, 21 .xi.28, 1 m. stramin net, 1 immature male. Low Isles Lagoon, 16. xi.28, small coarse net at night, 1 immature. Remarks.- — An oceanic species which apparently finds its way into the lagoon under certain conditions. Its occurrence in the lagoon coincided with that of certain species of oceanic Euphausians, and no specimens were found in any of the hauls taken later than November. Siriella nodosa, Hansen. S. nodosa, Hansen, 1910. S. nodosa, Colosi, 1918 and 1920. Occurrence. — Taken on four occasions at the Low Isles anchorage, in night townettings made with the small coarse townet. Remarks. — No specimen occurred in hauls made in daylight at any time of the year. The specimens agree very closely with Hansen’s description and figures. In immature specimens only the post-cervical protuberance on the dorsal surface of the carapace is present — the pre-cervical one, however, appearing in all adult specimens. Distribution. — East Indies (Hansen, 1910) ; Torres Straits (Colosi, 1918 and 1920). Siriella vulgaris , Hansen. S. vulgaris, Hansen, 1910. S. vulgaris, Tattersall, 1922. S. vulgaris, Colosi, 1924. S. vulgaris, Tattersall, 1928. Occurrence.- — Stn. 2, 3 mi. E. of Low Isles : 30.vii.28, 1 m. stramin net, 1, immature. Stn. 63, 24.vi.29, coarse net, 1, immature. Low Isles Anchorage and Low Isles Flat : Taken on six occasions in night townettings, 20 specimens in all, including adult males and females and immature specimens. Remarks. — It is significant that this species occurred mainly in night townettings. Distribution. — East Indies (Hansen, 1910) ; India (Tattersall, 1922) ; Arabian Sea (Colosi, 1924) ; Queensland (Tattersall, 1928). 146 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION - Siriella inornata, Hansen. EUPHAUSIACEA — TATTERSALL 165 to Fiircilia 10 of Leboitr's nomenclature, namely, two setose and two non-setose pairs of pleopocls. I do not intend to convey the meaning that the stage in question represents the tenth Fiircilia stage of the species. I have used Lebour's nomenclature in this sense throughout this paper. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT. Order EUPHAUSIACEA. Family Euphausiidae. Genus Thysanopoda, H. M.-Ed. 1. Thysanopoda trims pidata, H. M.-Ed. T. tricuspidata, Sars, 1885. T. tricuspidata, Hansen, 1910. T. tricuspidata, Hansen, 1912. Cyrtopia rostrata, Dana, 1852. Occurrence : 2. fine silk net 1 Cyrtopia. Stn. 14. coarse silk net 1 Furcilia 14. 3, coarse silk net 3 Furcilia 12. 55 1^5 55 55 55 1 post-larval. 1 m. stramin net 1 „ 14. 1 Cyrtopia. 7, 1 m. 1 post-larval. 1 Furcilia 1. 2 Furcilia 14. ,, 18, coarse silk net 1 „ 11. 8, coarse silk net 1 post-larval. 1 „ 12. 1 Cyrtopia. 1 „ 13. 1 Furcilia 1 . ,, 19, 1 m. stramin net 1 Cyrtopia. 1 „ 13. 1 m. silk net 2 Furcilia 1 . 9, 1 m. stramin net 1 post-larval. coarse net . 2 „ I- 1 Cyrtopia. 2 „ 3. 1 Furcilia 14. 1 „ 8. 10, coarse silk net 1 „ 1. 3 „ io. 11, 1 m. stramin net 1 „ 14. 1 „ 14. 12, 1 m. 1 „ 10. ,, 20, coarse net . 1 „ 8. 13, coarse silk net 1 post-larval. ,, 21, 1 m. stramin net 1 „ 14. 1 Furcilia 3. 1 „ 12 1 „ 13 Remarks.- — Sars (1885) has given a good description of the general course of larval development in this species, and there are only a few points that can be added to his account. He described and figured two Furcilia larvae, Nos. 1 and 4 of Lebour’s nomenclature. In the present collection I have found Furcilia Nos. 1, 3, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, so that at least nine Furcilia stages are known, and probably eleven occur in all. The development of the pleopods in the Furcilia stages follows that which Lebour (1925) has worked out for Nyctiphanes and Meganyctiphanes. A stage in which three 166 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION pairs of simple pleopods are present is followed by one in which the first pair are setose and the following three pairs simple. The second pair become setose before the fifth pair are developed. A strong lateral spine is present on the lower margin of the carapace in all the Furcilia stages. The dorsal spine of the carapace makes its appearance at the last Furcilia stage. The dorsal spines of the third to the sixth abdominal somites can be detected in the first Furcilia stage. The spine on the sixth is clearly present then. Those of the other three somites are seen as minute acuminations of the posterior margins. The spines become successively more clearly marked with each moult, and by the time the last Furcilia stage is reached the abdomen has assumed the character of the adult. Sars (1885, pi. xxxi, figs. 17-22) gives a series of figures showing the changes in the telson from the early Furcilia to the post-larval stage. It will be noticed that seven terminal spines are present on the posterior apical portion of the telson through all the stages. The median one gradually elongates with the apex of the telson and becomes the median apical spine, but even in the post-larval stage three spines are present on each side of the apical one. This is rather different from what occurs in most other Euphausians. The spines in the apical portion of the telson usually disappear quite early, except the median one, which always appears to form the acute apex of the telson. The present material confirms Sars’s observations on this point. None of the specimens from the Barrier Reef is completely adult. The largest two still have the eyes in the post-larval condition with the prominent lateral protuberance, having seven corneal lenses, as figured by Sars (1885, pi. xxxi, fig. 10). The specimens were all taken between the months of July and October, 1928, and I have seen no specimens from the townettings taken between October, 1928, and July, 1929. It would therefore appear that the breeding season for the species is in the early spring of the southern year. Against this must be quoted the statement of Hansen (1910), who, from an examination of the Siboga material, concluded that T. tricuspidata in East Indian waters bred all the year round. It is possible, of course, that larval and young stages of this species occurred outside the Barrier Reef at other times of the year, and that the presence of young stages in the reef lagoon was due to an incursion of oceanic forms into the lagoon area during the period July to October, 1928. 2. Thysanopoda orientalis, Hansen ?. T. orientalis, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence.' — Stn. 45, 1 m. stramin net, 1 young specimen, 15 m. Remarks. — The specimen is not fully grown, as shown by the rostral plate, which is produced in front into a sharp, well-marked spine of quite considerable length. This is characteristic of the young of certain species of Thysanopoda ( e . g. T. orientalis and T. monacantha), and the spiniform apex shortens and almost disappears in the adult stage. Otherwise the specimen agrees very closely with Hansen’s description and figures of T. orientalis and I refer it provisionally to that species. 3. Thysanopoda, sp. ?. Occurrence : Stn. 12, 1 m. stramin net ,, 19, 1 m. silk net 1 Cyrtopia. Stn. 20, coarse silk net, 1 1 Furcilia 10. ,, 28, 1 m. stramin net Furcilia 14. 1 late Cyrtopia. MYSIDACEA AND EUPHA.USIACEA — TATTERSALL 167 Remakes.- — I cannot refer these specimens to their adult species. All of them have a very large spine on the carapace near the posterior end of the lower margin, a well- marked dorsal organ and the eyes small and divided into two portions. They are in all probability young stages of T. orientalis. Genus Euphausia, Dana. 4. Euphausia mutica, Hansen. E. mutica , Hansen, 1910. Occurrence. — Stn. 28, coarse net, 2 females and 1 male ; 1 m. stramin net, 4 females and 2 males. 5. Euphausia diomedeae, Ortmann. E. diomedeae, Ortmann, 1894. E. diomedeae, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence. — Stn. 28, coarse net, 1 female ; 1 m. stramin net, 3 females and 1 male. Remarks. — All these specimens appear to be the normal type, and not the variety with the inflated rostral plate as described for Ortmann’s types. 6. Euphausia tenera, Hansen. E. tenera, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence : 7, 1 m. stramin net . 3 adults. Stn. 15, coarse net 3 adults. 8, 1 m. 1 adult. „ 16, II 10 m. 3 „ coarse net 1 Cyrtopia. Ill 20 m. 2 „ 9 ^3 3 3 3 3 1 adult. IV 30 m. 2 „ 10, 1 m. stramin net . 1 f ) ,, 19, coarse net . 1 Cyrtopia. 13, 1 m. „ „ . 1 Cyrtopia. 1 m. silk net 2Furcilia 14. coarse net . 4 adults and 1 „ 8. 1 Cyrtopia. ,, 28, 1 m. stramin net . 4 adults. 14, 1 m. stramin net . 2 adults. coarse net , 1 adult. 15, 1 m. „ „ . 1 adult. Remarks. — This species is an oceanic form which lives in the upper waters and even at the surface. It invaded the waters inside the Barrier Reef in small numbers from August to October, 1928, but after that date no specimens occurred at the station near Low Island as long as weekly samples were taken. 7. Euphausia pseudogihba, Ortmann. E. pseudogibba, Ortmann, 1893. E. pseudogibba, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence.- — Stn. 28, coarse silk net, 1 male and 1 female. Stn. 45, 1 m. stramin net, 1 female, v. 4. 23 168 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 8. Euphausia sibogae, Hansen. E. sibogae, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence.- — Stn. 50, 1 m. stramin net, 400-0 m., 1 male and 1 female. Remarks. — These specimens differ from Hansen’s description and figures in having the rostrum considerably longer. They are, however, not fully grown, and it is to this fact that I attribute the difference. 9. Euphausia, sp. Occurrence.- — Stn. 20, coarse net, 1 Calyptopis 3 ; 2 Furcilia 9. Stn. 45, 1 m. stramin net, 1 Furcilia 14. Remarks. — All these larvae, including the Calyptopis, have a lateral spine on the carapace. The Calyptopis closely resembles that described by Lebour (19266) and Frost (1934), and attributed to E. Krohnii. It has a prominent, posterior dorsal spine on the carapace and the anterior edge of the carapace is serrate. The Furcilia 9 is a stage which Lebour believes to be characteristic of the genus Euphausia, with one pair of setose pleopOds and four pairs of simple ones. The Furcilia 14 has five spines at the apex of the telson between the usual large pair. It is not possible to refer these specimens to their adult species. From their close similarity to the larvae of E. Krohnii it may be suggested that they belong to the same group, and probably to E. mutica. Genus Pseudeuphausia, Hansen. 10. Pseudeuphausia latifrons (G. O. Sars). Euphausia latifrons, Sars, 1885. Pseudeuphausia latifrons, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence.- — Weekly station at 3 mi. E. of Low Isles. Occurred at this station throughout the year and was captured on 34 occasions. One mile N. of Low Island : Stn. 4, coarse silk closing net, 1 adalt. Reef Flat at high tide : 25. xi. 28, 17 Calyptopis. Other Stations.- — Stn. 8, 45 m., 93 specimens, mainly Furcilia 13 and 14, and Cyrtopia. Stn. 11, 61 m., 93 specimens from Calyptopis to adult. Stn. 19, 225 m., 17 specimens, 10 adults and 7 Furcilia. Stn. 26, 57 m., 2 adults and 1 Furcilia 2. Off Cape Bedford.- — Stn. 43, 30 m., 1 young specimen. Inside Papuan Pass. — Stn. 49, 46 m., 1 adult, 15 Cyrtopia and 1 Furcilia 14. Outside Papuan Pass.- — Stn. 50, > 400, 1 m. stramin net, 170-0 m., 1 young specimen. Remarks. — This is the dominant species inside the Barrier Reef, and, indeed, may be said to be the only species which is a regular inhabitant of the lagoon area all the year. Such other Euphausians as were taken inside the Barrier are oceanic species which occurred very sparingly from July to October. All stages in the development occurred from the first Calyptopis to the adult. The breeding season lasts from July to the end of November, with a maximum occurring in the first week of October. After the end of November only late Furcilia (stages 13 and 14), Cyrtopia and adults were found in the nets. On the other hand, ovigerous females occurred in November, 1928, and in March, 1929, MYSIDACEA AXD EUPHAUSIACEA — TATTERSALL 169 Text-fig. 10. Text-fig. 11. Text-fig. 10. — Third Calyptopis larva of Pseudeuphausia latifrons (G. 0. Sars). X 120. Text-fig. 11. — Furcilia 8 of Pseudeuphausia latifrons (G. 0. Sars). X 60. 170 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Adult specimens agree with Hansen’s re-description (1910) of this species in possessing a lateral denticle on the carapace, and in the form of the antennules. On the latter point Hansen confirms my earlier observations and figures of these appendages (1906). In one respect these specimens differ from Hansen’s description and agree with that of Sars. Text-fig. 12. — Development of the antennules in the Furcilia larvae of Pseudeuphausia latifrons (G. 0. Sars). a, Furcilia 1 ; b, furcilia 4 ; c, furcilia 14. All X 120. They possess a short but distinct spine on the posterior median dorsal border of the sixth abdominal somite overhanging the base of the telson. Hansen says “ the abdomen without dorsal spines ”, thereby implying that this spine was not present in his specimens. Hansen has also described the ovisacs of the female. I can confirm his observations. The egg-sacs strongly recall those of Nycti- phanes, but appear to differ in that the distal anterior extremities of the ovisacs of each MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA — TATTERS ALL 171 side fuse, so that the sacs appear as a single sac with a rounded anterior end and a deeply divided posterior end. Calyptopis larvae (Text-fig. 10). — Three Calyptopis stages were observed correspond- ing to the three stages regarded by Lebour as normal to all Euphausians. The Calyptopis Text-fig. 13. — Development of the antennae in the Furcilia larvae of Pseudeuphausia latifrons (G. 0. Sars). a , Furcilia 1 ; b, furcilia 4 ; e, furcilia 8 ; d, furcilia 14. All X 120. larva has the carapace ovoid in shape, with an evenly-arched and perfectly smooth anterior margin, without any serrations. There is no posterior, median, dorsal spine on the carapace. In all the Calyptopis stages the lateral margin of the carapace is without a lateral denticle. The first Calyptopis stage has six spines at the apex of the telson between 172 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION the long terminal, lateral spines. The second and third stages have seven spines in this position. The Calyptopis of P. latifrons is strongly reminiscent of the same stage in Nyctiphanes and Meganyctiphanes, especially in the robust form of the body, the smooth anterior Text-fig. 14. — Development of the telson in the Furcilia larvse of Pseudeuphausia latifrons (G. 0. Sars). a, Furcilia 1 ; b, furcilia 4 ; c, furcilia 8 ; d, furcilia 14. All X 120. margin of the carapace and the absence of a posterior dorsal spine. The Calyptopis stage of the genus Euphausia appears to show considerable variation. In the E. Krohnii group the front margin of the carapace is serrated and the posterior median dorsal margin is prolonged into a short spine. This spine is also present in the Calyptopis of MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA— TATTERSALL 173 E. triacantha (Rustard, 1934), and is indicated at least in the third Calyptopis of E. frigida (Rnstad, 1930). though neither of these species has a serrated anterior margin to the carapace. Furcilia stages.- — Using Lebour’s scheme and numbering of the Furcilia stages (1926a, p. 523) the following Furcilia stages of P. latifrons have been found in the material from the Barrier Reef, having the development of the pleopods ascribed to these stages by Lebour — Xos. 1. 2, 3. 4, 8. 10, 12, 13 and 14. In addition there occurred a stage, which might be called 10a. in which there are three setose pairs of pleopods, one pair non-setose and the last pair as yet undeveloped. This stage appears to take the place of Lebour’s stage 11 in the life-history of P. latifrons. In all there are thus ten Furcilia stages in this species. A few Furcilia occurred which could not be placed in any of the above stages. There was one in which the pleopod formula was St X, 0 0 0, another with the formula S, X., 0 0, and a third type with the formula S2 X, 0 0. These abnormal forms were very few. They all had three spines at the apex of the telson and I regard them as variations of Furcilia 8. The general form of the Furcilia is shown in Text-fig. 11. Its most characteristic feature is the form of the rostral plate, deeply emarginate, with prominent lateral spines. The rostral plate has a distinct median depression, and the sides of the rostrum rise from this groove so that the emargination is angular in the centre. This is substantially the form of the rostral plate of the adult, the principal change being merely the gradual disappearance of the emargination so that in the adult the front edge of the plate is nearly or quite straight. The rostral plate serves to distinguish both the Furcilia and the Cyrtopia stages of P. latifrons from all other Euphausian larvae described hitherto. The carapace bears a small lateral denticle, which makes its appearance in the first Furcilia stage, and persists right through the larval stages to the adult condition. The following table gives the size of the stages and the number of spines at the apex of the telson, between the large lateral spines, showing the gradual reduction in number from seven in the first stage to one in the last : Stage. Length in mm. Spines at apex of telson. 1 2-0 7 (one or two with 5 spines) 2 2-2 5 3 2-4 5 4 2-4 5 (one with 7). 8 2-5 3 10 2-6 3 10a 2-8 3 (one with only 1). 12 2-8 1 (one with 3). 13 30 1 14 3-4 1 From this table it will be seen that there is a certain amount of individual variation in the number of spines on the apex of the telson. The telson develops quickly, and by the end of the Furcilia stages has assumed, practically, the adult form. A similar rapid development of the telson was found by Lebour (1926) to occur in Thysanopoda cequalis. 174 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Cyrtopia stages. — These stages call for no special comment. They can be recognized at all stages by the form of the rostral plate. The life-history of P. latifrons, as deduced from the larvae here described, is charac- terized by a prolonged larval life. No fewer than ten Furcilia stages were detected in the material. In contrast to this both Lebour (1926) and Frost (1934) have only been able to find three Furcilia stages in Euphausia Krohnii, corresponding to stages 2, 9 and 14 of Lebour’s nomenclature. Frost suggests that deep-sea forms have abbreviated life- histories in which several Furcilia stages have been omitted. It is at least interesting that Nyctiphanes and Pseudeuphausia, both of which have apparently a prolonged larva life, are shallow-water genera. The life-history of P. latifrons lends support to the separation of this species from the genus Euphausia which Hansen made on morphological grounds. In fact, the life-history seems to me to suggest that Pseudeuphausia is more nearly related to Nyctiphanes than to Euphausia. Genus Nematoscelis, G. 0. Sars. 11. Nematoscelis microps, G. 0. Sars. N. microps, G. 0. Sars, 1885. N. microps, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence : Stn. 8, 1 m. stramin net . 1 specimen. Stn. 19 {cont.), coarse net. 1 specimen coarse net . . 2 specimens. >> 20 ,, ,, . 1 33 ,, 13, 1 m. stramin net . 1 specimen. ,, 28, 1 m. stramin net . 1 33 ,, 19, 1 m. ,, ,, . 3 specimens. 1 m. silk net . 2 ,, „ 45, 1 m. . 1 33 Remarks. — Of the specimens 8 are adult, 4 in the late Cyrtopia stage and 1 in the Furcilia stage 13. Only 1 specimen, that from Stn. 13, was taken inside the Reef. All the others were captured in oceanic waters on the edge of the Reef. Genus Stylocheiron, G. 0. Sars. 12. Stylocheiron carinatum, G. 0. Sars. S. carinatum, G. 0. Sars, 1885. S. carinatum, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence : Stn. 12, coarse silk net . 1 adult. ,, 16,40 m. . . . 1 late Furcilia. ,, 19, 40 m. . . .6 adult. 7 Cyrtopia. Remarks. — The first two occurrences are from within the Barrier Reef, and the other two from the oceanic waters at the edge of the Reef. Stn. 19, 40 m. ( cont .) . 2 late Furcilia. 1 Furcilia 2. ,, 20, coarse net . 2 adults. MYSIDACEA AND EUPHAUSIACEA — TATTERSALL 175 13. Stylocheiron affine. Hansen. S. affine, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence.- — Stn. 20, coarse net, 1 ovigerous female carrying eggs, 1 Furcilia 4. Remarks.- — The fourth Furcilia of this species differs from the ninth of S. suhmi in being larger in size, in having five cones in the distal part of the eye and in having seven spines on the apex of the telson. 14. Stylocheiron suhmi, G. 0. Sars. S. suhmi, Sars, 1885. S. suhmi, Hansen, 1912. Occurrence : Stn. 19, 1 m. stramin net . 5 specimens. Stn. 28, coarse net . 2 specimens. „ 20, coarse net . • . 4 ,, ,, 50, 1 m. stramin net (170-0 m.) 2 ,, Remarks.- — These specimens are mostly young adults. There is one Furcilia 9 which agrees with Lebour's description. It has 6 spines on the apex of the telson, and is shorter than the Furcilia 4 of S. affine. Of these specimens some have two and others have three cones in the distal portion of the eye. 15. Stylocheiron elonyatum, G. O. Sars. S. elongatum, Sars, 1885. Occurence. — Stn. 50, 1 m. stramin net, 400-0 m., 1 adult. 16. Stylocheiron abbreviatum, G. 0. Sars. S. abbreviatum, Sars, 1885. S. abbreviatum, Hansen, 1910. Occurrence.- — Stn. 19, 1 m. silk net, 2 Furcilia 2, 1 Cyrtopia. Stn. 20, coarse net, 1 Furcilia 14. Stn. 50, 1 m. stramin net, 170-0 m., 1 adult. REFERENCES. Dana, J. D. 1852. United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42, XIII, Crust., pp. viii, 1618, 27, 96 pis. Frost, W. E. 1934. The Occurrence and Development of Euphausia krohnii off the South-West Coast of Ireland. Proc. R. Irish Acad. XLII, b, pp. 17-46, 15 text-figs. Hansen, H. J. 1910. The Schizopoda of the “ Siboga ” Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie, XXXVII, pp. 123, 16 pis. 1912. The Schizopoda. Reports . . . Expedition to the Tropical Pacific. “ Albatross.” Mem. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. XXXV, pp. 173-296, pis. 1-12. Lebour, M. V. 1925. The Euphausiidae in the Neighbourhood of Plymouth. II : Nyctiphanes couchii and Meganyctiphanes norvegica. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., n.s. XIII, pp. 810-828, pis. 9. 1 926a. A General Survey of Larval Euphausiids, with a Scheme for their Identification. J . Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., n.s. XIV, pp. 519-527, 1 text-fig. 19266. On Some Larval Euphausiids from the Mediterranean in the Neighbourhood of Alexandria, Egypt, collected by Mr. F. S. Russell. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1926, pp. 765-776, text-figs. 1-4. v. 4. 24 176 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Ortmann, A. B. 1893. Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition. Brgeb. Plank. -exp. II, G. b., pp. 120, 7 pis., 3 maps, text-fig. 1894. The Pelagic Scbizopoda. “Albatross,” 1891. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, XXY pp. 99-111, 1 pi. Rustad, D. 1930. Eupbausiacea with Notes on Tbeir Bio-geography and Development. Sci. Res. Norw. Antarct. Exped. 1927-8, and 1928-9, no. 5, pp. 1-83, 7 pis., text illust. ■ 1934. On the Antarctic Eupkausiids from the “Norvegia” Expeditions, 1929-30 and 1930-31. Sci. Res. Norw. Antarct. Exped. 1927-28 et seq., no. 12, pp. 1-53, text-figs. 1-9. Sars, G. 0. 1885. Report on the Schizopoda Collected by H.M.S. “ Challenger ” during the Years 1873-1876. Sci. Res. Voyage of H.M.S. “ Challenger ” Reports, XIII, Zoology, pp. 228, 38 pis., Tattersall, W. M. 1906. Report on the Leptostraca, Schizopoda and Stomatopoda Collected by Prof. Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Rep. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish. V, pp. 157-188, pis. 1-3. text illust. 'Bal. HjE 1 3 NOV 1936 presentee BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29 SCIENTIFIC REPORTS nv 0 <\3 VOLUME V, No. 5 CERIANTHARIA AND ZOANTHARIA BY OSKAR CARLGREN ProfetMor Emeritus, Zool. Inut. Lund, Sweden. WITH THIRTY- FOUR TEXT-FIGURES AND ONE PLATE LONDON PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY Quaritcr, Ltd., II Grafton Street, New Bond Street, London, W.l; Dulau k Co., Ltd,, 29 Dovaie. StKsIet, London, W.lj Oxford University Press, Warwick Square, London, E.C. 1 H.M. Stationery Oiticb, London, S.W, I AND AT The British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7 1937 [All rights reserved ] Price Five Shillings [Ii$ut figs- 13-14) described an Oyster as “ Huitre epineuse ”, but the plate was issued in 1834 with the name and locality, but no Latin equivalent. Deshaves, working at the second edition of Lamarck’s ‘ Histoire Anim. s. Verteb.’, included this, giving a good description from the shells that had been deposited in the Paris Museum (with Quoy and Gaimard’s consent) and latinized the name as Ostrea spinosa (Yol. VII, p. 237). This was not issued until January (23rd), 1836, and in the meanwhile the text of the ‘Voyage “Astrol.,” Zool.’ had been produced, and therein Quoy and Gaimard (Vol. Ill, p. 455) had used the name 0. echinata. The locality was “lie d'Amboine ” and the adult may even be 0. parasitica Gmelin = mytiloides Lamarck, but nothing at present is certain. This curious aberration is not uncommon in Queensland, and is here figured, but it has neither subspecific nor ecological significance as far as is known yet. Saxostrea amasa sp. nov. (Plate VII, fig. 8.) 1891. Ostrea mordax Saville-Kent, Queensland Govt. Report (Oysters and Oyster Fisheries), p. 2, pi. ii, figs. 1-4 : Coral Reefs of Queensland. 1893. Ostrea mordax Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, pp. 65, 245, Chromo-plate xiv, figs. 1, 2. The typical form of the Sea Oyster here shown is unmistakable, and generally this is normal, the shape being sometimes compressed through conditions, but then the external sculpture is diagnostic. The type is from Caloundra, but it is commoner further north. Saville-Kent’s remarks are complete : “ The characteristic features, in its most typical form, are its normally elongate triangular contour, the very evenly lobate edges of the interlocking shells, and the opaque purplish-pink hue of their external surface . . . may be said to attain to its finest or maximum development among the coral reefs and islets of the tropical coast-line of eastern Australia, and from its remarkable abundance in this region it may appropriately [be] distinguished by the popular title of the Coral Rock Oyster. In contradistinction . . . is an essentially marine type, attaining to its most luxuriant growth . . . far remote from fresh water. . , . I have not obtained information concerning any instance in which this oyster has been found growing beneath, or even at, as low a level as ordinary low tide mark 400 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Saxostrea ( cornucopiaeformis ) Saville-Kent, 1893. (Plate VII, fig. 9.) 1891. Ostrea cornucopia Saville-Kent, Queensland Govt. Report (Oysters and Oyster Fisheries), p. 3, pi. iv, figs. 2-4, ante November : Rocky Island off Keppel Bay, Queensland. Not 0. cornucopiae Gmelin, Syst. Nat. VI, p. 3336, 1791. 1893. Ostrea mordax var. cornucopiaeformis Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, p. 248, Chromo-plate xiv, figs. 3, 4. Whether this curious modification belongs to either of the Queensland Rock Oysters or to both is not yet absolutely known. Saville-Kent referred it to the Sea Oyster, but the specimen here figured seems to be more like the Commercial Oyster. Under the circumstances it is being recorded here without prejudice. Saxostrea gradiva sp. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 10, 10a, 106.) 1891. Ostrea nigromarginata Saville-Kent, Queensland Govt. Report (Oysters and Oyster Fisheries), p. 2, pi. iii, fig. 1 ; pi. iv, fig. 1, ante November : Adolphus Island, Torres Straits. 1893. Ostrea nigromarginata Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, p. 245, chromo-plate xiv, fig. 7 Not O. nigromarginata Sowerby, Conch. Icon. (Reeve), XVIII, pi. xxxiii, sp. and fig. 85, November, 1871 : Arakan. Shell very large for this genus, ponderous, subcircular, cup fairly deep when adult, coloration outside blackish blue, inside bluish or chalky white, with very broad blue- black margin. The juvenile shell is flattened, like that of all species of Saxostrea, with the hinge plate narrow, the beak very slight. The inner edges denticulate, the denticles fairly close near the hinge, becoming more distant and disappearing towards the front. In the adult these have become obsolete through continued layers of shell until only a few remain near the hinge. The muscle scar is greenish to white, not blue. The surface sculpture is composed of closely-packed layers of thin laminae, which project to form a tenuous edging. This delicate margin is seen in old, otherwise very crass, individuals, and is gently wavy, but never strongly dentate. The lower valve is strongly adherent when the specimen is young, but with age the edges become more erect, showing regular growth-lines. Saville-Kent’s notes are excellent : “ Is an essentially marine type, and limited in its distribution to the tropical districts. It varies considerably in form, and may be either simply ovate, with a broader distal margin, or boat-shaped with pointed ends. The larger individual shells of this species not unfrequently measure as much as 6 or 7 inches in their longest diameter. Its edges in contradistinction to the preceding species ( cris - tagalli), are usually perfectly even, or only slightly indented. A notable feature of this oyster is the very hard vitreous texture of its shell. Its colour externally is usually a light slaty-grey, and, interiorly, a pure white with a very conspicuous broad black band throughout its marginal border. While by no means an unpalatable oyster in the raw condition, it, like the preceding species, finds greater favour in a stew or scallop.” The figures show an adult with the upraised rim growing freely on rock, 10a, the immature growing freely before the edge turns up, and 106, the shell growing lengthwise on a mangrove root, as common at Low Isles. MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 401 Genus Lopha. 1798. Lopha Bolten, Mus. Bolten, II, p. 168, September. Logotype (Dali, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad. Ill, pt. 4, p. 671, April, 1898) : Ostrea cristagalli Linne. 1807. Alectryo-nia Fischer de Waldheim, Mus. Demid. Ill, p. 269. Logotype (Dali, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad. Ill, pt. 4, p. 671, April, 1898) : Ostrea cristagalli Linne. [1850. Rastellum Morch, Cat. Conch. Kierulf, p. 26 (pref. 29th October). Haplotype : Ostrea plicata Chem. = Ostrea plicatula Gmelin. 1897. Alectryo-nella Sacco, I. Moll. ter. terz. Piemonte e Lig. XXIII, p. 19, June. Orthotype : Ostrea plicatula Lamarck = Gmelin.] Large Oysters, with edges very deeply cut angulately, almost free, when adherent only by means of projections, thin. Very little is known about these large Oysters, but they are very distinct superficially from any of the small forms, and even when members of the genus Saxostrea reach a very large size, there can never be any confusion. Loplia cristagalli Linne, 1758. 1758. Mytilus cristagalli Linne, Syst. Nat. 10th ed., p. 704, 1st January, based on Rumph. Mus. t. 47, fig. d ; Gault. Test. t. 104. figs, c, d, e, and Argenv. conch, t. 23, fig. d. Habitat in 0. Indici Gorgoniis. This name is used for the true Cockscomb, the thin rather delicate shell with the very acutely-angled edge, and the projecting lower prongs with which it clings to its support. It is always found below low water, never above, and is therefore not commonly met with. Lopha hyotis Linne, 1758. 1758. Mytilus hyotis Linne, Syst. Nat. 10th ed., p. 704, 1st January, based on Rumph. Mus. t. 47, fig. c, and Argenv. Conch., t. 23, fig. h : In Pelagi Gorgoniis. [1797. Ostrea gigas Humphrey, Mus. Calonn, p. 53 : new name for Mytilus hyotis Linne.] 1871. Ostrea hyotis Sowerby, Conch. Icon. (Reeve), XVIII, pi. iv, sp. 7 : Indian Ocean. 1891. Ostrea cristigalli Saville-Kent, Queensland Govt. Report (Oysters and Oyster Fisheries), p. 1, pi. iii, fig. 2. 1893. Ostrea cristagalli Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, p. 244, Chromo-plate xiv, fig. 5. Not Ostrea cristagalli Linne, ante. Very large, ponderous Oysters, with strongly dentate margin, rather deep cut, blue colouring outside, whitish inside, with margins blue-black and muscle scar large, curiously elevated, forming a sloping shelf-like projection. Solitary in growth, adherent basally, edges upstanding, recalling cristagalli by the strongly angulately cut edges, this species may not be closely related. Found on Low Isles and Batt Reef. It must be remembered that Saville-Kent confused this with the true Cockscomb and used the name cristagalli for it. Again, Saville-Kent’s notes cannot be improved upon : “ The largest edible form of oyster found in Queensland waters is distinguished by the title of the coxcomb oyster — Ostrea cristi-galli — so-called from the regular zigzag undulations of the outer edge of its interlocking valves having some resemblance to a coxcomb. A pair of the ponderous shells of the coxcomb oyster not unfrequently weigh as much as from 5 to 7 lb., and have a diameter of from 8 to 12 inches. The species is an v. 6. 39 402 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION essentially salt-water form, and limited in its distribution to the tropics. It grows plenti- fully among the coral reefs of Torres Straits and the Great Barrier system in either an entirely submerged condition, or, where exposed to atmospheric influences, at ordinary spring tides. Under these last-named conditions I have observed it in especial abundance on the fringing coral reefs surrounding what are known as M and N Islands, belonging to the Northumberland Group, eastward of Mackay. This oyster is also to be seen in some quantities in situ, but no longer alive, on the dead and apparently raised coral reef on the west side of Magnetic Island, facing Townsville. As an edible variety the coxcomb oyster is somewhat large and coarse, and is consequently most appreciated in a cooked condition.” Genus Dendostraea. 1835. Dendostraea Swainson, Elem. Conch, p. 39 ( genus caelebs). 1839. Dendostrea Sowerby, Conch. Man. 1st ed., p. 137, ex Swainson. Haplotype : Ostrea folium, fig. 181. 1840. Dendrostraea Swainson, Treat. Malac. p. 389, May. Logotype : G-ray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1847, p. 201, November. Ostrea folium. Small elongated oysters, with crumpled edges adherent to branches or stems, which are clasped by projections from the lower valve. The animal is not known, as the species is only dredged, but the characters of the shell are very constant, and this cannot be confused in any way with either Lopha or Saxostrea. Dendostraea folium Linne, 1758. (Plate VII, figs. 11, 11a.) 1758. Ostrea folium Linne, Syst. Nat. 10th ed., p. 699, 1st January, based on Rumph, pi. xlvii, fig. A = Amboina. 1891. Ostrea folium Saville-Kent, Queensland Govt. Report (Oysters and Oyster Fisheries), p. 2. 1893. Ostrea folium Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, p. 244. Saville-Kent wrote : “A smaller variety of coxcomb oyster is not infrequently obtained from deeper water in Torres Straits attached to the branches of the black coral, Antipathes, and other zoophytes. It is remarkable for its production of finger-like projections from the back of the attached valve. With the aid of these projections it retains a secure grasp on its chosen fulcrum, though at the same time the hold may be so loose that the shell may be slipped to and fro on its supporting base. This variety of oyster would appear to be identical with the Ostrea folium of Linnseus originally reported from the Indian Ocean.” The figures from above and below are taken from a specimen dredged at Low Isles. [Ostrea tuber culata. 1899. Ostrea tubercularis Melvill and Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Lond.) Zool. XXVII, p. 181 : Albany Passage, Torres Straits, Queensland. 1909. Ostrea tuberculata Hedley, Rep. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Brisbane), p. 345. Hedley’s inclusion in the Queensland list was merely due to the above record of Melvill and Standen, but what these latter authors intended is very problematical. Lamarck’s O. tuberculata (‘Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris,’ IV, p. 358, pi. lxvii, fig. 2 [not 1, as given in text], 1804) was described from Timor, collected by Peron. Lamy states that MOLLUSC A — IREDALE 403 the specimen in the Paris Museum is ticketed " Xouvelle Hollande ”, but he gives as measurements 73 by 54 mm.”, whereas Lamarck wrote, “ longue d’un decimetre (environ 3 polices 8 lignes). sur 6 a 7 centimetres (pres de 2 pouces et demi) de largeur ”. Order PAR AFILIBF ANCHIA. This is proposed for the section of the " Filibranchia ” of Winckworth covering his family Anomiidae and similar molluscs. Thiele has called this series a Stirps Anomiacea, placing it under the Order Anisomyaria, again following Cossmann and Peyrot, who, however, associated it with the mussels as a Suborder Subfilibranchiata. This Order is divided into two families, the Anomiidae and the Placunidae, the former, the false Window Pane Oysters, adherent by means of a muscle through a hole in the lower valve, the latter, the true Window Pane Oysters, living free. Family Anomiidae. From examination of these shells and their habits, it is difficult to conceive anyone associating them with the Arks. The texture is very thin, foliaceous, transparent, growing- in a circular manner, with a small hinge, never niultidentate, with muscles and gills formed upon a different fashion, and always very flattened. All are adherent with a byssus through a hole in the lower valve, the byssus generally solid and somewhat calcareous, the lower valve very thin. Genus Patro. 1850. Patro Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1849, p. 118 (ante June), 1850. Haplotype : Anomia elyros Gray. Spelt Patros on Moll. pi. iv. Gray’s definition of the section reads : Two upper scars small ; lower one large. Shell suborbicular ; sinus small.” The upper scar is semicircular, the diameter marginad, the next one is circular, not quite as large as the upper (completed) one would be, while the third is much larger and circular and distant, the whole being enclosed in a tongue-shaped patch of opaque white contrasting with the subnacreous remainder of the upper valve. In the lower valve the aperture is not quite complete as a rule, the edges overlapping, the hole small and oval, the plug thin and shelly. The opaque white patch on the lower valve is much rounder than the one in the upper valve, and shows one large circular muscle scar agreeing with the lowest of the upper three. Patro australis Gray, 1847. 1847. Anomia australis Gray, Narr. Voy. “ Fly ” (Jukes), II, App. p. 362 : Port Essington, North Australia. 1850. Anomia elyros Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1849, p. 118, ante June, 1850, Moll., pi. iv, figs. 1, 2 : Port Essington, North Australia. At the first reference the description reads : “ Shell suborbicular, straight above, and slightly eared on each side, opaque white, the upper valve convex, with numerous nearly regular radiating ribs, which become evanescent (perhaps from wearing) near the margin. 404 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Under valve concave, greenish. The perforation or anterior notch small, oblong. The ping shelly. “Inhab. — Port Essington, adhering to rocks.” A little later, Gray, reviewing the species of Anomiidae, introduced Anomia elyros : “ White, lamellar, closely radiately striated. The disc of the upper valve with three separate subcircular scars ; the two upper scars small, subequal, one under the other ; the lower one large, nearly circular, subcentral. Notch in lower valve very small. Plug small, elongate, subcylindrical ; the notch small, with reflexed edges. Hab. : Port Essington ; Earl of Derby.” These two descriptions, although reading so differently, are based on the same species, even the same specimens. Although these shells are found all round the northern coast to Shark’s Bay in the west and Port Curtis on the east, no appreciable difference has yet been noted. It is somewhat difficult to separate in Southern Queensland specimens of the juveniles, which appear to be very close to those of Anomia descripta Iredale (£ Bee. Austr. Mus.’ XIX, p. 270, pi. xx, fig. 6, 7th April, 1936) described from Sydney. A medium-sized shell from Moreton Bay is certainly referable to the latter rather than to Patro australis Gray. Shirley added Anomia achaeus Gray to the Queensland list as coming from Thursday Island, but that is a locality of little credence on account of the cosmopolitan population. Anomia achaeus was introduced by Gray (£ Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) ’ 1849, p. 116 ( ante June, 1850) for a species from Kurachee, Mouth of the Indus, Indian Ocean, so the specific name can be dismissed at once, but there is a small Anomia living on the North Queensland coast which may be described later. Genus Monia. 1850. Monia Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1849, p. 121, ante June, 1850. Logotype : Kobelt Illust. Conch., pt. XI, p. 376, 1881, Anomia zelandica Gray. There is a perplexing situation regarding this name, as it was introduced as a section of Placunanomia with the diagnosis— ££ Shell ovate, not plicated ; radiately ribbed. Per- foration of lower valve large, only slightly embracing the large thin plug ”. The first- mentioned species were P. macrochisma, cepio and alope, American forms ; then followed patelliformis, the European representative, and then as Australian, zealandica, ione and colon. Although obviously the typical form was macrochisma no type appears to have been selected for thirty years, when Kobelt named zelandica. Monia timida sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 16.) Shell small, thin, flat, subcircular, white, delicately rayed with very fine radials showing minute scales marginad. The nucleus of the shell is very small and smooth, and in the adult the umbo is a little distant from the dorsal margin ; in the early stages a few distant obsolete radials can be distinguished, but often the shell appears smooth : the fine radials number about five to a millimetre and the scales about the same ratio. The lower valve is adherent by means of a horny plug, and when secured is found to be very thin, smooth, showing concentric growth lines only, unless repeating the sculpture MOLLUSC'A — IREDALE 405 of the object to which it is attached, in which case the upper valve may also conform to the sculptured surface. The ulterior tinged with greenish. Length 19 mm., breadth 19 mm. Not uncommon in the dredgings at Low Isles. Since it has been found commonly in dredgings from Lindeman Island. Mania ione Gray, 1850. 1850. Placunanomia io-ne Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Loud.) 1849, p. 123, ante June, 1850 : Sydney, Australia (Strange). This appears hi Hedley's list on account of Melvill and Standen’s record from Mer Island. Torres Straits, where it does not occur. It may occur, however, at Moreton Bay, but all the northern dredged specimens belong to the preceding species, and shells have not yet been found on the littoral. Placunanomia australica Keeve (" Conch. Icon.’ XI, pi. in, figs. 13, 13a, June, 1859), described from Australia only, appears to be based on a juvenile of this species. Genus Enigmonia. 1918. Enigmonia Iredale, Proc. Mai. Soc. (Lond.) XIII, p. 31, “August” = 9th September. New name for — 1850. Aenigma Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1849, p. 114 ( ante June, 1850), ex “ Koch MS.” Orthotype : Anomia rosea Gray. Not Aenigma Newman, Entom. Mag. V, ser. iii, p. 499, April, 1836. Very little is known about these delightful little Anomioid forms either as to range, distribution, species or economy, while anatomically they might prove very interesting. As far as can be seen they all live among mangroves, some fixing themselves to the large roots, others to the thinner rootlets, while some live on the leaves, and not much more information is available. When living on the large roots they are broadly oval, on the thinner rootlets they assume an elongated narrow" form, while on the leaves they are small and oval and very flattened, though all are flattened. The bronze-red coloration appears characteristic, being paler or greener on the leaves. The history of the genus Aenigma is given below, but the problems of the different species are yet unsettled. The generic name Aenigma Koch was rejected by me (‘ Proc. Mai. Soc. (Lond.)’, XIII, p. 31, “August” = 9th September, 1918), and the name Enigmonia proposed in its stead. I wrote, “ Aenigma is credited to Koch, 1846, the quotation (incomplete) referring to Martini and Chemn. Cont. lief. 56, band VII. I have been unable to trace this ”. Sherborn had been also unable to find the reference, and in the ‘ Nomencl. Anim. Gen. et Subgen.’ p. 67, 1926, there appears, “ Aenigma . . . Koch in Martini and Chemnitz, ‘ Conch. Cab.’ v. 7, t. 7, 1846 ”. This is also incorrect, as it is well known that there are no scientific names on the plates of this publication. In the Australian Museum the copy of the ‘ Conch. Cab.’ still retains the original text solving the problem. In Band VII, Abteilung 1, is an unnumbered sheet of “ Aenigma n.g.” signed by “ Koch, October, 1846 ”. That this was issued at the time is proved by a review by Pfeiffer (‘ Zeitsclir. fiir Malak.,’ November, 1846, p. 175), who wrote : “In der 56sten Lieferung (of Die neue Ausgabe des Martini-Chemnitz’schen 406 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Conchylien-Cabinets) eine vorlaufige Monographie der interessanten, von Hrn. Bergrath Koch zu Griinenplan daselbst znerst aufgestellten und charakterisirten Brachiopoden- gattung Aenigma, welche auf Tellina aenigmatica Chemn. gegrundet ist. Es finden sich dort 4 wohl nnterschiedene Arten der Gattung beschrieben nnd auf Taf. VII, 1, N. 7 vortrefflich abgebildet.” The sheet is apparently very rare, and the text deals with : “ (1) Aenigma roseum Gray (Taf. 7, fig. 1 Ober-, 2 Unterschale, 3, 4, 5 verschiedene Altersstufen von oben und unten). Ostindien teste Chemnitz et Anton. Philippinen teste Cuming . . . erhalten habe. (2) Aenigma reticulatum mihi (Taf. 7, fig. 8 Ober- u. Unterschale). Philippinen von Cuming erhalten. (2) (sic) Aenigma convexum mihi (Taf. 7, fig. 9 Oberschale, 10 dieselbe von der Seite, 11 Unterschale, 12 Innenseite der Oberschale). Ein Exemplar unter Ostindischen Conchylien gefunden ; ein anderes im Wege des Handels angeblich von den Sandwich-Inseln. (3) Aenigma corrogatum , mihi (Taf. 7, fig. 13 Oberschale, 14 Unterschale, 15 Ober- schale von innen). Angeblich von den Sandwich-Inseln.” Nearly forty years later the complete part was issued and the text credited to Koch and the names also, but without reference to their prior issue in 1846. Enigmonia aenigmatica Sower by, 1825. Chemnitz (‘ Syst. Conch. Cab. (Martini),’ XI, p. 211, pi. cxcix, figs. 1949-50, 1795) introduced the name Tellina aenigmatica for a single valve from the East Indies. As Chemnitz was non-binomial it was necessary to find the earliest user, and this appeared to be Gray, who named Chemnitz’s species Anomia rosea (‘ Annals of Philos. (Thomson),’ n.s., IX, p. 139, February, 1825). Since then, however, I have found that Sowerby (‘ Cat. Shells Coll. Tankerville,’ p. 28, January, 1825) had proposed Anomia aenigmatica for the same figures, and, moreover, that Mawe (‘ Linn. syst. Conch.’ p. 68, 1823) had anticipated Gray in the proposal of Anomia rosea for a different shell. As noted above, Koch, in 1846, introduced three other names for the different forms found, recording these from the Philippines and the Sandwich Islands. In 1859 Reeve (‘ Conch. Icon.’ XI, pi. viii, sp. 37, figs. 37, 38, 39, 40 a-d, August, 1859) included all the varieties under the name Anomia aenigmatica, including as synonym Anomia naviformis Jonas (‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) ’ 1846, p. 121, 26th January, 1847, locality unknown) without recording any of Koch’s names, though these should have been available in the Cuming Collection. A very broad shell was from Borneo (p. 38), an oblique one from Singapore (fig. 39), while all the others were apparently from the Philippine Islands. A very elongate shell (fig. 37) was figured as naviformis Jonas. Although this curious dweller on mangrove roots, branches and even leaves was not collected at Low Isles, it almost certainly lives there. It has been found very rarely in Australia, as it must be very difficult to distinguish in life. Rainbird collected living AIOLLUSCA — HtEDALE 407 specimens in the vicinity of Bowen ; these are elongate " naviformis ”. Banfield sent a similar valve from Dmik Island. Whitley and I picked up another valve of the same shape at Michaelmas Cay — a puzzle of disposal. Recently I was fortunate enough to find two valves on the beach at Seaforth, north of Mackay, one of which is elongate, but a little broader than the two preceding valves ; the other is very thin, pale, transparent horn and apparently had been living on a mangrove leaf. This shows the immature state clearly, and it is seen to be very finely concentrically striate, later a faint radial rib begins, but this concentric striation has been seen in most of the shells, though its origin was not definite, as the superficies follows the growth lines of the root or branch the shell is living upon. A similar elongate shell on a root is from Port Essmgton, Northern Territory, but Mr. A. A. Livingstone picked up a valve at Port Darwin, which is one of the broad type, and another from Broome, North-West Australia, is large and broad, measuring 46 mm. in length and 30 mm. in breadth, the surface being irregularly wrinkled. Family Placunidae. The Window Pane Oysters appear in Medley's Queensland list as two species, Placenta placenta Linne and P. lobata Sowerby, the latter having been recorded by Melvill and Standen from Torres Straits. In his Addendum Hedley added Placuna sella Gmelin and P. papijracea Lamarck. While most of the species are flattened, one at least is strongly saddle-shaped, and the latter has generally been regarded as indicating a different generic or subgeneric form. Prashad (p. 30) has concluded : £' The differences between the shells of the so-called genera Placenta and Ephippium Roding ( = Placuna of authors) are not so important as to allow of their being considered as distinct genera ; they may, at most, be regarded as two subgenera of the genus Placenta.” In this case the prior usage of Placuna is overlooked, and the difference in shell-formation is accompanied by distinct animal evolution, as evidenced by Stoliczka’s note (‘ Mem. Geol. Surv. India ’, ‘ Palaeont. Indica ’, ‘ Cret. Fauna S. India’, III, p. 450, 1st August, 1871), when he introduced Placunema for the species ephippium : " Placuna is found on sandy shores and has a very extensible vermiform foot with which it can bury itself partially in the sand, spinning at the same time a few threads of byssus. Placunema (i. e. Ephippium hodie) I found loosely lying on coral reefs.” Stoliczka (p. 431) notes that Deshayes concluded that the generic name Placuna could not be attributed to Solander, and that it should be regarded as of Bruguiere. He then utilized Bruguiere’s name in preference to Retzius’s Placenta , though the former had been proposed four years later, on the score that Retzius’s name was preoccupied by Klein, who had published it twenty-four years before the issue of Linne’s 10th edition of his ‘ Systema Naturae ’. However, Placuna goes back to Solander, so that the name is still available as the generic name and basis of the family name. As above noted two apparently different-looking forms appear in the family : Flat ........... Placuna. Saddle-shaped ......... Ephippium. However, there is a species, lobata, which is flat and also tends to irregularity in form, while the hinge also seems to vary inconsistently. 408 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Genus Placuna. 1786. Placuna Solander, Cat. Portl. Mus. p. 16, 8th April. Haplotype : Anomia placenta Linne. 1788. Placenta Retzius, Diss. Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen. p. 15. Tautotype : P. orbicularis — Anomia placenta Linne. This is the flat, orbicular shell with the narrow hinge teeth, but similar flat shells have wide hinge teeth, so that this feature cannot be used in a differential diagnosis. The shell is large, subcircular, very thin and glassy, the upper valve slightly convex, the lower valve quite flat ; hinge peculiar, something like that of an Isognomon, a series of ligamental pits with one median one, and then on each side a curved rib extending inwards, bearing a strong ligament. A large central muscle scar is seen, and the edges of the valves are thin and fragile. Shell orbicular, hinge teeth adjacent Shell orbicular, hinge teeth wide apart ...... Shell irregular, hinge teeth wide apart ...... Shell suborbicular, hinge teeth wide apart, edges wavy, shell a little irregular ........... placenta, lincolnii. quadrangularis . lobata. Placuna placenta Linne, 1758. 1758. Anomia placenta Linne, Syst. Nat. 10th ed., p. 703, 1st January. “ In pelago ” based on List. Conch, IIIb, fig. 2, c, fig. 1 ; and Gault. Test. t. 104, fig. b. 1788. Placenta orbicularis Retzius, Diss. Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen. p. 15. New name for Anomia placenta Linne. [1797. Placuna vitrea Humphrey, Mus. Calonn. p. 45, 1st May, new name for Anomia placenta Linne.] 1798. Ephippium transparens Bolten, Mus. Bolten, pt. 2, p. 166, September, for Chemn. VIII, t. 79, fig. 716 : “ China,” Tranquebar. 1826. Placuna ovalis Blainville, Diet. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), XLI, p. 197, 23rd September, ex Lesson MS. : No locality. This species is common on some sandy beaches of the North Queensland coast, and it may differ slightly from the typical form, but series have not yet been compared. Placuna lobata Sowerby, 1871. 1871. Placuna lobata Sowerby, Conch. Icon. (Reeve) XVIII, pi. iv, sp. 4, pi. v, fig. 46, November : Port Essington. ’ 1879. Placenta planicostata Dunker, Journ. de Conch. XXVII, p. 214, pi. ix, fig. 2, 1st July : No locality. This species is commonly dredged along the Queensland coast. Placuna lincolnii Gray, 1849. 1849. Placenta lincolnii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1848, p. 114, Moll., pi. i, fig. 1, 25th April, 1849 : Australia. This occurs along the Queensland coast, sometimes on the same beaches as P. placenta but its relationships are not yet exactly known. MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 409 Placuna quadrangularis Retzius, 1788. 1788. Placenta quadranqularis Retzius, Diss. Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen. p. 16 , fide Lynge, D. Kgl. Danske Yidensk. Selskskrifter, 'SHI. Afv. 5, pp. 3, 12, 1909. 1798. Ephippium anomia Bolten. Mus. Bolten, II, p. 166, September, for Cliemn. VIII, t. 79, fig. 715 (Tranquebar) ; Knorr. Yerg. II. t. 24, fig. 1, and Rumph. t. 47, fig. b. 1819. Placuna papyracea Lamarck. Hist. Anim. s. Yert. YI, pt. 1. p. 224, February-June — 31st July ; L'Ocean Indien, citing Gualt. Test., t. 104, fig. b, and Chemn. Conch. YIII, t. 79, fig. 715. Specimens referable to this species are in this Museum, from Port Curtis, but specific comparisons with typical material have not yet been made. Genus Ephippium . 1798. Ephippium Bolten, Mus. Bolten. II, p. 166, September. Tautotvpe : E. polonicum — Placenta ephippium Retzius. 1807. Sellaria Link, Beschr. conch. Samml. Rosb. III. p. 158, 17th May. Tautotype : S. polonica — Placenta ephippium Retzius. 1871. Placunema Stoliczka, Pal. India, III, p. 451, 1st August. Orthotype : A. sella Gmelin = Placenta ephippium Retzius. Although this looks superficially different from Placuna. it will be necessary to study the animals to determine the exact relationship. The texture and sculpture appear very similar, and it seems to develop the extraordinary and well-known saddle-shape with age, and consequently should be associated entirely with Placuna. The hinge and muscle scars appear to be of the same origin without much alteration, but Stoliczka, who was very careful in such matters, separated them from seeing them in nature. Stoliczka (p. 450) recorded : “ Placuna is found on sandy shores and has a very extensible vermiform foot, with which it can bury itself partially in the sand spinning at the same time a few tlireads of byssus. Placunema I found loosely lying on coral reefs.” Ephippium ephippium Retzius, 1788. 1788. Placenta ephippium Retzius, Diss. Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen. p. 16 : Indian Ocean. 1791. Anomia sella Gmelin, Syst. Nat. VI, p. 3345 : Oceano Indico. 1798. Ephippium polonicum Bolten, Mus. Bolten, II, p. 166, September, for Chemn. VIII, t. 79, fig. 714 : Moluccas. Although this is on record from Queensland, there are no local specimens available. Order ISOFILIBRANCHIA. This is introduced for the Mussel-like molluscs which were associated with the Arks and Window Pane shells under the general " Order Filibranchia ”. Thiele regarded these as a Stirps Mytilacea of his Order Anisomyaria, this Stirps agreeing with Cossmann and Peyrot’s “ Cenacle ”, a part of their Suborder Subfilibranchiata belonging to the same Order. Family Mytilidae. No true Mussels have yet been reported from Queensland waters, but there are many of the toothless Mytiloid forms, and these apparently represent many groups. Ihering and -Jukes-Browne independently examined Mytilids, but neither had much material nor 410 GREAT BAERIER REEF EXPEDITION field study. The Modiolid forms alone would be worth studying, as in nature there are different groups, and these are at present all lumped. Genus Trichomya. 1900. Trichomya Ihering, Proc. Mai. Soc. (Lond.) IV, p. 87, August. Orthotype : Mytilus hirsutus Lamarck. This genus was proposed by Ihering for hirsutus , horridus and tortus , the last-named being the type of Stavelia, but fortunately he designated hirsutus as the type of Trichomya. I have already stated that Stavelia and Trichomya are distinct groups, the latter showing the curious discrepant sculpture characteristic of “ Musculus ”, while the former is smooth. From Port Curtis, 9-12 fathoms, many specimens of Stavelia were dredged by Messrs. Ward and Boardman, and adherent to some were specimens of Trichomya. Trichomya hirsuta Lamarck, 1819. 1819. Mytilus hirsutus Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. VI (1), p. 120, July : Mers de la Nouvelle Hollande. The species known by this name in New South Wales ranges along the Queensland coast as far north as Townsville, and southwards into South Australia, whence it may have been described by Lamarck. His description is not convincing, as the size, 62 mm., is not commonly reached, and at that size it would scarcely be termed “ subtrigona ”, while the “ latere postico depresso hiante ” is somewhat disturbing. Genus Stavelia. 1858. Stavelia Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1858, p. 90, 27th April. Haplotype : Mytilus tortus Reeve, pi. xli, fig. 1. This well-marked group is an inhabitant of the coastal waters of Queensland, and is easily recognizable by its large size, its curious shape, its bristly exterior, the bristles carrying many hooks, and its toothless hinge. Although the hinge is quite toothless, the edges of the valves do not crenulate at any stage ; the ligament internal, rather short but stout, and carried between two projections, in the adult, almost meriting the titles of shelves. Stavelia horrida Dunker, 1857. 1857. Mytilus horridus Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1856, p. 359, 8th May, 1857 : North Coast, New Holland. 1857. Mytilus horridus Reeve, Conch. Icon. IX, pi. iii, sp. and fig. 9, June, 1857, as of Dunker, P.Z.S. 1856 : Cape Capricorn, North Australia. This species has been sometimes called subdistorta Recluz, but that species, as Mytilus subdistortus (‘ Journ. de Conch.’ Ill, p. 159, pi. viii, figs. 6, 7, June, 1852), was described from the Seas of China with doubt. The figure shows that the species certainly did not come from Australia. This is common in the dredge along the Queensland coast, and sometimes occurs washed up on the beaches. MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 411 Genus Modiolus. 1799. Modiolus Lamarck, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, p. 87, May. Haplotype : Mytilus modiolus Liune. 1801. Modiola Lamarck, Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 113, January. Haplotype : Modiola papuana Lam. for Argenv. t. 22, fig. c, etc. 1847. Volsella Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1847, p. 19S, November (as of Scopoli, Introd. Hist. Nat. p. 397, 1777 : Indeterminable). Orthotype : Mytilus modiolus Linne. The edentulous Mussels arranged under the generic name Modiolus may be separable when the animals are critically examined. Superficially there are distinct sections, with very probably entirely different habits, as some are found attached to stones, while others five in mud. The exterior also shows variation with regard to the hirsute covering, some very thickly covered, others almost naked. Again, there is a series in which the hinge line is long and the ligament slender and weak, as contrasting with those with a short hinge fine and stout ligament. When we find that the byssus-bearing, hirsute forms are those with the short hinge line and stout ligament, and that the mud-living, naked ones have the long hinge line and slender ligament the distinction seems worthy of at least subgeneric, distinction. Prashad (p. 71) noted that “ Modiolus [M.) clongatus is allied to M. (M.) philippi- naruni Hanley, M. (M.) metcalfei Hanley, and M. (M.) arata Hanley, but is easily distin- guished by its comparatively much elongated and narrow shell, a moderately developed post-dorsal wing and rather feeble sculpture ”. I would attach M. elomjatus to my second group along with arata , and refer philip- pinarum and metcalfei to the first one, but discuss the two latter below. Modiolus peneler/am sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 17.) This is the species most like metcalfei, but it is longer and narrower. Shell elongate. If we take the hinge line as a horizontal the shell is steeply oblique, posteriorly much produced, anteriorly very slightly produced beyond the beaks, the ventral margin slightly sinuate, the dorsal strongly arched. Shell most swollen medially, flattening towards the postero- ventral end, while the dorsal angulation is sharp and the shell is there thinned. The hinge line is short and delicate. The coloration is bright shining yellowish brown, darker on the dorsal angle, with a paler band below the median swelling as well as one above. There is a thin periostracal covering of fine elongate processes on the posterior portion of the shell, but generally the shell is smooth. The longest measurement of the specimen figured, from Townsville, is 61 mm., the height 26 mm., but from the parallel of the hinge line 40 mm., the depth 23 mm. Some years ago, from examination of the British Museum specimens, I concluded that Modiola philippinarum Hanley appeared to be the same as M. metcalfei of the same author described at the same time (‘ Cat. Rec. Bivalve Shells ’, p. 235, Suppl. pi. xxiv, fig. 25 : 4 Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) ’ 1844, p. 14, July), and that M. metcalfei had place priority, and therefore advocated its use. In very few instances have I ever advised “ lumping ”, and in each case more knowledge has compelled the rejection of that advice, and in this one I also erred. There can be little hesitation to-day in accepting the distinction of the two forms, and Talavera and Faustino (‘ Philippine Journal of Science,’ L, pp. 23, 24, 412 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION pi. x, fig. 3 ; pi. xi, figs. 2, 3, 4, January, 1933) have described the two Philippine species as common and distinct, and these also obviously differ from the Australian shells. However, in the meantime, Lamy (‘ Bull. Mus. Nat. ’dHist. Nat. Paris,’ XXVI, p. 65, 1920) had examined the type of Modiola albicosta Lamarck, and recorded that it was the same as M. philippinarum Hanley, with M. metcalfei Hanley, and M. rumphii Philippi (‘ Zeitschr. fur Mai.’ IV, p. 114, August, 1847. However, Lamarck’s species was described from “ les mers orientales de l’lnde, de Timor et de la Nouvelle Hollande ”, not the Philippines, so that the identity with philippinarum is denied. The confusion with regard to these species can be best understood by Lamy’s publication of Jousseaume’s notes on Red Sea Mussels. Lamy (‘ Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris,’ Year 1919, No. 2, p. 110) recorded the MS. name, Modiola vultuosa, for the shell figured by Savigny, on plate xi, as being intermediate between auriculata and philippi- narum, though, just above, he had recorded that Jousseaume suggested that metcalfei was only a variety of philippinarum approaching auriculata. Lamy, on the next page (p. Ill), introduced Fulgida, ex Jousseaume MS., for Perna fulgida H. Adams (‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) ’ 1870, p. 7, pi. i, fig. 9 : Red Sea), which he placed as a synonym of M. lignea Reeve. Cooke had previously identified H. Adams’s species with philippinarum , and in this view he has been followed by Lynge, but lignea does not seem at all like philippinarum. Modiolus proclivis sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 19.) Approaching philippinarum in form, but lacking the dorsal angulation and having the major portion of the shell hirsute, but these appendages appear to be sticky and have many small particles of shell adherent. This is comparatively a broader shell than the preceding with the shell less strongly oblique, the ventral margin a little more sinuate, and the dorsal roundly arched. The longest measurement of the shell figured from Albany Passage is 71 mm., the height 33 mm., but from the parallel of the hinge line, 45 mm., the depth 29 mm. This species is not met with on the beaches as is the preceding, but is dredged in shallow water from Cape York to Port Curtis. Modiolus agripeta sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 21.) This species has been called Modiola auriculata Krauss (‘ Sudafr. Moll.’ p. 20, pi. ii, fig. 4, 1848), which was described from South Africa, but that name must fall before Modiola semifusca Lamarck (‘Hist. Anim. s. Vert.’ VI (1), p. 113, July, 1819: lie de France ?), according to Lamy. As, however, Lamarck’s species was described from the “ Cabinet de M. Dufresne ”, that conclusion is doubtful, until the original specimen is re-examined in the Royal Scottish Museum at Edinburgh. Krauss’ s figure disagrees with our shell, and specimens from South Africa, determined by local specialists as Krauss’s species, are differently shaped and have very little perios- tracum, and are thinner, recalling the metcalfei form rather than this. Our shell is a littoral species living at Low Isles near the outer edge, where, in places, it is very abundant, forming a mat, apparently always gregarious. It is very hirsute, the processes long but simple, the shell comparatively short and broad, dorsal angle elevated, nearer the anterior than posterior end, ventral edge nearly straight, coloration pale brown. The longest MOLLUSC A— IREDALE 413 measurement of a Low Isles specimen (figured) is 45 mm., height 20 mm., from hinge parallel 32 mm., depth 20 mm. Modiolus vagina suaviter subsp. nov. Hedley included Modiola vagina Lamarck in his Queensland list, but Lamarck's species ('Hist. Anim. s. Vert.' VI, part 1. p. 112, February- June = July, 1819) was described from the Indian Ocean, £Rumph. Mus.’. t. 46, fig. e, being cited as illustrative. Reeve (' Conch. Icon.' X. pi. i. fig. 3, January, 1858) figured under Lamarck's name a Philippine Island shell and questioned the identity of the Rumphian species. The Australian shell is easily distinguished from the Philippine one by its dorsal side being nearly parallel with the ventral one, and its posterior extremity scarcely projecting beyond the umbones. It is more like the Rumphian figure, but is also more straight dorsally, and not sinuate medially ventrally. The type, from Moreton Bay, measures 120 mm. by 44 mm. Modiolus ostentus sp. nov. (Plate VI. fig. 18.) This is the shell resembling elongatus Swainson, from which it differs at sight in its shape and proportions. The hinge line is very long, two-thirds the length of the shell, the posterior side short, the anterior side very little produced before the beaks, the ventral consequently being very long and nearly straight. Coloration pale bright brown, with two yellowish radial lines originating at the umbo and thence one to the middle of the posterior margin, the other towards the postero- ventral edge below the posterior swelling. The shell is rather evenly swollen ventrally and the posterior area is flattened. The extreme length of the specimen figured from Keppel Bay is 80 mm., the height 34 mm., this being the same as the parallel hinge height, and depth 23 mm. Modiolus pulvillus sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 22.) This little shell, secured at Low Isles, is representative of a species which has been given three names in attempts to determine it. The shell is small, rather regularly elongate, the posterior portion not much wider than the anterior, the rounded anterior a little produced, the ventral margin a little sinuate, the dorsal margin only a little elevated posteriorly and gradually rounded to meet the ventral margin. The shell is rather evenly swollen, the posterior area covered with a fine periostracum, which collects mud. The coloration is dark purplish brown outside and purple inside. The specimen figured measures 25 mm. in length, 13 mm. in height and 13 mm. in depth. This may be the Modiola lignea recorded by Melvill and Standen from Torres Straits. Amygdalum arbor escens” Melville and Standen (p. 184) recorded Modiola arborescens Chemn. from Boydong Cays, Torres Straits, while Shirley proposed to add Modiola senhausii Reeve from Murray Island. Hedley had regarded specimens in the Australian Museum collection from Cardwell and Mapoon, Queensland as Modiola japonica Dunker, but J apanese examples so named are easily separable, and Australian shells are definitely narrower than Reeve’s 414 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION figure of senhausii (‘ Conch. Icon.’ X, pi. v, fig. 22, October, 1857) from Chusan. As anticipated, our shells are not much like arborescens, but it is impossible to suggest what the shells Melvill and Standen had under review may be. Genus Dentimodiolus nov. Type : D. sculptus sp. nov. Shell elongated, arched, striate, the edges denticulate within ; hinge line short, less than half the length of the shell ; ligament set upon a shallow shelf, above which the margin is strongly numerously toothed ; teeth as round knobs, not interlocking with opposite series. These pseudo-teeth continue all along the upper margin and around the beaks, but disappear ventrally. At the anterior end there are a few stronger, which may act as real teeth, but generally none of this series of nodules can be classed as real teeth, but may be regarded as an intermediate stage. The ribbing is very fine and such as ordinarily would not denticulate the margin, and in life is covered by the periostracum. The muscle scars are peculiar, and the interrelationship of these Mussels will be dealt with later. Dentimodiolus sculptus sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 20.) In Hedley’s Queensland list appears “ Brachydontes curvatus Dunker, 1857, Mytilus ”. The species so determined is here named as above. Dunker’s species was named (‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) ’ 1856, p. 361, 8th May, 1857) from Luzon, Philippine Islands, and was figured by Reeve (‘ Conch. Icon.’ X, pi. xi, sp. 53, January, 1858), and the illustration is not much like our shell. However, all argument is obviated by the fact that Dunker’s name is invalid, being preoccupied by Kloeden (£ Verst. Mark. Brandenburg ’ 1834, p. 208, fig. 8 e, Sherborn). It is a mainland species, and the shell figured is from Cairns and measures 30 mm. in length, 12 mm. in height and 11 5 mm. in depth. The shell is elongate, the dorsal side gently arched, the posterior end rounded, the ventral margin medially sinuate and the beaks a very little produced. Coloration dark brown. The whole surface is finely striate, but in some specimens there is a smooth medial area as in Musculus, and the anterior ribbing is subnodulose ; the ribs are rounded, flattened, close together, and over a hundred can be counted on the postero- ventral sector ; there may be about twenty on the anterior sector, where the Musculus roll may be seen, while the ribs on mid-sector are fine and close. Genus Botulopa nov. Type : B. silicula infra subsp. nov. A boring shell very like Modiolus is widely distributed throughout the coral reefs of the Indo-Pacific area. It has sometimes been regarded as Botula Morch, e. g. by Dali, who wrote : “ Surface deeply concentrically sulcate, shell inflated, with conspicuously spiral umbones, the epidermis polished. This section (of Modiolus ), if it were not for its peculiar muscular scars, might perhaps equally well be placed under Lithophaga, as has been done by Fischer. It is intermediate, conchologically, between the boring Lithophagi and the nestlers, as regards externals.” This does not really describe the present group, as it conchologically is very like Modiolus, and nothing like Lithophaga, where Hedley, following Fischer, ranged it. It is a true borer, not a nestler. MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 415 Morch introduced Botula (' Cat. Conch. Yoldi,' II, p. 55, 1st April, 1853) with only two species, arenaria Meusch. = Modiola vagina Lam. = M. castaneus Gray (Rumph, 46 e), and fusca. Gm. List, 359, 197 = brunneus Sldr. = cinnamomea Lam. var. — favanni Pot. and Mich. Apparently Chenu (‘ Man. Conch.' II, p. 156, fig. 775, 1859) was the first to use the name, which unfortunately he did in a sense quite different from that of Morch, figuring Botula splendida Dunker. This species had only been described in 1857, but notwithstanding this, Stoliczka (' Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind., Pal. Ind.’ Ill, pp. 370 (xxi, March August 1871) and Ivobelt (' Illustr. Conch. Buch.’ p. 364, pi. 106, fig. 10, 1884), both cited splendida as type of Botula Morch. 1853. Dali (' Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci.‘ III. pt. iv, p. 792. late 1898) and Ihering (; Proc. Malac. Soc. (Lond.) ’ 1900, p. 88) altered this by recording cinnamomea Lam. as type, but again incorrectly, as this wras not one of Morch’s species, his citation being of cinnamomea Lam. var. — a different thing. I here select fusca Gm. based on Lister 359. 197. as type of Botula Morch, and this name will not trouble Australian malacologists, as Lister's figure does not apply to any shell like our species. Dali used the name Modiolus ( Botula ) cinnamomeus Lamarck, for his Florida fossils, writing. “ I am not able to determine whether the East Indian shell usually called M. fuscus Gmelin is the same or distinct specifically. The distribution of boring species is often very wide. It is certain, however, that Chemnitz’s specimens, on which Lamarck founded the species, were West Indian ”. As noted above, Gmelin’s name was given to Lister’s figure alone, with no locality cited, and there is no reason to regard it as East Indian ; it is figured on a plate marked “ Jamaic.”, so that it would be West Indian, and the name for the West Indian species would be fuscus. Further, Lamarck introduced Modiola cinnamomea for shells in the Paris Museum, and his own collection, from the seas of the Isle of France, and merely cited Chemnitz's figure as illustration thereof. As a “ var. b ” he gave Lister’s figure, and noted, La variete [b] a ete trouvee dans l'interieur de polypiers pierreux ”. Thus, Lamarck’s cinnamomeus would be correctly available for the Mauritius species, but Link (' Beschr. Nat. Samml. Univ. Rostock.' Ill, p. 147, 1807) had previously intro- duced Modiolus cinnamomeus , based on Chemnitz’s species, and thus invalid for the Eastern species : apparently Schreibers (‘ Vers. Conch. II, p. 293, 1793) had even anticipated Link. There is, however, a Lamarckian name for the Australian form, silicula, and this is here used. As our shell does not agree at all with the generic description applied by Dali for Botula, and the habits of our shell are also known correctly, the above generic name is introduced to avoid further confusion. Our shell has not a “ deeply concentrically sulcate surface ”, being smooth with rather well-marked growth stages only ; the umbones are decidedly not conspicuously spiral, exceeding very little if at all the normality of Modiolus or Lithophaga s.l. The muscle scars are not very peculiar, nor would any field worker place it under Lithophaga, nor is it intermediate in any sense between the “ boring Lithophagi ” and the nestlers, as it is a true boring Modiolus only. Botulopa silicula infra subsp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 26.) 1819. Modiola silicula Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. YI, pt. 1, p. 115 (31st July) : Seas of New Holland = Sharks’ Bay, W.A. This species is thus described : “ M. testa oblonga, cylindracea, recta, unifariam striata ; extremitatibus obtusis ; antica retusa. Habite les mers de la Nouvelle Hollande. 416 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Mus. no. Elle est moyenne entre la precedente ( Modiola cinnamomea) et celle qui suit (M. plicata). Coquille blanche ; epiderme marron tres-brun. Longueur, 25 millimetres. Elle n’a que les stries d’accroissement.” The preceding (M. cinnamomea) was localized as “ Habite les mers de l’lsle de France ”, and “ ‘ Chemn. Conch.’ VIII, t. 82, fig. 731,. £ Encyclop.’ pi. 221, fig. 4 ” were cited as illustrations. Many years later, Tate described Lithodomus projectans (£ Trans. Roy. Soc. South Austr.’ XV, p. 130, pi. i, fig. 1, December, 1892) from Port Darwin, Northern Territory, as being like cinnamomeus, but distinguished by absence of decussated sculpture. The Queensland species appears to differ slightly in form, and may be called Botulopa silicula infra subsp. nov. Otter noted that it was “ commonest on the reef flat in dead coral rock which is usually in an advanced stage of decomposition ”. The type is a Low Isles shell measuring 26‘5 mm. in length, 12 mm. in breadth, and 12 mm. in depth. Trichomusculus barbatus Reeve, 1858. Melvill and Standen (p. 184) admitted Modiola ( Adula ) lanigera Dkr. from Station II, Warrior Island. The name Lithodomus laniger was published by Reeve (‘ Conch. Icon.’ X, Lithodomus , pi. v, for fig. 30, January, 1858, from Australia) as of Dunker MS. in Mus. Cuming, and has always since been accepted as a synonym of Lithodomus barbatus Reeve, published at the same time for fig. 27, from Sydney (in mud at the depth of 6 fathoms). This is a well-known Sydney species, which occurs also in South Queensland, but there is nothing like it in this Museum from Torres Straits. It does not belong to the Modiola series even. Genus Lithophaga. 1798. Lithophaga Bolten, Mus. Bolten, II, p. 156, September. Haplotype : L. mytuloides = M. lithophagus Gmelin. 1811. Lithophagus Megerle, Ges. Nat. Freunde Berl. Mag. VI (1), p. 69. 1816. Lithodomus Cuvier, Regne Anim. II, p. 461, “ 1817 ” = December, 1816. Logotype : Herrmannsen, Index Mai. I, p. 611, 1847. M. lithophagus Lima. 1820. Lithotornus Schweigger, Handb. Naturg. p. 712 (pref. 1st May). Error only for Lithodomus Cuvier, corrected on p. 776. 1821 . LAthoglyphus Sturm, Deutscb. Fauna (VI Wurm), (5), p. 57, as of Megerle : New name for Lithophagus Megerle, fide Bucquoy, D. et D., Moll. Mar. Roussillon, II, p. 159, April, 1890. 1886. Myoforceps Fischer, Manuel de Conch. X, p. 969, 30th April. Haplotype : Modiola caudigera Lamarck. 1898. Diberus Dali, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Ill (4), p. 799 (April = November). Orthotype : Lithodomus plumulus Hanley. 1916. Labis Dali, Check List Rec. Biv. Moll. North-West America, p. 19. Haplotype : Modiola attenuata Deshayes. [1857. Leiosolenus Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells Brit. Mus. p. 130. Haplotype : Liiosolenus spatiosus Carpenter.] Dali (‘ Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science,’ III, pt. 4, pp. 798-799, 1898) separated the Date Mussels into five sections : Lithophaga s.s., Adula H. and A. Adams, 1857, Leiosolenus Carpenter, 1856, Myoforceps Fisher, 1886, and Diberus Dali, 1898. All these names were given to Northern forms, the type of Lithophaga being the Mediterranean species without calcareous deposition and with perpendicular striae anteriorly. The well-known “ teres ” of the Pacific Ocean agrees in general in facies, but the animals may differ very appreciably when comparisons are made. MOLLUSCA— IRE DALE 417 Adula H. and A. Adams does not appear to have any close relationship with the Date Mussels, and is not given any further consideration here. Dali writes of Leiosolenus Carpenter as " Shell like Lithophaga, but building a doubly tubular spout to the aperture of its burrow, and therefore probably furnished with elongated tubular siphons Such a description definitely removes this group from among the Date Mussels as studied in Australian waters. Myoforceps had been provided by Fisher 1886, for a West Indian form, which covered the tips of the valves with a smooth chalky incrustation, which extends with a twist forming a crossed projection. Then Diberus was proposed for the American species with a chalk deposition meeting regularly beyond the tip of the valves, though the chalk is curiously irregularly laid down. Later Dali added Labis for a South American species with a very elongated smooth chalky deposition, whose tips meet closely. Xone of these chalk-bearing forms show the anterior perpendicular striation of the non-encrusted species. The magnificent collection made by Mr. Guy W. Otter at Low Isles indicates the distinction of the Indo-Pacific series, and while “ teres ’’ as above noted resembles the typical Mediterranean Lithophaga, the remainder of our species disagree with the sections indicated by Dali. There is a series of species with very little or no incrustation, in any case not exceeding the valves, and being non-striate perpendicularly anteriorly. These may form a section Myapalmula, the species L. dichroa being named as type. The chalky-tipped series is also divisible, but none shows the regular feathering of Diberus , nor the attenuation of Labis, nor the twisting of Myoforceps. There is a species with smooth incrustation anteriorly, but it is truncated, and meets tightly, and a section Doliolabis is provided, the type being the Australian L. laevigatas instigans. The common chalky-tipped species with the chalk irregularly and roughly laid down and extending beyond the tips of the valves is something like Diberus, and the sectional name may be based on that name, Exodiberus , but this does not imply phylogenetic affinity, the type being the shell called L. calcifer, but there may be many species in this section. The species L. divaricalx is so unlike in shell features, though similarly incrusted, that a sectional name must be introduced for it. As a matter of fact it simulates Diberus more closely than the previous section. The name Salebrolabis is provided for this, the incrustation with the median elevated crinkled section being diagnostic. The Australian members may be characterized thus : Genus Lithophaga. — Elongate bivalve shells with the umbones subterminal, the posterior edge scarcely exceeding them, the prolonged anterior portion being more or less divided diagonally, the dorsal section smooth, sometimes heavily incrusted with chalk, the incrustation projecting, but never twisting ; the ventral section rarely perpendicularly striate, more commonly smooth, with a slight chalky deposit. As sections may be nominated : Lithophaga sensu stricto. — Non-incrusted species with the ventral anterior section perpendicularly striate. Myapalmula. — Smooth shells lacking the striation and with very little or no chalky deposition, definitely no extended chalky tip. Doliolabis. — Smooth shells with smooth chalky covering extending beyond the tips of the valves. Exodiberus. — Smooth shells with rough chalky covering extending beyond the tips but not in regular feathery formation ; shell fairly regularly elongate, v. 6. 40 418 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Salebrolabis. — Smooth shells with very roughened, raised chalky incrustation, just extending beyond the tips of the valves and meeting closely ; shell rather broad, with elevated dorsal angle. It will be best to deal with the species living together on Low Isles as a whole, and then indicate the lessons to be learned. Before Mr. Guy W. Otter began his investigations into the molluscs boring coral rock, practically nothing was known about the species or their variation, and names were being used quite indiscriminately. Otter was very enthusiastic and made large collections, and it was found that the species varied very little, and were easily distinguished in the field. The Modiolid forms are only discrimi- nated here, but it may be explained that in addition there were species of Rocellaria ( = Gastrochaena ), Petricola and Coralliophaga, also engaged in boring. The apertures of these were noted as being different, indicating the inhabitant of the burrow by their form. Seven species are easily distinguished, and each of these shows a distinctive method of encrustation. First, the well-known “ teres " form stands alone in its entire absence of chalky covering, the anterior-ventral section being perpendicularly striate, the posterior-dorsal section clean and corrugated with deep growth-lines only. Otter's No. 1. Second, “ nasuta-\ike " is bicolor, a feature separating it from all the others, the anterior-ventral section being pale brown covered in the adult with a light chalky film ; the posterior-dorsal section is blackish-brown, the dorsal edge paler, with only a poor chalky deposition, the growth-lines showing. Otter's No. 4. Third, a smaller shell like the preceding, pale unicolor green with a slight irregular deposition of chalk ; this, like the former, is unsculptured, save for growth lines, which are not as marked as in “ teres ”. Otter's Nos. 6 and 7. Fourth, the largest species, “ obesa ”, pale unicolor brown, the anterior-ventral section with a very light chalky covering, the posterior-dorsal section somewhat irregularly showing chalky deposition, the chalk being thickened towards the posterior end ; no heavy growth-lines. Otter's No. 3. Then come three heavily chalk-tipped forms ; the first of these, the most common, has the anterior-ventral section slightly chalk-covered, the posterior-dorsal covered with a feathery chalk formation, which extends beyond the edges of the shell posteriorly gaping, but not twisted like Myoforceps. Otter's Nos. 2 and 5. The second is practically smooth and not chalky, save the tip, which has a solid, not feathery, deposition meeting closely, though extending a little beyond the shell. Otter's No. 2. The third, an uncommon species, has a complete chalky covering, the anterior- ventral section slightly but fairly completely, the dorsal ridge, which is angulately elevated, also roughly covered, but between a strong series of chalky divaricating irregular ridges tightly closing at the tip. Otter's Nos. 2 and 5. It was found that when two or three species were associated in one coral block, they were occupying different stations. Moreover, forms were definitely restricted to certain species of coral, and probably many more will later be separated. This collection, and research by Otter, have been inestimable in the elucidation of the boring mollusc problem. On the way down from Low Isles, Otter collected some specimens at Cape Cleveland, near Townsville, all teres save one, which is a fine large shell closely related to the one I am calling divaricalx, but with the dorsal angle less elevated and the chalky deposition of much less extent and may be the mainland representative. HOLLUSCA— EREDALE 419 At Goat Island, Moreton Bay, Queensland, a number of Date Mussels was picked out of coral living below low water. The coral was brain-coral and no less than six species of molluscs were found boring therein, four species being Date Mussels. At the base one specimen of the “ obesa ” form was found and one specimen of the “ teres ” style. The former was similar to that found at Low Isles, but the teres shell was of the short and broad form. There were many of a plain pale-coloured shell, larger than the small one from Low Isles, but much less than the bicolor one. Then a few with a corrugated chalk tip were found, and these were thinner and more pointed anteriorly and also more pro- jecting posteriorly. At the Capricorn Group, on North-West Islet, four species were also found boring into Pontes , and possibly many more would have been found had the tides been better. One with a corrugated chalk tip was smaller and differently shaped from the Low Isles one, and another with a solid chalk tip also different in shape from the Low Isles “ laevigata ” ; a curious small barrel-shaped shell with a small chalky tip was unlike anything previously found, while a small plain pale one was comparable with the smallest Low Isles species, but was definitely broader. Mr. Melbourne Ward made a collection of these Mussels at Lindeman Island, and then Mr. G. P. Whitley and myself have since collected these molluscs in that locality. The predominating species was “ teres ”, the apparent shorter and broader form, but specimens representing three of the Low Isles species were also found, with another we had not found at that locality, and which was already in this Museum from Moreton Bay under the name mucronata Philippi, ■which it recalls ; it is the barrel-shaped species with chalky tip referred to in the North-West Islet collection. As regards the nomination to be used there was at first great difficulty on account of the varied attempts at identification already in use by other workers. Schmeltz had recorded teres Philippi from Cape York, and then added corrugata Philippi from Port Denison. Smith reported teres Philippi from Port Denison, and added malaccanus Reeve from Cape York. Then, Melvill and Standen concluded that four species lived in Torres Straits, and selected for these canalifera Hanley, gracilis Philippi, hanleyana Reeve and teres Philippi. Hedley collected some shells at Mast Head Islet, Capricorn Group, and brought in laevigata Quoy and Gaimard in place of malaccana (Reeve) Smith, and added stramineus Dunker and dnnamomea Lamarck. Thus, the Queensland list read : canalifera Hanley, dnnamomea Lamarck, corrugata Philippi, gradlis Philippi, hanleyana Reeve, laevigata Quoy and Gaimard, straminea Dunker and teres Philippi. Lynge (p. 136) considered gracilis Philippi and teres Philippi as identical, preferring the former name, but teres had priority, and gradlis was invalid. Lynge then commented (p. 137) under the heading malaccana Reeve : “ The present species, like all boring molluscs, is subject to great variation in regard to form ; I have put L. subula Reeve and Dunker’s L. cavernosa and reticulata as synonymous forms, and several more could no doubt be added.” Otter’s collections have considerably altered that view, as great constancy was found, the individual variation being negligible. The names that have been cited in Australian connection are here arranged chrono- logically for reference : 1835. Lithodomus Icevigatus Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. “ Astrol.,” Zool. Ill, p. 464, pi. lxxviii, figs. 17, 18 : Port Dorey, New Guinea. 420 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1844. Lithodomus canaliferus Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1844, p. 16, July : I. Zebu, Philippine Islands. Figd. Reeve, Conch. Icon. X, pi. iv, sp. 25, October, 1857. 1846. Modiola corrugata Philippi, Abbild. Conch. II, p. 147, pi. i, fig. 1, October : No locality ; later, idem, ibid., IY, p. 21 : West Indies. 1846. Modiola teres Philippi, Abbild. Conch. II, p. 148, pi. i, fig. 3, October : Oceanus Pacificus. 1846. Modiola nasuta Philippi, Abbild. Conch. II, p. 149, pi. i, fig, 2. October : Oceanus Pacificus. 1846. Modiola mucronata Philippi, Abbild. Conch. II, p. 150, pi. i, fig. 8, October : Java. 1847. Modiola ( Lithophagus ) malayana Philippi, Zeitschr. fur Mai. 1847, p. 117, August : China Sea. Figd. Abbild. Conch. Ill, p. 21, pi. ii, fig. 6, September, 1847. 1847. Modiola ( Lithophagus ) gracilis Philippi, Zeitsch. fur Mai. 1847, p. 117, August : China. Figd. Abbild. Conch. Ill, p. 19, pi. ii, fig. 1, September, 1847. 1847. Modiola (Lithophagus) obesa Philippi, Zeitschr. fur Mai. 1847, p. 118, August : China ?. Figd. Abbild. Conch. IV, p. 19, pi. ii, fig. 2, September, 1847. 1857. Lithodomus cumingianus Reeve, Conch. Icon. X, pi. ii, sp. 8, October ex Dunker MS. : North Australia and Mazatlan. 1857. Lithodomus stramineus Reeve, Conch. Icon. X, pi. ii, sp. 11, October ex Dunker MS. : West Indies. 1857. Lithodomus hanleyanus Reeve, Conch. Icon. X, pi. iv, sp. 19, October ex Dunker MS. : Suez. 1858. Lithodomus malaccanus Reeve, Conch. Icon. X, pi. iv, sp. 20, October : Malacca. 1882. Lithophaga ventrosa Clessin, Conch. Cab. (Mart, and Chemn.) ed. Kuster, VIII, Abth. 3 a, p. 4, pi. i, figs. 3, 4, ex Dunker MS. : Lord Hood’s Island. 1882. Lithophaga nasuta Clessin, Conch. Cab. (Mart, and Chemn.) ed. Kuster, VIII, Abth, 3a, p. 5, pi. i, figs. 5, 6 (Philippine Islands) ; pi. ii, figs. 7, 8, ex Dunker MS. : West Indies, var. minor nom. nud. : North Australia. Lithophaga divaricctlx sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 23.) This fine species was rarely found among the dead coral boulders at extreme low water. Shell of medium size, with elevated dorsal angulation and strong calcification posteriorly, a hard median division showing elevated divaricating ridges, a dorsal band of fine pustulose ridges parallel to the dorsal angle and the remainder of the shell with a fine chalky encrustation, the shell being red brown where this is scratched off. The anterior end is rounded, scarcely exceeding the umbones, and the dorsal angulation is posterior to the middle and rather steeply descends to the extremity ; the ventral margin is faintly curved. The specimen figured measures 44 mm. in length, 18 mm. at greatest height, and 15 mm. in depth. The chalky extremities meet tightly, exceeding the shell very little. Lithophaga calcifer sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 28.) This chalk-tipped species was found in living Favia, Goniastrea and Pocillopora, as well as in dead coral boulders. The differences observed have not been sufficient for differentiation, but it is possible that the different corals are the habitat of distinct forms of chalky-tipped Date Mussels. Shell small, very little dorsal elevation, strong chalky crust exceeding the end of the shell appreciably and not attingent. The chalky tip is solid, but shows wrinkles and hollows, but not separable into ridges, but this pustulose appearance covers the whole dorsal sector, the ventral sector being also covered with a thin, flattened, smooth chalky film, the shell underneath being a rich brown. The anterior end is rounded, scarcely exceeding the umbones, and the dorsal line is only weakly angled, the angle very little behind the middle. The ventral margin is slightly curved. MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 421 The figured specimen measures 42 mm. to the end of the chalk, 13 mm. at greatest height, and 10 mm. in depth. Lithophaga simplex sp. nor. (Plate VI, fig. 25.) A small, pale, unicolor non-chalky form only found in living Pontes and living Sympkillia at Low Isles. Shell small, with marked dorsal angulation, but without any massed chalky incrus- tation. Coloration pale greenish brown. There is a very slight chalky covering, but it is not continuous, only showing patchily and being very thin, so that the colour of the shell predominates. The anterior extremity is a little produced and roimded, the ventral margin straight and the dorsal angle elevated, but anterior to the middle and sloping gently posteriorly. The shell figured measures 28 mm. in length (there is no chalky tip), 10 mm. in height and 9 mm. in depth. Lithophaga dichroa sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 31.) Otter wrote : " This is much the commonest lamellibranch borer on Low Isles both in dead coral boulders, and in the beach limestone.” It has been confused with laevigatus. but is easily separated by means of its small size, shape and bicoloration, all the other species being uniformly coloured. It seems most like Modiola nasuta Philippi, as figured in the ‘ Conch. Cab.’ (Mart, and Chemn.), ed. Kuster, VIII, Abth. 3a, pi. i, figs. 5-6, 1882, but not so much like Philippi's original figure (' Abbild. Beschr.’ II, pi. 149, pi. i, fig. 2, October, 1846 : Pacific Ocean). The last-named was only localized as “ Pacific Ocean ”, while the ‘ Conch. Cab.’ figures cited were drawn from a Philippine Island shell. In the ‘ Conch. Cab.’, other figures are given, pi. ii, figs. 7, 8, under the same name, but which belong to an entirely different species. Reeve (' Conch. Icon.’ X, pi. ii, sp. and fig. 10, October, 1857) figured two entirely different species from the Island of St. Thomas, West Indies, under Philippi’s name. Clessin, in the ‘ Conch. Cab.’ (p. 5), wrote “ var. minor , ex Australia septentrionali ”, and “ und eine kleinere Varietat von Australien ”, This can only be discarded as an unrecognizable nomen nudum. The present species is of medium size, with the division into two sectors by means of a fine drawn from the umbones to the posterior ventral extremity marked by different coloration. There is a thin calcification covering the ventral sector, so that it often exposes the pale red-brown coloration of this part ; the dorsal sector is dark purplish brown, with the dorsal margin red brown, and there is also a thin calcareous covering which, however, does not conceal the coloration save towards the extremities, but it does not form a projecting tip. The anterior end does not exceed the umbones, but it is rounded with the ventral margin almost straight. The dorsal margin is only very bluntly angled, the angle being practically median. The shell figured measures 59 mm. in length, 19 mm. in height, and 15 mm. in depth ; a long series, constant in form, calcification and coloration vary in size from 10 mm. in length, by 3-5 mm. in height and 2-5 mm. in depth, to 79 mm. in length, 22-5 mm. in height and 18 mm. in depth. 422 GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION Lithophaga laevigata instigans subsp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 27.) 1835. Lithodomuslaevigatus Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. “ Astrolabe ”, Zool. Ill, p. 464, pi. lxxviii, figs. 17, 18 (after March) : Port Dorey, New Guinea. Although many species have been called by Quoy and Gaimard’s name, their shell has a characteristic shape and is well distinguished. The Low Isles shells so determined were found in dead coral boulders near low-water mark. The shell is of small to medium size and has only a slight dorsal elevation a little posterior to the middle, the general form being stouter than any of the others, the anterior portion having the ventral and dorsal margins almost parallel. The anterior extremity is almost truncate, scarcely exceeding the umbones. The posterior extremity shows a truncate solid chalky tip, which meets tightly, a little angulate medially. This chalky incrustation is solid and smooth, but there is very little chalky covering elsewhere on the dorsal sector, while the ventral sector is very finely smoothly incrusted. The coloration is pale brown, and is generally conspicuous. The shell figured measures 48-5 mm. to the end of the chalky tip, 14 mm. in greatest height and 13 mm. in depth. Lithophaga teres annectans subsp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 29.) 1846. Modiola teres Philippi, Abbild. Beschr. Conch. II, p. 148, pi. i, fig. 3, October : Oceanus Pacificus. Philippi’s shell measured 23 mm. in length by 6 mm. in height and 5j mm. in depth, and has been commonly recognized on account of the dark coloration, lack of chalky incrustation and ventral sector perpendicularly striate. A fine series was collected at Low Isles and a graded number was measured, giving length, height and depth as follows : 19-6 by 6 by 4-5 mm., 24 by 6-5 by 5 mm., 31 by 9 by 7 mm., 39 by 11 by 9 mm., 54 by 15 by 12 mm., 63 by 15 by 15 mm., and 66 by 18 by 15 mm.— -the figured specimen. The mainland shells superficially appear rather shorter and broader, but measure- ments fail to show an appreciable variation, as follows : from Port Curtis, 38-5 by 12 by 11 mm., 43 by 13 by 11 mm., 42 by 14 by 13 mm., 52 by 18 by 15 mm., 64 by 21 by 19 mm., 63-5 by 17 by 15 mm., and from Rat Island, Port Curtis, 41 by 12 by 10 mm., 48 by 17*5 by 16 mm., 50 by 14 by 11 mm., 64 by 17 by 14 mm., 74 by 22 by 19 mm., and 89 by 24 by 21 mm. It is possible that there may be many subspecies, as broad shells have been examined from New Caledonia and the Paumotus, but the Vanikoro shells are slender. Litho'phaga obesa suspecta subsp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 30.) 1847. Modiola obesa Philippi, Abbild. Beschr. Conch. Ill, p. 19, pi. ii, fig. 2, September : China ? This, the largest of the Queensland Date Mussels, lives at the base of the niggerheads, generally at dead low water mark and below. The shell is somewhat differently shaped than any of the others, being attenuate anteriorly and broadened posteriorly without any angulation. The coloration is pale brown and the dorsal sector is more or less covered with a fine chalky crust, which is very thin, but becomes thicker towards the posterior extremity, where it becomes slightly pustulose, but does not extend beyond the shell ; the ventral sector is nearly covered with MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 423 a very fine smooth crust. The anterior extremity is not produced and the ventral margin is almost straight ; the dorsal margin slopes upward gently from the umbo to about half the length of the shell and then proceeds in a gentle curve to the posterior extremity, which is rounded. The figured specimen measures 84 mm. in length, 29 mm. in height, and 21 mm. in depth, a valve reaching 96 mm. in length by 34 mm. in height, while a small shell measures 16 mm. in length, 8 mm. in height and 5-5 mm. in depth. Genus Musculus. 1798. Musculus Bolten, Mus. Bolten, II, p. 156, September. Logotype : Iredale, Journ. Conch. XIV, p. 342, Musculus discors Bolten = Mytilus discors Linne. 1838. Modiolaria Beck, Comm. Sci. Island (Robert) Atlas Moll. pi. xvii. Haplotype : Mytilus discors Linne. 1840. Lanistes Swainson, Treat. Malac. p. 385, May (ex Humphrey). Haplotype : Mytilus discors Linne. 1840. Modiolarca Gray, Synops. Contents B.M. 42nd ed., p. 151, n.n. post 16th October. 1843. Modiolarca Gray, Travels in N.Z. (Diefienbach), II, p. 259, January. Haplotype : Mytilus impactus Hermann. 1847. Lanistina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1847, p. 199, November. Orthotype : Mytilus discors Linne. These shells are easily recognized by their radiating sculpture with the smooth intervening medial space, and while they appear to be closely related to Modiolus, the variation in the animals appears to be more notable than in the shells. Musculus cumingianus Reeve, 1857. 1857. Modiola cumingiana Reeve, Conch. Icon. X, pi. ix, fig. 50, December (ex Dunker MS.) : Moreton Bay, Queensland. This specific name has been used for specimens from any locality on the east coast of Australia, and has been confused with another group, which has borne the name cuneatus Gould, given to a Cape of Good Hope species. Smith at one time regarded cuneatus as not even separable from the British marmorata, and figured a specimen apparently from Port Jackson, in the ‘ Challenger Reports ’ (XIII, p. 278, pi. xvi, figs. 7, 7 a, 1885). In the same place Smith gave the distribution of cumingiana as Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia, and Swan River, West Australia, as well as Moreton Bay and Sydney, and even added a “ pretty pink variety ” from the Red Sea. Musculus mirandus Smith, 1884. 1884. Modiolaria miranda Smith, Rep. Zool. Coll. “ Alert ”, p. 108, pi. vii, fig. n, 12th July : Dundas Straits, Melville Island, North Australia. This little species occurred in the dredgings at Low Isles. Musculus perstriatus Hedley, 1906. 1906. Modiolaria perstriata Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. XXXI, p. 472, pi. xxxvi, fig. 9, 10, Nov. 19. : Mast Head I., Capricorn Group, Queensland. Many specimens were found in the Low Isles dredgings, and these may later be separated from the typical shells 424 GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION Genus Tibialectus nov. Type: T. otteri, sp. nov. This curious group of Ark-like Musculus, found boring in coral, has not previously been distinguished by name, a very closely-related species being described as Lithodomus coarctata by Reeve (‘ Conch. Icon.’ X, Lithodomus, pi. iii, sp. and fig. 14, October, 1857) from the Gallapagos Islands, the specific name being accredited to Dunker, who had placed it under the generic name Volsella, the name being MS. only. The hinge line is short, a sharp angle forming the produced posterior area, which is separated by a very strong angle, the area being concave ; the ventral side is convex with a medial angulate sinuation, the anterior abruptly rounded. The sculpture of the Musculus style, the anterior area being small, radially sculptured, the median smooth, the posterior radially almost vertically striate, the posterior area being almost transversely coarsely ribbed. Tibialectus otteri sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 24.) Shell almost shoe-shaped, apparently beginning life as a slightly angled Musculus, but developing eccentrically. The posterior angle is very marked, the posterior area being concave, the ribbing on this area consisting of between forty and fifty rounded separated ribs, a dorsal angle appearing at about the anterior third. The ribbing on the posterior section of the antero- ventral area is very fine and with narrow interstices, apparently all smooth ; anterior area is very small, with similar ribbing, a little crenulate by growth lines, which also occur on the median sector where there are no radials. The coloration is pale green, and the length of the type, collected at Low Isles, is 22*5 mm., the height 11 mm. and the depth 10 mm. Under the generic name Modiolaria Hedley included in the Queensland list six species : barbata Reeve, cumingiana Reeve, cuneata Gould, miranda Smith, per striata Smith and splendida Dunker. The first-named is now the type of Trichomusculus, and the last named was associated with it. Neither of these occurs on the Reef as far as is yet known, being purely coastal species, probably only living in Southern Queensland, ranging southwards to Tasmania. The Sydney shell figured by Reeve as Dunker’s splendida and refigured by Hedley (£Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.’ 1901, p. 707, 20th May, 1902) is certainly not Dunker’s species, the size and form disagreeing obviously. Genus Septifer. 1848. Septifer Recluz, Rev. Zool. (Cuv.) p. 275, October. Orthotype : Mytilus bilocularis Linne. 1853. Septiger Morch, Cat. Conch. Yoldi, II, p. 52, April. Error only. This well-marked generic form is variable as regards form, but the variation appears to be individual and therefore the general diagnosis reads : Shell elongate, umbones terminal, dorsal side more or less elevated posteriorly, the ventral side straight or sinuate. Coloration variable, blue, green and reddish brown. External sculpture radiating closely-packed flattened ridges. The internal edge crenulate, hinge short, placed on an internal ledge ; umbonally with strong teeth, a muscle-shelf in front. MOLLUSCA— IREDALE 425 Septifer bilocularis Linne, 1758. 1758. Mytilus bilocularis Linne, Syst. Xat. 10th ed., p. 705, 1st January : 0. Indico. This form was fairly common under coral blocks and in crevices, and was very variable in form. Consequently, although Odhner has illustrated Linne’s type, and suggested separation of the Australian shells, nothing of constancy has been recognized as diagnostic for a separative character. Septifer excisa Wiegmann, 1837. 1837. Tichogonia excisa Wiegmann, Arch, fur Naturg. Ill, pt. 1, p. 49 : Indian Ocean. Many small shells were found, and these had been regarded as representing Wiegmann’s species. There appears to be even more variability in connection with these small species than with the larger one, or else more than one species is being confused. The material available is insufficient to determine so the shells are here allowed to remain under the above name with doubt. To complete Queensland Mytiloid forms two other species may be mentioned : Myrina coppingeri Smith (‘ Rep. Chall. Zook’ XIII, p. 281, pk xvi, figs. 9, 96, 1885) was given to a small shell dredged at Station 184 in 1400 fathoms east of Cape York. Smith pointed out that this species differed from the only known (at that time) species of the genus Myrina in having the hinge line striated across on each side of the ligament. As Myrina is invalid, the new generic name Miridas is proposed for Myrina coppingeri Smith. A very pleasing little shell was named Congeria lunata by Hedley (‘ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.’ XXVII, p. 8, pk i, figs. 1-4, 22nd August, 1902) on account of its very peculiar shape. It is a marine species ranging along the Queensland coast, and has been found living on the globose Arks at Keppel Bay and Seaforth, and is obviously a Modiola derivative, but nothing whatever to do with Congeria, which is made a fossil subgenus of Dreissena, a fresh-water mussel of Europe. The generic name Ciboticola is introduced, the strong curvature of the shell, the concave ventral area, the very short hinge line, the terminal umbones and the small interior umbonal shelf being cumulatively important. 8 L '.31939 PRESENTED DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. Figs. 1, la. — Ennucula superba Hedley. Figs. 2, 2 a.: — Ennucula compar Iredale. Figs. 3, 3a. — Ennucula definita Iredale. Figs. 4, 4a. — Ennucula loringi A. Adams and Angas. Figs. 5, 5 a. — Ennucula privigna Iredale. Figs. 6, 6a. — Ennucula orekta Iredale. Figs. 7, 7a. — Scaeoleda novaeguineensis satagea Iredale. Figs. 8, 8a. — Zygonoleda corbuloides minutalis Iredale. Figs. 9, 9a. — Tepidoleda lata orion Iredale. Figs. 10, 10a. — Pronucula saltator Iredale. Figs. 11, 11a. — Oblimopa macgillivrayi actaviva Iredale. Figs. 12, 12a, 126. — Circlimopa woodwardi mutanda Iredale. Figs. 13, 13a. — Circlimopa woodwardi mella Iredale. Figs. 14, 14a, 146. — Circlimopa woodwardi piabilis Iredale. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION. 1928-29. Reports.. Yol. V, Xo. 6. Brit. Mus. (Xat. Hist.). PLATE I. ■Joyce Allan , del. Adlanl & Son, Ltd., Impr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE II. Figs. 1, la. — Cucullaea labiata petita Iredale. Figs. 2, 2a. — Area corallicola Iredale. Figs. 3, 3a. — Area multivillosa Iredale. Figs. 4, 4a. — Area parvivillosa Iredale. Figs. 5, 5a. — Area prolatens Iredale. Figs. 6, 6a. — Savignyarca scazon Iredale. Figs. 7, 7a. — Savignyarca benthicola Iredale. Figs. 8, 8a. — Barbatirus mimulus Iredale. Figs. 9, 9a. — Barbatirus terebrans Iredale. Figs. 10, 10a, 106.— Acar dubia Baird. Figs. 11, 11a. — ^4car iota Iredale. Figs. 12, 12a. — Vitracar laterosa Iredale. Figs. 13, 13a. — Mabellarca dautzenbergi Lamy. Figs. 14, 14a, 146. — Mabellarca dautzenbergi adjacens Iredale. Figs. 15, 15a. — Mimarcaria saviolum Iredale. Figs. 16, 16a, 166. — Miratacar wendti michaelis Iredale. Figs. 17, 17a, 176. — Cucullaea labiata petita Iredale, juvenile. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION. 1928-29. Brit. 31 us. (Sat. Hist.). Reports.. Yol. Y, Xo. 6. PLATE II. “■ n ■Joyce Allan , del. Adlard 6c Son, JJd., Impr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE III. Figs. 1, la. — Ustularca cruciata renuta Iredale. Figs. 2, 2a. — Opularca tenella egenora Iredale. Figs. 3, 3a. — Trisidos yongei Iredale. Figs. 4, 4a. — Trisidos semitorta Lamarck. Figs. 5, 5a. — Anadara suggesta Iredale. Figs. 6, 6a. — Anadara trapezia posita Iredale. Figs. 7, 7a. — Anadara exulta Iredale. Figs. 8, 8a. — Trisidos tortuosa Linne. Figs. 9, 9a. — Anadara crebricostata Reeve. Figs. 10, 10a. — Anadara nugax Iredale. Figs. 11, 11a. — Anadara jurata Iredale. Figs. 12, 12a. — Anadara exulta Iredale, juvenile. Figs. 13, 13a. — Mabellarca ? disessa Iredale. Figs. 14, 14a. — Mabellarca Ifortunata Iredale. Figs. 15, 15a. — Scapharca aliena Iredale. Figs. 16, 16a. — Anadara passa Iredale. Figs. 17, 17a. — Potiarca pilula saccula Iredale. Figs. 18, 18a. — Gabinarca pellita Iredale. Figs. 19, 19a. — Gabinarca protrita Iredale. Figs. 20, 20a. — Spinearca deliciosa Iredale. Figs. 21, 21a. — Mulinarca aceraea Melvill and Standen. Figs. 22, 22a. — Estellacar saga Iredale. Figs. 23, 23a. — Verilarca bivia Iredale. Figs. 24, 24a. — Didimacar repenta Iredale. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION, 1928-29. Reports, Vol. Y, No. 6. PLATE III. 1 ■ • ’\ 21 Joyce Allayt, del. Adlard & Son, Ltd.. Impr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IV. Figs. 1, 1 a. — Barbatiella venustopsis Iredale. Figs. 2, 2 a. — Navicula subnavicularis Iredale. Figs. 3, 3 a. — Navicula aladdin Iredale. Figs. 4, 4a, 4 b. — Navicula terebra Iredale. Figs. 5, 5a, 5b. — Navicula parventricosa Iredale. Figs. 6, 6 a. — Navicula ventricosa Lamarck. Figs. 7, 7a. — Mesocibota luana Iredale. Figs. 8, 8a. — Veletuceta impasta Iredale. Figs. 9, 9a. — Veletuceta cotinga Iredale. Figs. 10, 10a. — Veletuceta queenslandica Hedley. Figs. 11, 11a, life. — Tucetilla tenuicostata Reeve. Figs. 12, 12a, 12fo. — Tucetilla capricornea Hedley. Figs. 13, 13a. — Melaxinaea litoralis Iredale. Figs. 14, 14a, 146. — Tucetona amboinensis extra Iredale. Figs. 15, 15a, 156. — Tucetona hoylei superior Iredale. Fig. 16. — Quantulopinna delsa Iredale. Fig. 17. — Exitopinna deltodes ultra Iredale. Fig. 18. — Atrina gouldii banksiana Iredale. PLATE IV. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION, 192S-29. Brit. Mus. (A at. Hist.). Reports, Yol. V, Xo. 6. Joyce Allan , del. Adlard it- Son, Ltd., Impr. DESCRIPTION OP PLATE V. Pigs. 1, la. — Parviperna perexigua Iredale. Pigs. 2, 2a. — Parviperna albisoror Iredale. Pigs. 3, 3a. — Malleoperna intricata Iredale. Pigs. 4, 4a. — Malleoperna paucidentata Iredale. Pigs. 5, 5a. — Melina periculosa Iredale. Pigs. 6, 6a. — Austropteria perscitula Iredale. Fig. 7. — Austropteria antelata Iredale. Figs. 8, 8a. — Austropteria bernhardi Iredale. Pigs. 9, 9a. — Austropteria maecullochi Iredale. Figs. 10, 10a. — Electroma tragulata Iredale. Fig. 11. — Austropteria calosoma Iredale. Pig. 12. — Austropteria levitata Iredale. Fig. 13.- — Electroma tragulata Iredale. Figs. 14, 14a. — Pinctada epitheca Iredale. Fig. 15. — Pinctada perrutila Iredale. Figs. 16, 16a. — Parimalleus gregarius Iredale. Pig. 17. — Electroma pygmea Iredale. Figs. 18, 18a, 186. — Parimalleus rex Iredale. Figs. 19, 19a. — Mimachlamys curtisiana Iredale. Pigs. 20, 20a. — Bractechlamys evecta Iredale. Pigs. 21, 21a. — Mimachlamys subgloriosa Iredale. Pigs. 22, 22a. — Mimachlamys deliciosa Iredale. Figs. 23, 23a. — Mimachlamys grossiana Iredale. Pig. 24. — Mimachlamys ellochena Iredale. Pigs. 25, 25a. — Complicachlamys wardiana Iredale. Pigs. 26, 26a. — Coralichlamys acroporicola Iredale. Pigs. 27, 27a. — Juxtamusium oblectatum Iredale. Fig. 28. — Mimachlamys gavena Iredale. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION. 1928-29. Reports. Yol. V, No. 6. PLATE V Joyce Allan , del. Adlard & So?i, Ltd., Jrnpr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. — Spondylus wrightianus ella Iredale. Fig. 2. — Spondylus ducalis Bolten. Figs. 3, 4. — Plicatula essingtonensis Sowerby. Figs. 5, 5 a. — Lima persquamifer Iredale. Figs. 6, 6a. — Austrolima tropicalis Iredale. Figs. 7, 7a. — Promantellum vigens Iredale. Figs. 8, 8a. — Promantellum stertum Iredale. Figs. 9, 9a. — Promantellum noverca Iredale. Figs. 10, 10a. — Promantellum parafragile Iredale. Figs. 11, 11a. — Ctenoides ferescabra Iredale. Figs. 12, 12a. — Stabilima tadena Iredale. Figs. 13, 13a. — Promantellum delicatule Iredale. Figs. 14, 14a. — Stabilima tensa Iredale. Figs. 15, 15a. — Ctenoides corallicola Iredale. Fig. 16. — Monia timida Iredale. Fig. 17. — Modiolus penelegans Iredale. Fig. 18. — Modiolus ostentus Iredale. Fig. 19. — Modiolus proclivis Iredale. Fig. 20. — Dentimodiolus sculptus Iredale. Fig. 21. — Modiolus agripeta Iredale. Fig. 22. — Modiolus pulvillus Iredale. Fig. 23. — Lithophaga divaricalx Iredale. Fig. 24. — Tibialectus otteri Iredale. Fig. 25. — Lithophaga simplex Iredale. Fig. 26. — Botulopa silicula infra Iredale. Fig. 21.' — Lithophaga laevigata instigans Iredale. Fig. 28. — Lithophaga calcifer Iredale. Fig. 29. — Lithophaga teres annectans Iredale. Fig. 30. — Lithophaga obesa suspecta Iredale. JTg. 31. — IAthophaga dichroa Iredale. GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION, 1928-29. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. Y, Xo. 6. PLATE VI. Joyce Allan, del. Adlarel d. Son. Ltd, Tmpr. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VII. Figs. 1, la, 16. — Ostrea nomades Iredale. Fig. 2. — Ostrea procles Iredale. Fig. 3. — Ostrea quirites Iredale. Fig. 4. — Ostrea bresia Iredale. Fig. 5. — Ostrea sedea Iredale. Fig. 6. — Saxostrea commercialis dactylena Iredale. Fig. 7. — “ Ostrea spinosa.” Fig. 8. — Saxostrea amasa Iredale. Fig. 9. — Saxostrea ( cornucopiaeformis ) Saville-Kent. Figs. 10, 10a, 106. — Saxostrea gradiva Iredale. Figs. 11, 11a. — -Dendostraea folium Linne. PLATE VII. GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION, 1928-29. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Reports, Yol. Y, Xo. 6. spun G. C. Glutton, 'photo. Acllard & Son, Ltd., Impr. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION SCIENTIFIC REPORT'S VOLUME V, No. 7 ACTINIARIA AND CORALLIMORPHARIA BY OSKAR CARLGREN WITH TWENTY-EIGHT TEXT-FICiCRES LONDON : PRINTED BY OKDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM SOLD BY B Quaritch, Ltd., 11 Grafton Strbbt, New Bond Strbet, London, W.l H.M. Stationary Officii, London, S.'W.l AND AT Thb British Museum (Natural History), Cromwbll Road, London, S.W. 7 1950 [ All rights reserved " Price Seven Shillings and Sixpence DESIGNED AND PRINTED 3Y ADLARD & LIMITED AT BARTHOLOMEW DORKING SON PRESS Oral Britain ACTINIARIA AND CORALLIMO RPHARIA BY OSKAR CARLGREN WITH TWENTY-EIGHT TEXT-FIGURES. Our knowledge of the Actiniaria and Corallimorpharia of the Great Barrier Reef is based on the works of Saville-Kent (1893, 1897) and of Haddon (1898). Saville-Kent unfortunately describes and figures only the external features of his species ; and the descriptions made by Haddon of the forms from the adjacent tropical waters of the Torres Straits are also rather incomplete, though he gives some notes about their anatomy. Undoubtedly, however, the waters from New Guinea to southern Queensland have most of their genera and a number of species hi common. The collection examined by me contains the two species of Corallimorpharia and twenty-two of Actiniaria which are listed below ; but Stephenson (1931, p. 47) mentions also Thalassianthus (?) hypnoides Sav.-Kent, and in a letter to me Actineria dendropliora Hadd. & Shackl., which according to him are probably identical species. Actiniaria. Edwardsia stephensoni n. sp. Edwardsia gilbertensis Carlgr. Charisella annulata (n. gen.), n. sp. Triactis cincta (Hadd, & Shackl.). Isactinia ignota n. sp. Isactinia lobata n. sp. Gyrostoma hertioigi Kwietn. Actinodendron plumosum Hadd. Phymanthus muscosus Hadd. & Shackl. Heteranthus verruculatus Klunz. Heterodactyla hemprichii Ehr. Cryptodendrum adhesivum Klunz. Stoichactis Kenti (Hadd. & Shackl.). Stoichactis haddoni (Saville-Kent). Hormathianthus tuberculatus Carlgr. Calliactis miriam (Hadd. & Shackl.). Telmatactis stephensoni n. sp. Telmatactis australiensis n. sp. Telmatactis insignis n. sp. Epiphellia anneae (n. gen.), n. sp. Epiphellia elongata n. sp. Anthothoe australiensis n. sp. Corallimorpharia. Rhodactis Howesii Saville-Kent. Rhodactis ( Actinotryx ) bryoides (Hadd. & Shack.). v. 7. 41 428 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION ACTINIARIA. Fam. Edwardsiidae. Edwardsia stephensoni n. sp. Nemathybomes scattered, rather small. Tentacles usually 20, arranged in three cycles, 5 + 3 + 12. The ventral directive tentacle belongs to the first cycle, the dorsal directive tentacle to the second cycle. Retractors of the macrocnemes strong but diffuse, with numerous folds which are high and branched, especially in their outermost parts. The outer, lamellar part of the macrocneme is attached to the retractor far from its edge. Parietal muscles elongate, forming many fine folds. The extension of the parietal muscles on the column is considerable. Nematocysts of the nemathybomes 36-46-5 x 2-8-3p. ; those of the tentacles (14) 17-29-6 X 2-2-3 -5[x, basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx partly 15-5-22-6 x 2-2-2-8p,, partly 25-1-38 x 3-4-2 p., both basitrichs; those of the <9 (5+3) + /Z £0!S /SZ£S SP£C/£S Text-fig. 1. — Edwardsia stephensoni n. sp. First cycle of endocoelic tentacles, black spots ; second cycle circles. (After Stephenson ; reproduced by permission of the Ray Society). filaments partly 22-6-32-4 x 4-2-5- 6 (jl, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 24-37 x 3-5-4 -5p, partly 12-7-24 x 2-8p, both basitrichs. Colour in the preserved condition. — -Tentacles of one specimen green. Size of a large specimen, in introverted condition. — Length 8 cm., greatest diameter 0-8 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 23.viii.28, 2 specimens; 10.iv.29, 5 specimens; central flat, 22.viii.28, 1 specimen. This species is related to Edwardsia duodecimtentaculata (Carlgren, 1931, p. 4), but the arrangement and number of tentacles is not the same as in that species. Professor T. A. Stephenson made a sketch from the living animal showing the arrangement of the tentacles ; this is reproduced here as Text-fig. 1. Text-fig. 2 shows sections of a retractor (a) and of a parietal muscle (b), both taken from a macrocneme in the uppermost part of the fertile region. The nematocysts were examined in 5 specimens and show little variation from one individual to another. ACTIXIARIA AXD COR ALLDIOR PHAR LA 429 Text-fig. 2. — Edwardsia stephensoni n. sp. Transverse sections of (a) retractor muscle and (b) parietal muscle from a macrocneme in the uppermost part of the fertile region. Edwardsia gilbertensis Carlgr. Edwardsia gilbertensis Carlgren, 1931, p. 10, figs. 7-9. I have, with some hesitation, referred the present specimens of Edivardsia to gilbert- ensis. The body is strongly polygonal. The number of tentacles is 16-20, as in that species, and the retractors and parietal muscles agree rather well with those of gilbertensis. The nematocysts of the nemathybomes in the present specimens are somewhat longer, 38-1-49-3 x about 28 p. ; those of the tentacles (11-3) 15-5-25-4 x 2-2-2-8p,, basitrichs ; those of the filaments partly 25-4-46-5 x 5- 6—7 pt , microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 28-2-38-1 X 4-2-5- 6p., partly 14-26 x 2- 2-2- 8 p., both basitrichs. Three specimens from different localities were examined for nematocysts. The endoderm is provided with numerous zooxanthellae. 430 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION b Text- fig. 3 .—Edwardsia gilbertensis Carlgren (?). Transverse sections of (a) retractor muscle and (b) parietal muscle at the level of the uppermost part of the cnido-glandular tract. Size of the largest specimen in introverted condition. — Length 4 cm., greatest diameter 0-4 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 23.viii.28, 2 specimens ; 10.iv.29, 1 specimen ; 20.iv.29, several specimens. Further distribution : Tapetoca, Taritari or Apaiang, Key Islands. Text-fig. 3 shows sections of a retractor (a) and a parietal muscle (b) at the level of the uppermost part of the cnido-glandular tract. Fam. CONDYLANTHIDAE. Genus Charisella. Charisella n. gen., Carlgren, 1949, p 46. Condylanthidae with elongate, cylindrical column not divisible into regions, smooth. At the margin a ring of pseudospherules. Sphincter endodermal, diffuse, very weak. Tentacles about 48 in number, short, hexamerously arranged, their longitudinal muscles ectodermal. Two distinct siphonoglyphs. Mesenteries divisible into macro- and micro- cnemes. Two cycles of macrocn ernes, one of microcnemes, the latter weak and thin. Cnidom : spirocysts, basitrichs, microbasic y»-mastigophors. Genotype. — ACTINIAE LA. AND COEALLBIOEPHAELA 431 C. elongata n. sp. Aboral end small. Column cylindrical, smooth, without a cuticule, provided at the margin with a ring of perforated pseudospherules. A very weak diffuse sphincter. Ten- Text-fig. 4. — Charisella elongata n. sp. Section of the uppermost part of the column. Text-fig. 5. — Charisella elongata n. sp. Cross sections of directive mesenteries, (a) Two directives with corresponding siphonoglyph. (b) A single directive, (c) Two directives near the base of the animal. 432 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION tacles about 48, short, their longitudinal muscles ectodermal. Actinopharynx with numerous high folds. Two distinct siphon oglyphs. Pairs of mesenteries 48 ; two pairs of directives. Mesenteries of the first and second cycles perfect and provided with retractors and filaments. Detractors of the mesenteries diffuse, somewhat restricted. Outer parts of the perfect mesenteries thin throughout, their muscles very weak. Near the base, the inner parts of the mesenteries are provided with longitudinal muscles on both sides. Microcnemes weak, thin. Basilar muscles distinct but rather weak. Number of mesenteries the same proximally and distally. Distribution of the gonads unknown. Nematocysts of the column 11-3-12-7 x about 2-2 p, basitrichs, common; those of the Text-fig. 6. — Charisella elongata n. sp. Cross section of a pair of non-directive mesenteries near the base. pseudospherules 5-6-10 X about 1-4 p, basitrichs ; those of the tentacles 12-14-1 x about 2-2(jl , basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx partly 18-3-21-1 (22-6) X 2-8-3-5p, basitrichs, common, partly 16-9-20 x 4-2(4-9)p, microbasic p-mastigophors ; those of the filaments partly 25-4-31 X 2- 8—3 pc , common, partly 12-7-14-1 x 2-2-2-5p, few, both basitrichs, partly (16-2) 18-3-21-1 x 3- 5-4 p, microbasic p-mastigophors. Size of the longer specimen. — Length about 2-5, cm. diameter 0-7 cm .; of the smaller : length 1-7 cm., diameter 0-6 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 10.iv.29, 2 specimens. Text-fig. 4 shows a section of the uppermost part of the column. The section has cut a marginal spherule, which is provided at its opening (not visible) with strong muscles. On the left the trace of a sphincter is visible ; this, however, is weaker on other slides. The mesenteries of the second cycle are attached to the actinopharynx only in its oral ACTIXIARIA .VXD CORALLIMORPHARLA 433 part. Their filaments are considerably shorter than those of the mesenteries of the first cycle. I have drawn cross-sections of mesenteries in Text-figs. 5 and 6. Text-fig. 5a shows 2 directives with the corresponding siphonoglyph ; 5b a directive mesentery ; 5c two directives near the base of the animal. Text-fig. 6 a pair of 11011-directives near the base. The basilar muscles are weak, but certainly present. There are numerous zooxan- thellae in the endoderm. Fam. Aliciidae. Triactis cincta (Hadd. & Shackh). Viatrix cincta n. sp., Haddor & Shaekleton, 1893, p. 127. Hoplophoria cincta (Hadd. & Shackl.), Haddon, 1898, pi. xxiii, figs. 11-15. Phyllodiscus cinctus Hadd. & Shack]., Stephenson, 1922, p. 280; Stephenson and others, 1931, p. 38 ; Carlgren, 1940, p. 31, fig. 82. Triactis cincta (Hadd. & Shack!.), Carlgren, 1945, p. 7, 1947, p. 14. ? Phyllodiscus indicus n. sp., Stephenson, 1921, p. 561, fig. 18. ? Triactis producta n. sp., Klunzinger, 1877, p. 85, pi. vi, fig. 8. The pedal disc is well developed. The column is smooth, but around its middle there is a ring of outgrowths, each consisting of a peduncle which is ramified distally. The smallest specimens (3 mm. long) have no outgrowths, slightly larger ones have about 12 sparsely placed outgrowths. With increasing size new outgrowths are intercalated between the older ones so that finally a ruff- like circle of very close-set outgrowths is formed. On the peduncle (but not on the branches) large vesicles are present which may also be developed on the disal part of the column close to the peduncle. Usually the vesicles, which are provided with macrobasic amastigophors, are set at the end of the peduncle close to the branches ; but often they are present also at its base. The upper part of the column (the capitulum), above the outgrowths, is more thin-walled than the lower part, and somewhat narrower just above them and has ectodermal muscles and groups of spiro- cysts. The tentacles are hexamerously arranged and up to 48 hi number. They are rather long, and provided with spots which are elongated transversely and therefore give the tentacles an annulate appearance. The spots contain numerous spirocysts and less numerous nematocysts. The siphonoglyphs are rather distinct. There are 6 pairs of perfect mesenteries and up to 18 pairs imperfect ; two pairs are directives. The re- tractors are weak, diffuse, with low folds ; the parietobasilar muscles very weak, forming a straight lamella. The specimens are seemingly sterile. As in Phyllodiscus and Lebrunia, the peduncles are provided with longitudinal muscle bands in the endoderm ; but they are very weak here, and there do not appear to be more than 4 in each peduncle. As to the distribution and types of the nematocysts, see Carlgren, 1945, p. 7. According to Stephenson (1931) the species stings the fingers quite badly. The tentacles are usually kept partially or completely retracted in strong light, whereas the ruff of vesicles is widely expanded. In a dim light the reverse was the case. Text-fig. 18, given by Stephenson, (1921), of Phyllodiscus indicus , gives a good idea of the external feature of Triactis cincta. Colour. — Vesicles brown, tentacles bluish white, during life (Stephenson). Size of a large specimen. — Length about 1-5 cm., diameter 0-8 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, sandy pools, 19. iv and 22.iv.29, numerous specimens. It is possible that T. cincta is identical with T. producta Klunz., from the Red Sea (see Carlgren, 1947, p. 14). 434 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Fam. Actiniidae. Isactinia ignota n. sp. Anemonia citrina Hadd. & Shackl., Stephenson and others, 1931, p. 57. The pedal disc is well developed, the column smooth, provided at the margin with a ring of well developed perforated pseudospherules. Upper part of the column and outer Text-fig. 8. ACTrXIARIA AXD CORALLDIORPHARIA 435 part of the oral disc lobed in full-grown individuals. Sphincter somewhat restricted with rather long folds which are usually weaker in its middle part. The tentacles are of moderate length, in the older specimens numerous ; their longitudinal muscles are ectodermal. There are considerably more tentacles than there are mesenteries at the limbus. The actinopharynx is folded, with 0-2 siphonoglyphs. At least 12 pairs of mesenteries are perfect. Xo directives, or 1-2 pairs. All stronger mesenteries are fertile. The retractors are band-like but not strong, the parietobasilar muscles weak, Text-fig. 10. Text-figs. 7-10. — Isactinia irpiota n. sp. Sphincters of four specimens. forming a single lamella on a fold of the mesentery. The nematocysts of the column are 18-3-26 x 2-5-3p., basitrichs ; those of the pseudospherules 18-3-25-4 x 2-5-3p, basi- trichs ; those of the tentacles 14-1-19-7 x 2-8-3-5p., basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx partly 16-8-22-6 (24) x 2- 8-3-5 \i, basitrichs, partly 16-9-21-8 X 4-2-5-6fi, microbasic p-mastigophors rare ; those of the filaments partly 27-32-4 x (2-5) 3-4-2 p,, partly 14-19 X 2-8fi. scarce, both basitrichs, partly (14) 16-22-6 X 4-2-5-6p, microbasic p-mastigophors. Colour of the largest specimen (collected 22.iii.29) in the preserved condition, green ; probably in connection with the presence of zooxanthellae in the endoderm. The specimens collected l.ix.28 were greyish black when preserved. v. 7. 41§ 436 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Size of the largest specimen. — Pedal disc 2 cm., column (contracted) 3 cm., oral disc 3 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, l.ix.28, 6 specimens ; 22.iii.29, 3 specimens; 17.iv.29, 1 specimen. I have here figured the sphincters of 4 specimens, from all the samples, to show the similarity of the sphincters. The sphincters of three of the four specimens agree very well with one another, in as much as the muscle folds are shorter in the middle than in other parts, though the sphincter is very weak in the smallest specimen (Text-fig. 7), considerably stronger in the largest (Text-fig. 8), and intermediate in another (Text-fig. 9). Also the sphincter of the fourth specimen, collected l.ix.28 (Text-fig. 10), differs little from the other sphincters. I suggested previously that the species under discussion was I. citrina Hadd. & Shackl. (see Stephenson and others, 1931), but as the sphincter of this species shows an appearance unlike that of citrina, it is hardly possible to refer them to same species. Four specimens were examined as to the nematocysts ; the larger specimens have slightly larger nemato- cysts than the smaller, but there is very little difference. Isactinia lobata n. sp. The pedal disc is wide, the column smooth ; but owing to strong contraction it is transversely folded. At the margin is a ring of about 96 well-marked elongate pseudo- spherules, irregularly arranged. Uppermost part of column and outer part of oral disc strongly folded. Sphincter diffuse, but hardly indicated (Text-fig. 11), not as strong as the other endodermal muscles of the column. Circular muscles of the pseudospherules (p) very weak. Fosse distinct. The tentacles are rather short, up to about 400 in number, all of about the same length. Actinopharynx with numerous ridges, two siphonoglyphs not aborally prolonged. Many pairs of mesenteries perfect, 2 pairs of directires. Number of mesenteries at the base about half that of the tentacles. All stronger mesenteries, including the directives, fertile. Retractors of the strongest mesenteries band-like, those of the directives and the younger mesenteries somewhat restricted. Parietobasilar muscles distinct, on a fold of the mesentery. Nematocysts of the column 20-4-25-4 x 2-4-2-8|x, numerous, basitrichs ; those of the pseudospherules 19-7-26-8 X 2- 5-2- 8 [x, numerous, basitrichs ; those of the tentacles 15-5-18-3 x 2- 5-3 pi, numerous, basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx 18-3-22-6 x 3-3-5pi, basitrichs ; those of the filaments partly 18-3-21-1 x4-2pi, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 26-8-29-6 X 4-2pi, partly 21-24 x 2-8pi, few, both basitrichs (also some small basitrichs about 10 x l‘5p0- Colour during life. — Disc and tentacles in the main brown, the tips of the tentacles pale green, the pale green colour perhaps affecting the shaft of the tentacle also to some extent (notes in a letter from Professor T. A. Stephenson). Size in a very contracted condition. — Height 2 cm., diameter of pedal disc about 2-8 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 9.xii.28, 1 specimen. The uppermost part of the column and the outer part of the oral disc are thrown into 8 distinct lobes in the preserved specimen. Professor Stephenson has informed me that the tips of the tentacles were swollen into rounded knobs during life. In the preserved animal the tentacles are cylindrical and there are no indications of a “ capitate ” appear- ACTIXIARIA AXD CORALLIMORPHARIA 437 ance of the tentacles. The basitrichs of the tips of the tentacles are small, and agree in size with those of the lower parts of the tentacles. There are, thus, no large nematocysts present as in the case of capitate tentacles proper. According to Stephenson the tentacles were held over the disc in bunches so that they produced an unusual effect ; they looked distinctly like the grape-like branches of the green alga, C aider pa racemosa. The species is closely related to Isactinia (Ammonia) Kwoiam (Hadd. & Shackl.), but I think that it is a distinct species, among other reasons because the appearance of the tentacles seems to be different. Gyrostoma hertwigi Kwietniewski. Gyrostoma hertwigi n. sp., Kwietniewski, 1897, p. 30 ; 1898, p. 424, pi. xxx, figs. 66-70. Condylaciis Ramsayi n. sp., Haddon and. Shackleton, 1893, p. 124. Anemonia ramsayi Hadd. & Shackl., Haddon, 1898, p. 420, pi. xxii, figs. 3, 4; pi. xxvi, figs. 6, 7. Gyrostoma ramsayi, Stephenson and others, 1931, pp. 72, 87. The pedal disc is wide, the column smooth, but owing to the strong contraction is transversely wrinkled. The fosse is well developed. Upper part of the column and outer Text-fig. 11. — Sphincter of Isactinia lobata n. sp. part of the oral disc distinctly lobed. Sphincter diffuse, somewhat restricted. Text-fig. 12 shows a section of the sphincter which seems to agree very well with those drawn by Kwietniewski and Haddon in 1898. The tentacles are of moderate length, their longi- tudinal muscles ectodermal. The actinopharynx is folded. There are 7 siphonoglyphs corresponding to 7 pairs of directives in a specimen which was examined. A number of pairs of mesenteries are perfect. All stronger mesenteries, including the directives, seem to be fertile. The retractors are more or less band-like, as shown in the papers of Kwietniewski and Haddon. The parietobasilar muscles of the stronger mesenteries are situated on a distinct fold. The tentacles are more numerous than the mesenteries at the base, although it was difficult to determine the exact number of tentacles owing to their bladder-like appearance and the strong contraction of the oral disc. I coimted about 140 mesenteries at the base and about 190-200 tentacles in one specimen ; in another about 200 mesenteries and about 400 tentacles. Nematocysts of the column partly 22-6-28-2 x 3-5-4-2g, basitrichs, common, partly 39-5-46-5 X 7-8p, microbasic p-mastigophors, 438 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION scarce; those of the tentacles 19-7-28-2 x 3-5-5-6p, basitrichs, common; those of the actinopharynx partly 24-29- 6 X 7 pi, microbasic p-mastigophors, scarce, partly 18-3-25-4 x 3-3- 5pi, common, partly 10-6-14 x about 2pi, rare, both basitrichs ; those of the filaments partly 21-31 X 5-7 pi, microbasic p-mastigophors, common, partly 22-6-25-4 x 4-4-5pi, rare, partly 12-14 x 2-8pi, both basitrichs. Colour in the preserved condition. — Column brown, tentacles and oral disc greenish. Text-fig. 12.- — Sphincter of Gyrostoma hertwigi Kwietniewski. Size of the largest specimen in the contracted condition. — Height 3 cm., pedal disc 3-5 cm., oral disc 4 cm. According to Stephenson the species may reach more than 18 in. in diameter. Occurrence. — Three Isles, 6. v. 1929, 3 specimens; Lizard Island (Stephensons, Tandy and Spender). Further distribution : Thursday Island, Murray Islands. Fam. Actinodendridae. Actinodendron plumosum Hadd. Actinodendron plumosum n. sp., Haddon, 1898, p. 490, pi. xxiv, figs. 3-6. Actinodendron plumosum Hadd., Stephenson and others, 1931, pp. 44, 47, 50, 54, 55 ; Carlgren, 1945, p. 51. Actinodendron arboreum (Quoy & Gaim.), Haddon & Shackleton, 1893, p. 117. Actinodendron alcyonidium Saville-Kent, 1893, p. 34, 146, pi. xxii ; 1897, p. 223, fig. p. 224. The anatomy of this species agrees with that of A. hansingorum (Carlgren, 1900, p. 118). I have made sections of the smaller specimen. There are 2 very strong siphonoglyphs with well-developed aboral prolongations. The pairs of mesenteries are 24 (6 -f 6 + 12), the retractors are band-like, and on the non-directives are often curved towards the exocoels. As to the nematocysts, see Carlgren, 1945, p. 15. Colour in life. — Bright reddish brown, etc. (Stephenson). Stephenson and others, 1931, pi. xx, fig. 1, have given a good photograph of this species ; see also Haddon and Saville-Kent. Size of the larger specimen in the contracted condition. — Pedal disc 3-5 cm., height 6 cm. ; of the smaller specimen : pedal disc 0-7 cm., height 4-5 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 15.iv.29, 2 specimens. Further distribution: Torres Straits, Mer, Cape York and Lacapade Islands (W. Australia). Possibly plumosum and hansingorum are indentical. ACTIXIARLA AND CORALLIMORPHARL\ 439 Fam. Ph YMAXTHIDAE . Phymanthus muscosus Hadd. & Shackl. Phymanthus muscosus n. sp., Haddon and Shackle ton, 1893, p. 122. Phymanthus muscosus Saville-Kent, 1893, p. 149, PI. iii, fig. 5. Phymanthus muscosus Hadd. & Shackl., Haddon, 1898, pi. xxv, figs. 10-14 ; pi. xxxi, fig. 9. Phymantus sp. ? Carlgren, 1940, p. 35 ; Stephenson and others, 1931, p. 56. There are three specimens in the collection, two of which are smaller than the third and probably not full-grown. I have identified them with Phymanthus muscosus Hadd. and Shackl. Haddon described the external features and certain anatomical details in 1898. All three specimens have perforated pseudospherules (Text-fig. 13) at the margin. There is no distinct sphincter. It is true that the endodermal muscles show short folds at the place where a sphincter usually occurs, but these folds are not stronger than those Text-fig. 13. — Pseudospherule of Phymanthus mucosus Haddon and Shackleton. below the pseudospherules, the muscles of which are very weak. The marginal tentacles of the smaller specimens have fewer appendages than those of the large specimen, but even the appendages of the latter seem to be less strongly dendritic than in the type, probably owing to the degree of contraction. The marginal tentacles are about 96 in number, but there are half as many mesenteries at the base. The two siphonoglyphs are aborally prolonged. In one small specimen the mesenteries of the first and second cycles are perfect, in the large specimen at least a part of the third cycle also. In the small individual sectioned the mesenteries of the first cycle (apart from the two directives) are fertile ; in the large specimen all mesenteries of the two first cycles are provided with reproductive organs. The retractors are strong, band-like, diffuse, with high folds, and on the directives are curved towards the endocoels, on the non-directives towards the exocoels. The parietobasilar muscles are well developed and set on a fold. The nematocysts of the column are 12-19 x 2-2- 5p, basitrichs ; those of the pseudo- spherules 14-18-3 x 2-2-5[jl, basitrichs; those of the tentacles 13-20 x 2- 2-2- 5 p, common, 440 GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION basitriclis ; those of the actinopharynx partly 13-4-24 x 2-2-2-8fi, probably two sorts, basitrichs, partly 19-22-6 X 4-2p, microbasic p-mastigophors ; those of the filaments partly 25-4-33-8 x3-5-4-5p, partly 10-14-4 x 2-2^, both basitrichs, partly 17-6-22-6 X (3) 4-2[i., microbasic p-mastigophors. All three specimens were examined for nematocysts. Colour. — See Haddon and Shackleton, 1893 ; the preserved specimens are colourless. Size of the larger specimen.— Oral disc 2-5 cm., height 2-5 cm. (the aboralpart, however, is strongly contracted) ; of a smaller specimen : length about 3-2 cm., greatest diameter 1 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 23.viii.28, 1 specimen; 21. iv. 1929, 1 specimen; May 1929, 1 specimen. Futher distribution : Torres Straits, Mer, Great Barrier Beef. Heteranthus verruculatus Klunz. Heleranthus verruculatus Klunzinger, 1877, p. 84, pi. v, fig. 9 ; Carlgren, 1900, p. 92 ; Stephenson, 1922, p. 290. I have referred the single specimen with some hesitation to verruculatus, though the sphincter (Text-fig. 14) is somewhat stronger than in that species but of about the same Text-fig. 14. — Sphincter of Heteranthus verruculatus Klunzinger. appearance. It is probably not identical with H. insignis, as the nematocysts of the column are considerably longer in that species than in verruculatus (33- 8-38 ji in the former, about 1 5-5-20(1 in the latter; unfortunately I have now no opportunity of examining the nematocysts of verruculatus in further detail). The verrucae are arranged in vertical rows ; they are large, but smaller at the margin. The marginal tentacles are 96 (12 -+ 12 + 24 + 48) in number, short and conical, the close-set discal tentacles are papilliform. There are 2 siphonoglyphs and 2 pairs of directives. The retractors of the mesenteries are band-like, on the smaller mesenteries more restricted, the parietobasilar muscles form a distinct fold. As to the arrangement of gonads, I cannot give any information, as they are probably absent. The nematocysts of the tentacles are 14-17 x about 2-2-2-5p, basitrichs; those of the tentacles 14-19 X 2-5-2-6p., basitrichs, common; those of the ACTINTARLA AND C0RALLD10RPHARIA 441 actinopharynx 20-4-24 x about 3u. basitricbs ; those of the filaments partly 22-6-32-4 x 3-5— 4- 2 a, partly 10-19-7 x 1-5-2- 5 a, both basitrichs, partly 14-22-6 (26-8) x about 4-2[x, microbasic p-mastigophors. Size of the preserved specimen. — Length and diameter about 1 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles or Snapper Island, 1 specimen, together with Rhodactis hr y oides. Fam. Thalassianthidae. Heterodactyla Hemprichii Ehr. Heterodactyla Hemprichii Ehrenberg, 1834, p. 266 ; Kwietniewski, 1896, p. 601 ; Haddon, 1898, p. 485 ; Carlgren, 1900, p. 114 (references) ; 1945, p. 14. Thalaesianthus Hemprichii Stephenson, 1922, p. 296 ; Stephenson and others, 1931, p. 47. I described the anatomy of this species in 1900, and, in 1945 (p. 14), the cnidom of a species of Heterodactyla which I believe to be identical with Hemprichii. The sphincter is very weak in comparison to the size of the animal, and varies in appearance. Text-fig. 15. — Sphincters of Heterodactyla Hemprichii Ehrenberg. Specimens from (a.) Low Isles, (b) Sumatra, and (c) Zanzibar. In Text-fig. 15 I have drawn the sphincters of specimens from Low Isles (a), Sumatra (b) and Zanzibar (c). Kwietniewski (1896) mentions that there was no sphincter in Hetero- dactyla from Ceylon. Probably he overlooked it owing to its small size. The nematocysts of the column were, in the specimen from Low Isles, 19-7-21 X about 2-8-3p., basitrichs; those of the nematospheres 34-5-41 (45-2) X 2-8^, basitrichs, numerous; those of the inner tentacles 35-2-39-5 X 2-8p., basitrichs; those of the actinopharynx 27-5-31 x 3 [a, basitrichs ; those of the filaments partly 28-2-32-4 x 2-8(x, partly 11-3-14 x l-5-2-2p., both basitrichs, partly 28-2-31 X 5-5-6[i., microbasic p-masti- gophors. The sizes of the nematocysts agree rather well with those of a specimen from Sumatra (Carlgren, 1945, p. 14), but those of the imier tentacles are considerably larger in the present specimen ; since, however, only traces of their ectoderm remain in the specimen from Sumatra, my information about the sizes of the nematocysts of the tentacles in that specimen is uncertain. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 1 specimen. Further distribution : Eed Sea, Zanzibar, Ceylon ?, Sumatra, tropical coast of Queensland from Torres Straits to Cape Flattery. 442 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Cryptodendron adhaesivum Klunz. Cryptodendron adhaesivum Klunzinger, 1877, p. 86, PI. VI, fig. 4 ; Studer, 1878, p. 545 ; Kwietniewski, 1896, p. 600, pi. xxvi, fig. 15 ; Haddon & Sliackleton, 1893, p. 117 ; Haddon, 1898, p. 483, pi. xxv, figs. 4-6, pi. xxxiii, figs. 5, 6 ; Stephenson, 1922, p. 296 ; Stephenson and others, 1931, p. 47 ; Carl- gren, 1940, p. 32, fig. 9, 13. Kwietniewski (1896) lias given notes on the anatomy of this species, Haddon (1898) figures of the sphincter, and Carlgren (1940) information about the cnidom of a specimen from Billeton. The column of the present specimen and that from Billeton is provided with suckers in its upper part. The sphincter was, in Haddon’s and Studer’s specimens, rather well developed, though small in comparison with the size of the animal, and of some- what different structure. The sphincter of the present specimen is very weak and consists only of a thin muscle lamella (Text-fig. 16) projecting from The column, though the corona of the animal is 6 cm. across. Owing to the variable appearance of the sphincter Haddon Text-fig. 16. — Sphincter of Cryptodendron adhaesivum Klunzinger. suggests that the different specimens described as adhaesivum may be different species, but as weak sphincters often vary in appearance there is no reason to keep the individuals apart even though their colour also varies. The aboral prolongations of the siphonoglyphs are well developed. Three cycles of mesenteries seem to be perfect. The nematocysts of the column of the present specimen are 19- 7-22-6 X 2-8p, basitrichs, numerous ; those of the inner tentacles partly 15-5-29-6 X 2-2-2-5p, basitrichs, partly 32-4-43-7 X 4-2-5-6p, microbasic p-mastigophors ; those of the nematospheres 29-6-36-7 x 2-2-5 (2-8) p, basitrichs, numerous ; those of the outer tentacles partly 16-2-26-8 X 2-2-5 (2-8) p, basitrichs, partly 38-42 x 5-6p, microgasic p-mastigophors ; those of the actinopharynx 25-4-32-4 x 2-8p, basitrichs (besides a few basitrichs 18-3-19-7 x 2-8p) ; those of the filaments partly 25-4-29 X (2-5) 3p, partly 17-19-7 x 2-5p, few, both basitrichs, partly 31-35-2 x about 5-6p, microbasic p-masti- gophors. The nematocysts of this specimen agree well with those of the specimen from Mindanao (Carlgren, 1940), only the basitrichs of the inner tentacles are larger in the present example. It may, however, be noted that the ectoderm of the tentacles of the specimen from Billeton had fallen away to a considerable extent. ACTINIAE LA. AND COEALLDIOEPHAE LA. 443 Occurrence. — Low Isles, 1 specimen. Further distribution : The Red Sea, Zanzibar, coast of Salvatti, New Guinea, Billeton, Mindanao, Torres Straits, Murray Islands. Fam. Stoichactiidae. St&icliactis kenti (Hadd. & Shackl.). Discosoma kenti Haddon & Shackleton, 1893, p. 119; Saville-Kent, 1893, p. 144, cliromo pi. I; 1897, p. 219, pi. xxxix B ( D . Haddoni). Stoichactis kenti Haddon, 1898, p. 473, pi. ,xxxi figs. 6, 7 ; Stephenson and others, 1931, pp. 38, 44, 47, 49, 50, 54, 72, pi. x, fig. 1 ; Stephenson, 1946, pi. vi. The sphincter of a large specimen agrees very well with that figured by Haddon (1898, plate xxxi, fig. 6, 7). Haddon mentions that the sphincter has a tendency to divide into two branches. In a specimen sectioned by me from Southport, Queensland, Text-fig. 17. — Sloichaclis kenti (Haddon and Shackleton). Sphincter of a specimen from Southport, Queensland. the sphincter was considerably (almost 3 times) stronger and distinctly divided into two branches (Text-fig. 17). The anatomy of this species and the following is very similar, but it seems that kenti should have microbasic yumastigophors in the ectoderm of the column while they are absent in haddoni. My material of the two species is, however, insufficient to decide the validity of this suggestion. The nematocysts of the column are partly 14-8-18-3 X 2-5-2-8p., basitrichs, partly 24-25-4 x 4-2-5-6p., microbasic yumastigophors ; those of the tentacles 26-8-33-8 X 2-8-3p., basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx 25-4-31 X 3-5 (4p), basitrichs ; those of the filaments partly 25-4-28-5 X 3-5p., basitrichs, partly 29-6-35-2 x 5- 6-6- 3 p., microbasic yumastigophors. Colour. — A large specimen painted from life by Stephenson (1946, plate vi) had Prussian blue tentacles. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 2.ix.28, 1 large specimen. Further distribution: from Torres Straits southwards to Mackay ; on the Western Australia coasts as far south as Sharks Bay (Haddon) ; Southport, Queensland. 444 GREAT BARRIER REEE EXPEDITION Stoichactis haddoni (Sav.-Kent). Discosoma haddoni Saville-Kent, 1893, p. 32, 145, photo pi. xxi, chromo. pi. ii ; 1897, p. 221. Stoichactis haddoni Haddon, 1898, p. 474, pi. xxxi, fig. 8. The sphincter of the single specimen is much weaker than that of Jcenti, and of similar appearance to that figured by Haddon (1898, plate xxxi, fig. 8). The nematocysts of the column are 12-7-15-5 X (2-2) 2 -5[x, basitrichs; those of the tentacles 23-3-32-4 x 2-8-3-5f i, basitrichs; those of the actinopharynx 21-1-28-2 (32-9) X 3-4p,, basitrichs ; those of the filaments partly 22-6-29-6 X about 3p,, numerous, partly 12-7-16-9 X about 2-2 (x, few, both basitrichs, partly 26-8-32-4 x about 5-6[x. See also under S. kenti. Colour. — Two small specimens were green (Stephenson). Occurrence. — Low Isles, 22.iii.29, 1 specimen ; 2.ix.28, 2 small specimens. Further distribution : about the same as that of S. kenti. Fam. Hormathiidae. Hormathianthus tuberculatus Carlgr. Hormathianthus tuberculatus n. sp., Carlgren, 1943, pi. ii, figs. 3-6, text-figs. 23, 24. ? Hormathia andersoni n. sp., Haddon, 1888, p. 125, pi. xx. % Chitonanthus andersoni Hadd., Haddon, 1898, p. 460. The specimen agrees with the type, but the basitrichs of the acontia are here somewhat larger, 31-35 X 3-3-5p,. Occurrence. — Penguin Channel, 14 fms., 1 specimen. Further distribution : Bay of Nhatrang, S. Annam, Ream, Cambodja, Paulo Condore, ? Mergui Archipelago. Calliactis miriam (Hadd, & Shackl.). Adamsia miriam n. sp., Haddon and Shackleton, 1893, p. 130. Calliactis miriam (H. & S.), Haddon, 1898, p. 457, pi. xxiii, fig. 25 ; Stephenson and others, 1931, p. 72. Haddon and Shackleton described the external features of this species in 1893. The sphincter is strong, distinctly stratified transversely, about the same in appearance as the sphincter of C. polypus (Carlgren, 1928, p. 198, Text-fig. 37). The tentacles of the largest specimen are about 300 or more, and very closely set. The longitudinal muscles of the ten- tacles and radial muscles of the oral disc are ectodermal. There are 2 siphonoglyphs and two pairs of directives. Six pairs of mesenteries are perfect and sterile, the imperfect ones are fertile. The muscles of the mesenteries are weak. The nematocysts of the column are 5-6-7 x 1 - 5—2- 5 fx , basitrichs; those of the tentacles 17-7-25-4 x 2-2-2-5jr, numerous, basitrichs; those of the actinopharynx 16-2-21-1 x 2- 5-2-8 p., basitrichs; those of the filaments partly 17-21 X about 4-2(x, microbasic jumastigophors, partly 9-2— 11-3 X 2-8p. basitrichs; those of the acontia 17-22-6 x 2- 8-3(1, basitrichs. These nematocysts were measured from a specimen from the Great Barrier Reef ; those of the tentacles and acontia also from an individual from Low Isles. Colour in the preserved condition. — On some specimens there are traces of the patches which are present in the type. The patches are here greenish grey. Traces of banding on some of the tentacles are visible. Size of the largest specimen in the preserved condition. — Height 2 cm., diameter of the very extended pedal disc 3-5 X 2-5 cm. ACTINIAR I A AND CORALLLMORPHARIA 445 Occurrence. — Probably Low Isles, on shell of Doliiim, with hermit, 4 specimens. Outer Barrier Reef, 4. vi.29, 2 specimens on shell of conch with hermit. Further distri- bution : Torres Straits, Mer. Fail). ISOPHELLLLDAE. Telmatactis Stephens (mi n. sp. Column divisible into a long scapus and a short scapulus, the former with a cuticle. Sphincter very long, alveolar, with small meshes, broad in its upper part, where it is set in the middle of the mesogloea, diminishing downwards and here approaching the endo- Text-fig. 18. — Upper part of sphincter of Telmatactis stephcnsoni n. sp. derm, but always wholly separated from the endodermal muscles of the column. The lower part of the sphincter recalls in its appearance that of Telmatactis ( Phellia ) vermiformis (see plate xxvii, fig. 10, in Haddon’s paper of 1898). Tentacles, 74, arranged (according to Stephenson) 6 + 6 + 12 + 24 + 26, those of the fifth cycle developed only between those of the second and third cycles, except that in one section there were two additional tentacles, making 26 in the fifth cycle altogether, instead of the theoretical 24. Apices of the tentacles knobbed and, in the preserved condition, longitudinally furrowed. 446 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Actinopharynx ridged, with two siphonoglyphs, which are not strongly marked. Pairs of mesenteries, 37 (6 4- 6 -|- 12 -f- 13) corresponding to the arrangement of the tentacles, so that the mesenteries of the fourth cycle are lacking on either side of those of the first cycle, except in one sector, where they are present. The mesenteries of the fourth cycle are provided, at least in some cases, with a short filament. Only the mesenteries of the first cycle are perfect and fertile, those of the first to third cycles are provided with filaments and acontia. Whether the acontia show an arrangement similar to that found in T. pcmamensis is difficult to decide, as they are very numerous and plaited together ; but Text-fig. 19. it is possible that they are attached to the mesenteries along the filaments. Only the first cycle of mesenteries have retractors, which are more or less restricted and form high folds branched at the end. The retractors of the directives are particularly strongly restricted and almost circumscribed (as in plate xxviii, fig. 11, in Haddon’s paper of 1898). The nematocysts of the apices of the tentacles are 57-8-69 X about 2-8[r, basi- trichs, very numerous, close set ; those of the actinopharynx partly 22-6-26-8 X 4-2-5jr, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 26-8-31 x about 2-8[jl, basitrichs, partly 43-7-48 X 7-8- 5|x, probably microbasic amastigophors, perhaps not belonging to the actinopharynx ; those of the filaments partly 14-1-16-9 x 3-5-4-2fi, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 11 -3-14-8 x about l-5-2g, basitrichs ; those of the acontia partly 50-56-4 x about 10jr, microbasic amastigophors, partly 21-1-24 x 2-5-2-8pi. Colour. — Knobs of tentacles yellowish red, their shafts banded ; disc and tentacles with a remarkably complex, bilaterally symmetrical pattern, the directive axis also being ACTINIAE IA AXD CORALLIMORPHAEIA 447 Text-pig. 20. 448 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION indicated by special markings. A coloured figure of the disc and tentacles, accompanied by explanatory diagrams, is given by Stephenson (1947, plate iv). Size of the very contracted specimen.- — Length 2-8 cm., diameter 2-5 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, from the interstices of branching coral, 1 specimen. In Text-fig. 18 I have drawn the upper part of sphincter. The species recalls T. vermiformis, but the colour is quite different. Telmatactis australiensis n. sp. Column as in the preceding species. Tentacles 50, hexamerously arranged, 6 + 6 + 12 + 24 + 2, tips longitudinally sulcated, probably knobbed, shafts transversely folded. Sphincter recalling that of T. stephensoni but not so long, in the lower part not so sharply separated from the endodermal muscles of the column (Text-fig. 19). Pairs of mesenteries Text-figs. 19-21 — Telmatactis australiensis n. sp. 19. Lower part of sphincter. 20. Trans- verse section of mesentery of first cycle at level of lower part of actinopharynx. 21. Mesentery of second cycle. 6 + 6 + 12 (+ 1, probably in the uppermost part of the column, where there are 3 small, close-set tentacles). Only the first cycle are perfect and provided with strong, very restricted, almost kidney-like retractors (Text-fig. 20 ; transverse section of a mesentery of the first cycle at the level of the lower part of the actinopharynx). The mesenteries ACTINIAE IA AND COR ALLIMOR PHAR L\ 449 of the second cycle have filaments and longitudinal muscles on both sides of the mesenteries (Text-fig. 21). The nematocysts of the tips of the tentacles are partly 55-65 X 2- 5—2* 8{x, basitrichs, numerous, very close set, partly 32-4-36-7 x about 4-2u, microbasic p-masti- gophors ? ; those of the actinopharynx partly 26-8-33 x about 2-8p, basitrichs, partly 39-5-49-3 x about 7-7 u, probably microbasic amastigophors ; those of the filaments partly 14-15-5 X 3-5-4 2 fi, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 12-7-15-5 X about 1-5, basitrichs, few; those of the acontia partly 45-56-5 x 8-5-10 (1 l-3)u, microbasic amastigophors, partly 19-7-24 x 2-2ir, basitrichs. Colour. — Unknown. Size. — Length 13 cm., breadth IT cm. (Body very contracted.) Occurrence. — Three Isles, anchorage, 4.V.29, 1 specimen. Telmatoctis insignis n. sp. Column divisible into scapus and scapulus, the former provided with a thin cuticle. Sphincter very long, reticular in its uppermost part ; lower down it consists of only a few meshes, and in its lower part it increases considerably in thickness and is situated near Text-fig. 22. — Telmatoctis insignis n. sp. (a) Retractor in the region of the actinopharynx. (b) Parietal part of perfect mesentery immediately below the actinopharynx. (c) Mesentery of the second cycle from the same region as (b). 450 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION the endoderm. (A section of the sphincter in the lower part recalls that of T. ( Phellia ) vermiformis (Haddon).) The tentacles are 48 in number, short, indistinctly sulcated at their distal ends, but not knobbed ; their longitudinal muscles are ectodermal and well developed. The actinopharynx has high longitudinal folds. There are 2 siphonoglyphs and 24 pairs of mesenteries (6 + 6 + 12 pairs). Only the mesenteries of the first cycle are perfect, but at least those of the second cycle are provided with filaments and acontia. The retractors are diffuse but somewhat restricted below the actinopharynx, forming high, close-set and branched folds. The parietal muscles are weak, as also are the muscles of the mesenteries of the second and even more those of the third cycles. The single specimen is sterile. The nematocysts of the tentacles are partly 46-5-51 X 2- 5-2* 8 g, basitrichs, very numerous, partly 28-2 x 5jx, probably microbasic amastigophors, very rare ; those of the actinopharynx partly 22-6-28 X 2-8fx, partly 13-14 x l-5jx, both basi- trichs, partly 22-6-28-2 x 4- 2-5 [x, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 33-8-43-7 X 6-3-8-5fx, probably microbasic amastigophors; those of the filaments partly 11-3-14 x (3-5) 4-2[x (-24 x 5fx), microbasic p-mastigopliors, partly 11-3-14 x 1-5-2 fx, basitrichs ; those of the acontia partly 47-2-57-8 X 10-11-3 (12-7) jx, microbasic amastigophors, partly 19-7-23-4 x about 2-5fx, basitrichs. Size. — Length 2 cm., breadth 1 cm. Occurrence.- — Low Isles, 18.viii.28, 1 specimen. I have drawn figures of a retractor (Text-fig. 22a) in the region of the actinopharynx, of the parietal part of a perfect mesentery (Text-fig. 22b) and of a mesentery of the second cycle (Text-fig. 22c), both the latter sections taken immediately below the actinopharynx. Genus Epiphellia. Epiphellia n. gen., Carlgren, 1949, p. 89. Isophelliidae with small base. Column elongate, divisible into scapus and scapulus, the former with tenaculi, probably without cinclides. Sphincter mesogloeal, elongate, usually strong. Longitudinal muscles of tentacles and radial muscles of oral disc ecto- dermal. Two distinct siphonoglyphs and two pairs of directives. No more mesenteries distally than proximally . Six pairs of macrocnemes, microcnemes recalling the parietal part of the macrocnemes. Retractors of the macrocnemes strongly restricted to circum- scribed, very strong. Parietal muscles of the microcnemes, which may be provided with filaments and acontia, strong. Cnidom : spirocysts, basitrichs, microbasic p-mastigo- phors, microbasic amastigophors. Genotype. — E. anneae sp. n. E. anneae n. sp. Pedal disc small. Column divisible into a long scapus and a short scapulus. Scapus provided with tenaculi to which grains of sand may be attached. Sphincter long, reticular in its upper part, alveolar in its lower. Tentacles 48 (6 + 6 + 12 + 24), not knobbed at their tips, their longitudinal muscles ectodermal. Actinopharynx ridged. Two distinct siphonoglyphs and two pairs of directives. Six pairs of macrocnemes, the “ Edwardsia ” mesenteries stronger than the other macrocnemes in the sense that they are considerably longer. The retractors of the macrocnemes are very strong and more or less circumscribed, forming very fine and long branched folds. The 18 pairs of microcnemes lack retractors ACTIXIARIA AXD CORAIAJMORPHARIA 451 but their muscles are well developed, elongate and branched, and recall the parietal muscles of the macrocnemes. All mesenteries have filaments and acontia. The nemato- Text-fig. 23. — Uppermost part of sphincter of Epiphellia anneae n. sp. cysts of the column are 14-21 x 2-8(1, basitrichs ; those of the tentacles partly 14-16-2 x 2-8[i, partly 26-8-38-8 x about 2-8p., both basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx partly 12-7-15-5 x l-5(x, partly 25-4-35-2 x 2-8p., both basitrichs, partly 28-2-31 X 3-5-4p., Text-fig. 24. — Epiphellia anneae n. sp. (a) Cross section of rectractor muscle of a directive mesentery, (b) Cross section of retractor muscle of a non-directive mesentery, (c) Section of mesentery of the third cycle. 452 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 43-7-50-8 X 7-9 g, common, probably microbasic amastigopliors ; those of the filaments 16-9-19-7 x 3- 5-4- 2 g, microbasic p-mastigophors ; those of the actonia partly 53-6-65 X 7-8 g, common, microbasic amastigophors, partly 19-25-4 x 2-5-2-8[x, common, basitrichs. Size of the single specimen. — Length about 6-5 cm., greatest diameter about 1 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 2.ix.28, 1 specimen. The sphincter is elongate and extends some distance into the scapus. It is broad and reticular in its uppermost part (Text-fig. 23), but diminishes downwards where it forms a thin streak near the ectoderm ; still further down it approaches the endoderm and at the same time becomes somewhat broader. The folds of the retractors are very delicate. In Text-fig. 24 I have drawn cross-sections of two retractors, (a) from a directive mesentery and (b) from a non-directive. The figure also (c) shows a section of a mesentery of the third cycle. Pedal disc small. Column elongate, divisible into scapus and scapulus, the former provided with tenaculi. Sphincter mesogloeal, reticular in its uppermost part, alveolar in its lower part, forming a thin streak near the ectoderm ; considerably shorter than Text-fig. 25. — Uppermost part of sphincter of EpipJiellia elongata n. sp. that of E. anneae but extending a little way into the scapus. Tentacles of the larger specimen about 30 in number, rather short ; longitudinal muscles of tentacles and radial muscles of oral disc ectodermal. Actinopharynx long, with 2 distinct siphonoglyphs. Six pairs of macrocnemes, 2 pairs of which are directives ; six pairs of microcnemes belong- E. elongata n. sp. ACTINTARLA AXD CORALLIMOR PH AR IA 453 ing to the second cycle. The third cycle is represented only by 4 pairs of microcnemes and two single (impaired) microcnemes ; the four pairs are situated in the lateral and dorso-lateral primary exocoels ventral to second-cycle pairs ; the two single mesenteries occupy a similar position in the ventro-lateral exocoels. The “ Edivardsici ” macrocnemes have longer filaments and are somewhat stronger than the other macrocnemes. The retractors of the macrocnemes are circumscribed and richly branched, the parietal muscles form high and somewhat branched folds. The mesenteries of the second cycle have exceptionally small filaments and ac-ontia. The nematocysts of the tentacles are 26-8-35-2 x 2- 2-2- 8 fi, very common, basitric-hs ; those of the actinopharynx partly 24-7-28-2 x 2*8[x, partly about 11 x l-4u, very rare, both basitrichs, partly 28-2-31 x 5-5-0 a, micro- basic p-mastigophors ; those of the filaments partly 15-5-18-3 x 3-5-4}i., microbasic Text-fig. 26. — EpiphelUa elongala n. sp. (a) Cross section of retractor muscle, (h) Cross section of mesentery of the second cycle. p-mastigophors, partly about 8-5 x 1-4[a, very rare, basitrichs ; those of the acontia partly 45-56-4 (65) x 7-8-9-2(i., microbasic amastigophors, partly 15-5-19-7 x 2-2-2-5(r, basitrichs. Size of larger specimen. — Length about 3 cm., greatest diameter about 0-6 cm. ; of the smaller specimen : length 1-3 cm., diameter up to 0-4 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, 10.iv.29, 2 specimens. The scapus is provided with a thin cuticle, considerably thickened on the tenaculi. Text-fig. 25 shows a section of the uppermost part of the sphincter, Text-fig. 26 a section of a retractor, and Text-fig. 26b a section of a mesentery of the second cycle. The specimen examined is a male. Fam. Sagartiidae. Anthothoe australiensis n. sp. The pedal disc is very extensive, on a shell with hermit. The column is smooth, the sphincter very strong, reticular and separated from the endodermal muscles of the column by a very thin strip of mesogloea. In Text-fig. 27 I have drawn the sphincter (only a part of the reticulum is figured, but the inner line shows the distribution of the sphincter). 464 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION The tentacles are moderately long and numerous. I counted 130 in one half of a specimen. The longitudinal muscles of the tentacles are ectodermal. There are 2 well-developed siphonoglyphs, regularly placed, in the one individual ; in the other one only. The gonidial tubercles are well developed. The actinopharynx has 20-22 longitudinal ridges. There are two directive pairs or only one. In the typical specimen 12 perfect and sterile mesenteries are present, the mesenteries of the third and fourth cycles are provided with testes. The retractors are diffuse and very weak. The mesenteries at the margin are seemingly more numerous than at the base. The nematocysts of the column are partly 12-17 X 2- 2-2- 8 pi, basitrichs, partly 17-6-21 X 4 pi, often a little curved, probably basi- trichs ; those of the tentacles partly 32-4-36-7 x about 3 pi, common, partly 14-8-17 x 1- 5-2- 2 pi, rather common, both basitrichs ; those of the actinopharynx partly 17-22-6 X 2- 2- 5 jx, basitrichs, partly 31-36-7 (42) x 4-5 (5-6) pi, microbasic p-mastigophors, those of the filaments partly 8-5 X l-5pi, few, partly 7-8-10 X 2- 8-3 pi, common, fusiform, micro- basic p-mastigophors, partly 26-8-31 x 4-2 — 5* 6fx, common, microbasic amastigophors ?, those of the acontia partly 56-4-65 X 7-7 -5 pi (67-7-77-6 X 8- 5 pi, probably development stages), microbasic amastigophors, partly 11-3-14-1 x 2- 2-2* 5 pi, basitrichs. ACTINLARIA AND CORALLBIORPHARIA 455 Size of largest specimen. — Height 1*2 cm., diameter of the very wide pedal disc 4-5 X 3-5 cm. Occurrence. — Batt Reef, 2.viii.28, 2 specimens on shell with hermit. It is possible that the species is identical with Sagartia Milmanni (Hadd. & Shackl.) described by Haddon, 1898, p. 449, but as there are no notes about the colour of the present species, and the types and size of the nematocvsts in Milmanni are unknown, I have preferred to erect a new species for it. CORALLIMORPHARIA. Fain. Rhodactiidae. Rhodactis Hoivesii Sav.-Kent. Rhodactis Hoivesii Saville-Kent, 1893, p. 150, chromo. pi. iii, fig. 2, a-c ; Haddon, 1898, p. 478. I have identified the single specimen with Rhodactis Hoivesii. The marginal tentacles are well developed. Round about the mouth there are some simple or little branched tentacles. The other discal tentacles are branched, and in the inner part of the oral Text-pig. 28. — Sphincter of Rhodactis Howesii Sav.-Kent. disc they are sparsely set, in the other parts closely arranged and richly branched. The number of branches varies, but many tentacles have up to about 20 branches. Near the margin there is a more or less naked zone as in R. indosinensis. The sphincter (Text-fig. 28) is somewhat weaker than that of the latter species. The nematocysts of the column are partly 22-6-25-4 x 9- 2-1 Op., microbasic ^-mastigophors, partly 18-3-21 x 5-6-7(x, micro- basic 6-mastigophors, partly 35-2-42-3 x lT3-15-5fz, holotrichs ; those of the marginal 456 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION tentacles partly 22-35 x 4- 2-5* 6 g, atrichs, rare, partly 21-26-8 X 5- 6-8- 5 (x, microbasic p-mastigopliors, partly 15-5-19-7 x 4-2-5- 6 p., microbasic 6-mastigophors, partly 35-2-42-3 X 15-3-17[x, partly 91-6-105-7 X 42-3-48jx, both holotrichs, in the endoderm ; those of the discal tentacles 22-6-24 x about 7jx, few, microbasic p-mastigophors ; those of the actinopharynx 36-7-42-3 X 14— 17^., holotrichs; those of the filaments partly 35-2-42-3 X about 8- 5-9- 2 [x, microbasic p-mastigophors, partly 159-177 x 53- 6-56 g, partly 35-2-36-7 x 15-5-17[x, both holotrichs. Colour. — See Saville-Kent. The preserved specimen is brownish. Size in the contracted condition. — Height 1-2 cm., diameter of pedal disc 4x2 cm., that of oral disc 3x2-2 cm. Occurrence. — Low Isles, western moat, 1 specimen ; Cleveland Bay, near Towns- ville, Queensland (Saville-Kent). Rhodactis bryoides Hadd. & Shackl. Rhodactis bryoides n. sp., Haddon and Shackleton, 1893, p. 121 ; Carlgren, 1943, p. 16, fig. 8a. Actinotryx bryoides (Hadd. & Shackl.), Haddon, 1898, p. 479, pi. xxv, figs. 1-3, pi. xxxii, figs. 7-9 ; Stephenson, 1922, p. 306. Occurrence. — Low Isles or Snapper Island, several specimens. Further distribution : S. Annam, Bay of Nhatrang, Paulo Condore, Torres Straits, Murray Islands. REFERENCES. Carlgren, 0. 1900. Ostafrikanische Actinien gesammelt von Herrn Dr. F. Stuhlmann 1888 und 1889. Mitt, naturw. Mus. Hamburg, XVII, pp. 21-144, pis. i-vii. 1928. Actiniaria der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. “ Valdivia,” XXII, pp. 123- 266, pis. x-xiii. 1931. Zur Kenntnis der Actiniaria Abasilaria. Ark. ZooL, XXIII A, No. 3, pp. 1-48. 1940. A contribution to the knowledge of the structure and distribution of the Cnidae in the Anthozoa. Acta Univ. lund., n.s. Avd. 2, XXXVI, Nr. 3, pp. 1-62. 1943. East-Asiatic Corallimorpharia and Actiniaria. K. svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. (3) XX, No. 6, pp. 1-43, pis. i-ii. 1945. Further contributions to the knowledge of the Cnidom in the Anthozoa, especially in the Actiniaria. Acta Univ. lund., n.s. Avd. 2, XLI, Nr. 9, pp. 1-24. 1947. Further contributions to a revision of the Actiniaria and Corallimorpharia. K. fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund Forh. XVII,. pp. 90-106. 1949. A survey of the Ptychodactiaria, Corallimorpharia and Actiniaria. K. svenska Vetensk.- Akad. (4) I, No. 1, pp. 1-121, pis. i-iv. Ehrenberg, C. G. 1834. Beitrage zur physiologischen Kenntniss der Corallenthiere im allgemeinen. und besonders des rothen Meeres, nebst einem Versuche zur physiologischen Systematik derselben, Abh. preuss, Akad. Wiss. 1832 (1834), pp. 225-380. Haddon, A. C. 1888. On two species of Actiniae fron the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson. J. linn. Soc. (ZooL). XXI, pp. 247-255, pis. xix-xx. 1898. The Actiniaria of Torres Straits. Sci. Trans. R. Dublin Soc. (2) VI, pp. 393-520, pis. xxii-xxxii. and Shackleton, A. M. 1893. Description of some new species of Actiniaria from Torress Straits. Sci. Proc. R. Dublin Soc. (n.s.) VIII, pp. 116-131. Klunzinger, C. B. 1877. Die Korallthiere des rothen Meeres. I. Berlin, pp. vii, 98, pis. i-viii. ACTINIAE IA AND CORALLIMORPHAEIA 457 Kwietniewski, C. R. 1896. Revision der Actinien welche von Herrn Prof. Studer anf der Reise der Korvette Gazelle um die Erde gesammelt wurden. Jena. Z. Naturw. XXX, pp. 583-603, pis. xxv-xxvi . 1897. Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie und Systematik der Actiniarien. Inaug. Diss., Jena, pp. 34. 1898. Actiniaria von Ambon und Thursday Island. Denschr. med. -naturw. Ges. Jena, VIII, pp. 385—430, pis. xxv-xxx. Saville-Kent, W. 1893. The Great Barrier Reef of Australia, etc. London. Pp. xvii, 387, pis. i-lxiv (col.), 1 map. 1897. The Naturalist in Australia. London. Pp. xv, 302, pis. i-lix (col.), 1 port. Stephenson, T. A. 1921. On the classification of Actiniaria. Part II. — Consideration of the whole group and its relationships, with special references to forms not treated in Part I. Quart. J. micr. Sci., LXV, pp. 493-576. 1922. On the classification of Actiniaria. Part III.— Definitions connected with the forms dealt with in Part II. Quart. J. micr. Sci., LXVI, pp. 247-319. 1946. Coral reefs. Endeavour, V, pp. 96-106, pis. i-viii (col.). 1947. The colour of marine animals. Endeavour, VI, pp. 152-159, pis. i-iv (col.). Stephenson, T. A., and others. 1931. The Structure and Ecology of Low Isles and other reefs. Sci. Rep. Gr. Barrier Reef Exped., Ill, pp. 17-112, pis. i-xxvii. Studer, T. 1878. Zweite Abtheilung der Anthozoa polyactinia, welche wahrend der Reise S.M.S. Corvette Gazelle um die Rede gesammelt wurden. Mber. Akad. wiss. Berlin, pp. 524-550, pis. i-v. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 1928-29 SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VOLUME V, No. 8 CHAETOGNATHA BY S. T. BUfiFIELD, M.A., J$$c, Zoology Department, University of Liverpool WITH 8IX TEXT-FIGURES Lip il gL- j fed- LONDON : PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MU&'EUM SOLD BY B. QcAajrcH. Ltd., 11 Orawom Stub**, Niar Bonn Stsbii.t. London, W. 1 ; H.M. Stationjiky Ostvicb, London, S.TV, 1 AND AT Thb British Mdsbdm (Natdrai. Histoht), Csomwdli, Road, London, 3.W.7 mo [ All right* reserved] Plica Two Shillings and Sixpence [lamed 2 Blh January, 1950] CHAETOGNATHA BY S. T. BURFIELD, M.A., M.Sc., Zoology Department, University of Liverpool. WITH SIX TEXT-FIGURES The material examined consisted of samples of the Chaetognatha taken during the Great Barrier Reef Expedition from nearly 70 stations. The majority of the samples were from townettings taken weekly at a fixed position inside the reef. This position is referred to as 3 mi. E., being 3 miles east of the Laboratory on Low Island. The tow- nettings were taken through a complete year from July, 1928, to July, 1929. The types of net used were one-metre stramin having 1G strands to the inch, coarse silk with 58 strands to the inch, and fine silk with 200 strands to the inch. The hauls were principally oblique, and details of the method used together with further information as to the conditions under which each haul was made are given in Vol. II, No. 2 of this series of reports. The depth at the station 3 mi. E. was about 32 metres, and the maximum depth fished at this station varied from about 19 to 20 metres, the average being about 22 metres. Each haul was of 30 minutes’ duration . The total number of Chaetognatha captured at this station was considerable. The number examined in the samples was over 0000. The station numbers for catches of Chaetognatha made at the 3 mi. E. position were as follows : 2, 3, 5, G, 7, 9, 10, 12-15, 17, 18, 22-25, 27, 30, 30a, 31-42, 47, 48, 51-61, G3, 6G, 67. Some hauls were also made at stations in channels running through the reef, and a few just beyond the edge of the reef and in deeper water outside the reef. Particulars of these stations at which Chaetognatha were captured are given on next page. Chaetognatha were also captured at two additional stations : Station 1, 2 mi. N.E. on 27th July, 1928, where oblique hauls were made and the depth was 31 m., the net touching the bottom ; Station 4 on 7th Aug., 1928, 1 mi. N., depth 15 m., horizontal hauls being made at the surface (3*5 m. average depth of hauls). Finally, one haul from which a sample of Chaetognatha was received was made at the Anchorage, Low Is., on 19th Sept., 1928, and two night hauls, one at the foregoing station on 1st Oct., 1928, and one at Station 21, 3 mi. E. on 22nd Oct., 1928. Chaetognatha were also received from one station (16, 3 mi. E.) at which horizontal hauls were made with a closing net at the surface and at five different depths as a test of depth distribution. In all just over 9200 specimens were examined in the present collection. The species present were the following : Sagitta bedoti Beraneck. Sagitta pulehra Done. Krohnitla subtilis Grassi. bipunctata Q. and G. enflata Grassi. hexaptera Orb. lyra Krohn. neglect a Aida. regularis Aida. robusta Done. serratodentata Krohn . Pterosagitta draco Krohn. V. 8. 42 460 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Station number. Date. Position. Depth in metres. Max. depth* fished by net in metres. 8 . 24tli Aug., 1928 . 16° 30' S. 145° 52' E. 45 28-5 (In Trinity Opening) 11 . 6th Sept., 1928 . 16° 24' S. 145° 52' E. 61 34-5 (In Trinity Opening) 19 . 20th Oct., 1928 . 16° 20' S. 146° 3' E. 225 Approx. 180 (Outside Trinity Opening) 20 5? ?? . 16° 19' S. 146° 7' E. >600 . Approx. 250 (Outside Trinity Opening) 26 . 19th Nov., 1928 . 16° 24' S. 145° 53|' E. 57 34 (In Trinity Opening) 28 . 23rd Nov., 1928 . 16° 19' S. 146° 5' E. >600 . Approx. 580 (Outside Trinity Opening) 29 . 24th Nov., 1928 . 16° 17' S. 146° 2' E. ca. 200 bottom (Outside Trinity Opening) 43 . 26th Feb., 1929 . 15° 16' S. 144° 26|' E. 30 24 (Off Cape Bedford) 44 . 27th Feb., 1929 . 14° 44' S. 145° 27|' E. 31 23-5 (Off Lizard Island) 45 . 28th Feb., 1929 ■ . 14° 31' S. 145° 35' E. >600 . Approx. 500 (Outside Cook’s Passage) 46 . 5? 5? . 14° 32' S. 145° 32' E. 33 23 (Inside Cook’s Passage) 49 . 17th Mar., 1929 , . 15° 47' S. 145° 47' E. 46 31 (Inside Papuan Pass) 50 . 18th Mar., 1929 . Outside Papuan Pass >400 . Approx. 400 There have been reports on three principal collections of Chaetognatha from coastal waters of eastern Australia, viz. Ritter-Zahony (1909) from the Gazelle Expedition, Johnston and Taylor (1919) and Tokioka (1940). The species recorded in these reports are Sagitta ai, S. australis, S. bipunctata, S. enjlata, S. hexaptera, S. lyra, S. minima, S. neglecta, S. planctonis, S. pulchra, S. regularis, S. robusta, S. nerratodentata, S. tenuis, Krohnitta subtilis} Pterosagitta draco and Spadella moretonensis. Of these S. australis is a synonym for S. enflata, which leaves 16 species as having been recorded. It will be seen from the previous list that 11 of these are represented in the present collection, though some were present only in small numbers. S. bedoti appears to be new to the eastern Australian water, though Tokioka (1940) has reported that it is a common species in the north Pacific and it has been reported from Sharks Bay by Ritter-Zahony (1910), on the west coast of Australia. The various species differed very much in the frequency with which they occurred and in the number captured. The commonest forms were S. enflata, S. neglecta and S. robusta, and of these S. enflata was found in every haul taken by the expedition from which * Where the maximum depth fished at a station is given as approximate the haul was vertical, and the figure given is that of the maximum length of wire out. The actual maximum depth fished will therefore he somewhat less than these figures. CHAETOGXATHA 461 Chaetognatha were received. S. neglecta and S. robusta were taken very frequently, but the numbers were much smaller than those of S. enflata. Of the remaining species, S. bedoti, S. pulchra and S. serratodentata come next hi abundance, and the remainder were captured only in very small numbers. The actual numbers of individuals of the various species received are given in the systematic part of this report and the distribution is dealt with in a separate section. SECTION I. SYSTEMATIC. Sagitta bedoti Beraneck. Beraneck, 1895-96; Ritter-Zahony, 1911 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926; Burfield, 1930; Tokioka, 1939. 458 individuals.* This species is especially difficult to identify when immature, and can easily be mistaken for several others, e. g., neglecta. The shorter overall length of the latter species when mature is helpful, but the nature of the seminal vesicle (Tokioka, 1939) is very similar in both species, and the rayless region of the lateral fins in bedoti can only be seen in well- preserved and uncrushed specimens. The positive character of the large number of posterior teeth in bedoti is useful when they can be clearly counted, but even here there is an overlap between the range of number in bedoti and in neglecta. The occurrence of this species in the present collection is notable and is dealt with in the second section of this report. Formulae, if 14 — 12 28 — 23 G (7) 7 — 11 11 — 8 29 — 25 6 (7) 7 — 12 Sagitta bipunctata Q. and G. Quoy and Gaimard, 1827 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926; Burfield, 1930; Johnston and Taylor, 1919; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 91 individuals. None of these was fully mature and identification was difficult in consequence. So far as could be judged they conformed to the usual description of the species. Formulae. : 10 — 9 28 — 27 9 6 — 7 12 — 14 9 — 6 27 — 23 8 (9) 5 (6) 10 — 13 6 — 4 27 — 25 8 4 (5) 10 (11) * The numbers of individuals given in the Systematic section of this report refer to the numbers of specimens in the samples received for examination. t The tables of formulae given for each species follow the usual arrangement. The first column gives the length of the specimens in millimetres (without tail fin) ; the second the proportional length of the tail expressed as a percentage of the total length ; the remaining three columns give the number of jaws, the number of anterior teeth, and the number of posterior teeth respectively. 16 — 31 15 — 30 462 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Sagitta enjlata Grassi. Grassi, 1883 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; Burfield, 1930 ; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 6203 individuals. The most abundant of all the species captured. A number of mature individuals, though none reached the maximum size described for this species. This is one of the most characteristic of the warm water species, and there is no doubt as to its identity. The short ovaries and concentrated testes seen through the transparent body are notable features. In some specimens the testes appeared to be mature with fully developed seminal vesicles, but the ovaries were not fully developed. This may indicate the possi- bility of the species being protandrous. Formulae. : 20-5 — 17 18 — 16 8(9) 8 — 10 13 — 15 17 — 13 20 — 18 9 7 — 10 10 — 16 12 — 10-5 21 — 17 8(9) 6 — 9 9 — 14 Sagitta hexaptera Orb. D’Orbigny, 1836; Johnston and Taylor, 1921; Burfield and Harvey, 1926; Burfield, 1930; Bollman, 1934 ; Fraser, 1937 ; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 13 individuals. The few captured of this species were nearly all obtained further out than at the principal station inside the reef. They were all immature except one of 26-5 mm. length which was apparently approaching maturity. Formulae. 26-5 — 10 25 — 23 7 — 10 1 — 3 2 — 4 10 — 7 24 — 22 6 — 9 1 — 3 2 (3) Sagitta lyra Krohn. Krohn, 1853 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1921 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; Burfield, 1930; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 31 individuals. The majority of these were captured at stations inside the reef. None of the speci- mens was mature and the longest measured 18 ‘0 mm. This species has been recorded up to 38 mm. Formulae. : 18 — 11 18 — 14 8 (9) 4 — 6 7 —9 11 — 8 17 — 15 8 4 (5) 7 —9 C’HAETOGXATHA 463 Sagitta neglecta Aida . Aida, 1897 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1919, 1921 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; John, 1933 ; Tokioka, 1939. 644 individuals. This species was second in abundance in this collection. The difficulties of identi- fication are mentioned above under S. bedoti. A few individuals were mature. Formulae. : 10 — 8 29 — 28 6 (7) 5 — 7 11 — 17 8 — 5 30 — 28 6 (7) 5 — 7 10 — 16 Sagitta pulchra Doncaster. Doncaster, 1903 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1919 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; Tokioka, 1939. 241 individuals. The largest specimens of this species were mature and well preserved. Although semi-transparent it retains its shape very well. The rayless regions of the lateral fins are well seen, and the anterior and posterior lateral fins almost touch one another. The seminal vesicle conformed to the robusta type as described by Tokioka (1939). Formulae. 22 — 20 24 — 19 5 — 7 6 — 9 10 — 19 — 14 23 — 18 5 (6) 6 — 8 io — : 13 — 7-5 25 — 18 5 — 7 5 — 9 9 — J Sagitta regularis Aida. Aida, 1897 ; Bitter-Zahony, 1911 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1919; Burfield and Harvey, 1926; Tokioka, 1939. 32 individuals. This is a small form having a maximum length of 7 mm. though it appears to be mature at about 5 mm. It is a species which is fairly easy to recognize. Its opaque stiff body, complete set of fin rays, and rather cocoon-shaped seminal vesicle touching the posterior fin, make it rather like S. neglecta , but it differs from the latter species, especially in its smaller number of teeth, and in the voluminous collarette, which typically extends forward over the whole head from the front end of the anterior fin. Formulae. ; 7—5 33 — 28 7—9 2 — 4 4 — 5 5 — 4 36 — 33 7 — 10 2 — 4 3—5 464 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Sagitta robusta Doncaster. Doncaster, 1903 ; Ritter-Zahony, 1911 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1921 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; Burfield, 1930 ; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 1298 individuals. This was one of the commonest species in this collection. Tokioka (1939) has described a new species, S. ai, which is very closely related to S. robusta. The principal points of difference are stated to be in the length of mature individuals, the size of the head, the length of the collarette, the form of the corona and of the seminal veiscle. On examination of the best preserved specimens in the present collection, it was found to be impossible to separate them into the two species, although some of the features described for S. ai were seen in some individuals. Individuals range from 14-5 mm. to 6*5 mm. in length. The majority showed the features ascribed to robusta. Of the remainder there were a number which appeared to be quite mature, with seminal vesicles as described for S. ai, but they were only 10-12 mm. in length and the head was not comparatively larger than that of robusta. S. ai is said to be immature until it is more than 13-5 mm. long. On the other hand there were some specimens with several of the features given for ai, but with a very massive and extensive collarette characteristic of robusta. The measure- ments and numbers given in the formulae for the two species are also found to overlap almost completely. The general formulae given for the two species are : S. robusta 20 30 — 25 5 — 8 5 — 10 9 — 16 S. ai 19-5 30-4 — 26 6 7 — 10 11 — 15 This may therefore be an example of a variable species, and in this report all the specimens are considered as belonging to S. robusta. Formulae. : 14-5 — 10 30 — 26 6 — 8 6 — 10 13 — 14 9 — 6-5 29 — 25 6 (7) 6 — 9 11 — 13 Sagitta serratodentata Krohn. Krohn, 1853; Ritter-Zahony, 1911; Johnston and Taylor, 1919, 1921; Burfield and Harvey, 1926; Burfield, 1930 ; Bollman, 1934 ; Fraser, 1937 ; Tokioka, 1939, 1940. 180 individuals. Tokioka (1939) describes a new species, S. pseudoserratodendata, which is very similar to the present species, and mentions that Aida noted that there was a large and a small lorm among the specimens of S. serratodentata collected from Japanese waters. In the present collection only one species can be identified with certainty. Tokioka states that pseudoserratodentata (1) is smaller when mature, (2) has fewer anterior and posterior teeth, (3) has a corona with the anterior end beginning at a slightly different position, (4) has a seminal vesicle of a somewhat different shape. CHAETOGXATHA 465 These characters were found represented to some extent individually in various specimens, but none were found with all the characters. In this connection it is note- worthy that Tokioka (1940) did not find an j pseudoserratodentata in the eastern Australian collection examined by him. Moreover, in describing serratodentata in that collection from eight individuals, he notes that two show a variation in the seminal vesicle and that the number of posterior teeth in these two was less than in “ the common Pacific indi- viduals/’ Tokioka (1919) also describes for Japanese serratodentata a differing form of seminal vesicle. He therefore differentiates between a Pacific and an Atlantic or Mediter- ranean form, but with the exception of body length, the representative formulae which he gives for the latter form fall within the limits of the figures which he gives for ‘pseudo- serratodentata. It would seem clear that this species is definitely variable.* The reaching of maturity at a shorter body length may be connected with conditions, or may itself indicate a variable character. The longest individuals in the present collection were only 11-0 mm., but these and some shorter specimens appeared to be quite mature. Formulae. 11-0 — 10 27 — 29 6 (7) 7 — 11 13 — 15 9 — 7 26 — 28 6 6 — 9 14 — 16 7 —4 26 — 29 5 — 7 6 — 9 14 — 17 Krohnitta subtilis (Grassi). Grassi, 1883, Spadella (part) ; Ritter-Zahony, 1911 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1919 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; Burfield, 1934 ; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 9 individuals. These conform to previous descriptions. None appeared to be mature. Formulae. : 10 — 6-5 32 — 36 7 (8) 11 — 14 Pterosagitta draco (Krohn). Aida, 1897 ( Spadella draco) ; Krohn, 1853 ; Ritter-Zahony, 1911 ; Johnston and Taylor, 1919 ; Burfield and Harvey, 1926 ; Burfield, 1930 ; Bollmann, 1934 ; Tokioka, 1939 and 1940. 22 individuals. None of these were mature. Formulae. : 7 — 4 45 — 40 8 — 9 7 — 10 10 — 17 * Vide also Burfield and Harvey, 1926. 4GG GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION SECTION II. DISTRIBUTION.* A. Horizontal Distribution. The total number of individuals of the various species which were caught at the different stations by day are given in the following table. Table I. — Total Numbers of Different Species of Chaetognatha Captured and the Stations at ivhich they ivere Taken. Species. Stations (3 mi. E.). Total number. Other stations. Total number. (S'. bedoti . 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14, 15, . 61, G3, 66, 67 5848 .1,4,8 59 S. bipunctata . 14, 15, 18, 22, 27, 40, . 52 299 . 11, 19, 28, 29, 45, 50 . 279 S. enflata . . 2, 3, 5-7, 9, 10, 12-15, . 16, 17, 18, 22-25, 27, 30, 30a, 31-42, 47, 48, 51-61, 63, 66, 67 110,728 . 1,4,8,11,19,20,26, . 28, 43-46, 49, 50 14,735 N. hexaplera . 15 3 . 19, 20, 28, 45 64 S. lyra . 45, 57, 58, 60 517 . 20, 28, 29, 45 117 S. neglecta . . 12,14,15,16,18,22-25, . 27, 30, 30a, 31-42, 47, 48, 51-59, 61, 63 26,904 . 19,20,26,28,43-45, . 49 4816 S. pulchra . . 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12-15, . 23, 24, 31, 32, 36, 37, 39-41, 47, 51-59, 63, 66, 67 5326 . 1, 4, 8, 19 137 (S', regularis . 15, 16, 22, 41 174 . 19, 50 42 (S. robusta . . 2, 3, 5-7, 9, 10, 12-15, . 16, 17, 18, 22-25, 27, 30, 30a, 31-38, 40-42, 47, 51-61, 63, 66, 67 22,117 . 1,4,8,11,19,20,26, . 28, 29, 44, 45, 49, 50 1720 (S. serratodentata . . 6, 7, 15, 16, 27 243 . 19, 20, 50 837 K. subtilis . . 57 43 . 20, 28 39 P. draco . 7 5 . 19, 20 74 Some facts with regard to the occurrence of the different species can be deduced from Table I, having regard at the same time to the actual abundance of the particular species concerned. S. bedoti. — When present this was fairly abundant inside the reef but was very scarce outside. This is considered to be warm water form of the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and found from the surface to 50 metres. S. bipunctata. — A scarce form in the present collection. Occurred sporadically both inside and outside the reef. Considered to be a eurythermous warm water form found from 0-50 metres in the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans. S. enflata. — The most abundant species in the collection both mside and outside the reef. Some specimens were obtained from every haul taken. This species is typical of the wannest waters of the world, and has been recorded from the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans, and from the Mediterranean in the upper layers from 0-50 metres. * All the numbers given in this section were calculated by weighting the numbers actually identified in the sample against the total numbers in the collection as given in the Tables in Vol. II, No. 6 of the Great Barrier Reef Reports. CHAETOGNATHA 467 *S'. hexajptera. — Very few individuals of this species were caught, and all of these with the possible exception of about three individuals were obtained from stations outside the reef. Only one specimen was mature. This is a warm water form found in the epiplankton of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans. S. lyra. — This species was captured in relatively small numbers, and was taken at only four stations inside the reef. None of the specimens was mature. This is described as a fairly deep water form in the sub-tropical zone of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans, and also hi the Mediterranean, but it has been captured near the surface. S. neglecta. — This species was present in considerable numbers. It was taken at stations both inside and outside the reef, though many more at the former than at the latter. Many individuals were mature. It is a warm water species found in the tropical regions of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. S. jmlckrci. — A fairly abundant form. Nearly all of the individuals were captured in hauls made at the 3 mi. E. station within the reef. This especially beautiful species is found in the epiplankton of the warmest waters of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. S. regularis. — This was a rare species and was taken only four times at the 3 mi. E. station. Its distribution is similar to that of the previous species, being found in the epiplankton of the warmest waters of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. S. robusta. — This was second in abundance after S. enflata at stations inside the reef. It has been recorded from the warmest parts of the Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans. It is usually described as epiplankton ic, but it is suggested by Burfield and Harvey (1926) that it may also extend into the upper mesoplankton. In the present collection it should be noted that many individuals were obtained at stations 19, 20, 28, 29 and 50, where the maximum depth fished varies from about 200 m. to 600 m. It is therefore possible that at least some of the individuals were caught well below the surface waters. S. serratodentata. — This species was present in medium abundance compared with others. It was obtained at five stations within the reef and at three outside the reef. The notable feature of the distribution is, however, that about three-quarters of the total catch was obtained outside the reef. This species is considered to be a eurythermous warm water form, and mainly epiplankton ic, though it does occur in the mesoplankton. Krohnitta subtilis. — This was one of the rarest species in the present collection. Of these some specimens were taken at Station 57, 3 mi. E. and the remainder at two stations where the maximum depth fished varied from 200 m. to 600 m. This agrees with the recorded distribution of the species which is considered to be a eurythermous warm water form from both epi- and mesoplankton in the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans. Pterosayitta draco. — This was also rare in the present collection, being taken at one station within the reef (7), and at two stations outside. All but five of the 79 specimens were taken at the latter stations. It is an epiplanktonic warm water species from the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans. B. JJlSTELBUTiON IN DEPTH. Chaetognatha were received from only one station (16) 3rd Oct., 1928, at which catches were taken with a closing net at different depths. At this station (3 mi. E.) hauls were taken for 10 minutes at each of six depths, including the surface. The complete data of the Chaetognatha obtained are given in Table II. The number of individuals of each species is given. 468 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION Table II. — Total Numbers of Different Species of Chaetognatha Captured with Closing Net at Various Depths at Station 16 (3.x. 28). Average depth fished (metres). Sagitta enflata. S. neglecta. S. regularis. S. robusta. S. serrat. Surface 6 13 0 8 1 3-1 M. 169 111 9 89 62 8 1504 97 23 188 40 11-1 1111 94 70 47 0 12-5 890 57 14 151 0 16*5 656 92 33 109 0 The above figures are given in the form of depth diagrams in Text-figs. 1-5. These hauls were taken on a sunny day with a glass calm sea. The only conclusions which appear possible from the above data are that within the reef in October, under the conditions given, all the species were scarce at the surface, S. regularis not being present at all. S. serratodentata was found only down to about 8 m., and was mainly just beneath the surface. S. enflata became gradually less abundant in the deeper hauls with a maximum at 8 m., but S. neglecta, S. regularis and S. robusta showed no obvious sign of any con- siderable change in abundance, though S. regularis showed a maximum at 11-1 m. C. Distribution by Day and Night. All the hauls so far considered in this report were made by day. There is only one night haul in the collection of Chaetognatha with precise data. This was Station 21 (3 mi. E.) on 22nd Oct., 1928, at which three half-hour hauls were made, two at 7.46 p.m.- 8.16 p.m. and one at 8.40 p.m.-9.10 p.m. The maximum depth fished in these hauls was 20 • 5 m. for the first two and 22 m. for the third. No hauls were taken on the previous day, 21st Oct., so that the particular interest of these night hauls is found by a comparison of them with the hauls taken at the same location on the following morning, 23rd Oct., 1928. On that occasion (Station 22) two hauls were made from which Chaetognatha have been received. These were taken at 8.49 a.m.-9.19 a.m., and at 9.35 a.m.-10.05 a.m., the maximum depths fished being 20 m. and 20-5 m. respectively. The data for all these hauls are given in Table III. Table III. — Numbers of Different Species of Chaetognatha captured in Three Night Hauls, Station 21 (22.x. 28), and in Two Hauls taken at the Same Position on the Folloiving Morning, Station 22 (23.x. 28). Night, Oct. 22nd Morning, Oct. 23rd Total number. ^ Number per haul. Total number. Number per haul. enflata 2970 990 145 73 lyra 7 2 0 0 neglecta 258 86 77 38 pulchra 160 20 0 0 robusta 578 192 137 68 bipunctata 0 0 7 3 regularis . 0 0 15 7 CHAETOGNATHA 469 METRES Oi — 5 10 15 20 METRES 0, 5 10 15 20 S . ENFLATA NUMBERS _________ _____ 0 100 500 " 1000 " 1500 Text- fig. 1. S.NEGLECTA NUMBERS 6 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Text-fig. 2. Or 5 10 15 20 ETR 0 5 10 15 on GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION 5. REGULARIS NUMBERS 6 5 10 20~ 30 40 50 60 70 Text-pig. 3. S.ROBUSTA NUMBERS 0 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Text-fig. 4. CHAETOGNATHA 471 In so far as the numbers from these very few hauls indicate any movement of the Chaetognatha by night, it would appear that S. enflata, S. neglecta and S. robusta were more numerous at these depths by night than by day. S. lyra and S. pulchra were present only at night on this occasion, and S. bipunctata and S. regularis only during the day, though the numbers of the latter two species were very small. METRES 0 — 5 10 15 20 6 S. serratodentata NUMBERS 6 5 10 20 30 To 50 60 70 Text-fig. 5. Text-figs. 1-5. — The vertical distribution of the different Species of Chaetognatha captured at Station 16. The circles and white dots indicate the average depths at which the hauls were made. Coarse silk townet. S.D., Secchi disc reading. D. Distribution Throughout the Year. At the station 3 mi. E. the presence (X) or absence (0) of the various species in the catches made from July, 1928 to July, 1929 by day is given in Table IV. Table IV. — Occurrence of Different Species of Chaetognatha in the Barrier Ree.f Lagoon. 1928. 1929. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. S. bedoti X X X X O o o O o o o X X „ bipunctata o o X X X o o X o X o o o ,, enflata . X X X X X X X X X X X X X ,, hexaptera O O O X O o o O o O o o O „ lyra o O o X O o o O X o X X o ,, neglecta. o o X X X X X X X X X X o ,, pulchra X X X X X X X X X X X X X ,, regularis o o O X O o O X O O O O o ,, robusta . X X X X X X X X X X X X X ,, serratodentata o X O X X o O O O O O O o K. subtilis . o O o o O o o O o o X o o P. draco o X o o O o o O o o O o o Number of species 4 6 6 10 6 4 4 6 5 5 6 6 4 472 GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPEDITION An interesting feature shown in Table IV is that the maximum number of species was present in October. This corresponds to the finding for the Siphonophora (Vol. II, No. 7, p. 270) ; October was the period of highest salinity, and it has been suggested that there is a greater survival of species brought in from the deep water under these conditions. Text-fig. 6. — The average catches per haul of four different species of Chaetognatha for each month with the coarse and fine silk and 1-metre stramin nets, at the position three miles east of Low Isles, in the barrier reef lagoon. Of those species which were present in the greatest number, S. enjiata and S. robusta appeared throughout the year. S. neglecta was absent during July and August. S. pulchra was also obtained throughout the year and was fifth in order of abundance ( vide Table I). S. bedoti was absent from November to May. The remaining species appeared sporadically and in relatively small numbers. It is therefore impossible to state whether any of these was entirely absent for a particular period in the year. CHAETOGNATHA 473 An attempt was made to discover whether the data of numbers caught of the most abundant species at the 3 mi. E. station would indicate any significant variations in abundance at different times of the year. To mitigate any effect of daily changes in the conditions the average number of individuals per 30 min. oblique haul for each month* was taken for each of the species S. enflata, S. robusta, S. neglecta and S. pulchra. The results are represented graphically in Text-fig. 6. The most noticeable feature applying to all four species is that they all show a period of maximum abundance in May. S. enflata remained the most abundant species throughout the year, with a maximum in May and June and a minimum hi September. S. neglecta gradually increased in numbers from a minimum in September, to a maximum in May, with a temporary fall in April and a second fall in June. From Xovember to March this species was second in abundance, but from April to June it was surpassed in numbers by S. robusta. S. robusta was caught in medium numbers from August to March, but rapidly became more abundant in April and reached a maximum as the second most abundant species in May, falling off again hi June, but remaining in the same order of abundance. S. pulchra was taken in small numbers from August to March, but, as in previous species, then increased to a maximum hi May, and fell off again in June. REFERENCES. Aida, T. 1897* The Chaetoguatha of Misaki Harbour. Annot. Zool. Japau, I. Beraxeck, E. 1895. Les Chetognathes de la Baie d’Amboine. Rev. Suisse Zool., ITT. Bollmaxx, A. 1934. Die Chatognathen der Deutschen Antark. Exped. auf dor “ Deutschland.” Interuat. Rev. d. gesam. Hydrobiol u. Hydrograph., XXX. Burfield, S. T., and Harvey, E. J. W. 1926. The Chaetoguatha of the “ Sealark ” Expedition. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool., XIX, Part I. Burfield, S. T. 1930. Chaetognatha. British Antarctic (“ Terra Nova ”) Expedition, 1910. Report Zoology, VII, No. 4. Doxcaster, L. 1903. Chaetognatha. In Fauna and Geogr. of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, I. Fraser, J. H. 1937. Distrib. of Chaetognatha in Scottish waters during 1936. J. du Conseil, XII, No. 3. Grassi, B. 1883. I. Chetognati. Fauna Flora Neapel. Monogr. 5. Johx, C. C. 1933. Sagitta of the Madras Coast. Bull. Madras Gov. Mus. (n.s.), Nat. Hist., Sec. III. J ohxstox, T. H., and Taylor, B. 1919. Notes on Austr. Chaetognatha. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, XXXI. 1921. The Chaetognatha. Austr. Antarctic Exped. 1911-14. Sci. Rep. Ser. C, VI, Part 2. Krohx, A. 1853. Nachtr. Beraerkung u. d. Bau der Gattung Sagitta. Arch. Naturgesch. 19 Jahrg. Orbigxy, A. d\ 1836. Voyage dans l’Amerique meridionale, V, Pt. III. Quoy, J. R., and Gaimard, P. 1827. Observations zoologiques faites a bord de “ 1’Astrolabe.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.), X. Ritter-Zahoxy, R. 1909. Die Chaetognathen der Gazelle Expedition. Zool. Anz., XXXIV. ■ 1910. Chaetognatha in Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, III. 1911. Revision der Chatognathen. Deutsche Siidpolar-Exped. XIII, Zool. V. Tokioka, T. 1939. Chaetognatha collected chiefly from the Bays of Sagami and Suruga, with some notes on the shape and structure of the seminal vesicle. Rec. Oceanogr. Works in Japan, X, No. 2. 1940. A small collection of Chaetognatha from the coast of New South Wales. Rec. Austr. Museum, XX, No. 6. * The months of July, 1928 and 1929 have been omitted because Chaetognatha were received from very few hauls during these two periods. & it: . jc; !'• ffiggS